HomeMy WebLinkAboutDesign Build Tenant Improvements; 2008-07-09; PKS08-24PKSDOC # 2009-009201 2
RECORDED REQUESTED BY
ClTY OF CARLSBAD
AND WHEN RECORDED PLEASE
MAIL TO:
City Clerk
City of Carlsbad
1200 Carlsbad Village Drive
Carlsbad, California 92008
FEB 24,2009 4:41 PM
El FFIUIP,L REC.ORDS
SAp.1 [:IIEGO C'UCINTLr' F;ECUHDER'S ClFFlCE
DAi,/lD L BUTLER, T:UIJNT',' REC.TJRDER
FEES: 0.00
PAGES: 1
Space above this line for Recorder's use.
PARCEL NO: 2231 800800
NOTICE OF COMPLETION
Notice is hereby given that:
1. The undersigned is owner of the interest or estate stated below in the property hereinafter described.
2. The full name of the undersigned is City of Carlsbad, a municipal corporation.
3. The full address of the undersigned is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California 92008.
4. The nature of the title of the undersigned is: In fee.
5. A work or improvement on the property hereinafter described was completed on December 15,2008.
6. The name of the contractor for such work or improvement is Design-Build Tenant Improvements, Inc.
7. The property on which said work or improvement was completed is in the City of Carlsbad, County of San
Diego, State of California, and is described as follows: PKS 08-02, La Costa Canyon Park Restroom
Renovation.
8. The street address of said property is 3020 Pueblo Street, Carlsbad, California 92008.
ClTY OF CARLSBAD
Greg Clavier
pubic Works Manager
VERIFICATION OF ClTY CLERK
I, the undersigned, say:
I am the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008;
the City Council of said City o&&&w /d , 200 '? , accepted the above described
work as completed and ordered that a Notice of @ompletion be filed.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed oL~1hu,tA // . 20B, at Carlsbad. California.
Word\Masters\Fons\Notice of Completion (City)
CITY OF CARLSBAD
San Diego County
California
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, GENERAL,
AND
TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
FOR
LA COSTA CANYON PARK
RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
BID NO. PWS08-24PKS
Revised 1 1101 106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 1 of 21 3 Pages
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Notice Inviting Bids ........................................................................................................................ 6
Contractor's Proposal .................................................................................................................... 10
.......................................................................................................................... Bid Security Form 15
........................................................................................ Bidder's Bond to Accompany Proposal 16
Guide for Completing the "Designation Of Subcontractors" Form ........................................ 18
Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid Items ................................... 20
Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience .............................................................. 21
Bidder's Certificate of Insurance for General Liability. Employers' Liability. Automotive
Liability and Workers' Compensation ........................................................................................... 22
Bidder's Statement of Re Debarment .......................................................................................... 23
Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record .......................................................................... 24
Non-Collusion Affidavit to Be Executed by Bidder and Submitted with Bid ................................. 26
. : ......
Contract Public Works .................................................................................................................. 27
............................................................................................................. Labor and Materials Bond 33
........................................................................................... Faithful PerformanceNVarranty Bond 35
Optional Escrow Agreement for Surety Deposits in Lieu of Retention ......................................... 37
@ Revised I 1101106 Contract No . PKS 08-02 Page 2 of 21 3 Pages
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1
1-1
1 -2
1-3
1-4
Section 2
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-1 0
2-1 1
Section 3
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
Section 4
4-1
4-2
Section 5
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
Section 6
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-1 0
Terms. Definitions Abbreviations and Symbols
Terms ....................................................................................................................
Definitions .............................................................................................................
Abbreviations ........................................................................................................
Units of Measure ...................................................................................................
Scope and Control of The Work
Award and Execution of Contract .........................................................................
........................................................................................................... Assignment
......................................................................................................... Subcontracts
Contract Bonds .....................................................................................................
Plans and Specifications .......................................................................................
Work to be Done ....................................................................................................
Subsurface Data ...................................................................................................
Rig ht-of-W ay .........................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................. Surveying
Authority of Board and Engineer ...........................................................................
Inspection ..............................................................................................................
Changes in Work
Changes Requested by the Contractor ................................................................
Changes Initiated by the Agency ..........................................................................
Extra Work ............................................................................................................
Changed Conditions .............................................................................................
Disputed Work ......................................................................................................
Control of Materials
Materials and Workmanship .................................................................................
Materials Transportation. Handling and Storage ..................................................
Utilities
................................................................................................................. Location
Protection ..............................................................................................................
................................................................................................................ Removal
............................................................................................................. Relocation
Delays ...................................................................................................................
Cooperation ...........................................................................................................
Prosecution. Progress and Acceptance of the Work
Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work .........................................
Prosecution of Work .............................................................................................
Suspension of Work ..............................................................................................
Default by Contractor ............................................................................................
Termination of Contract ........................................................................................
Delays and Extensions of Time ............................................................................
Time of Completion ...............................................................................................
Completion, Acceptance, and Warranty ...............................................................
Liquidated Damages .............................................................................................
Use of Improvement During Construction ............................................................
@ Revised HRIIOB Contract No . PKS 08-02 Page 3 of 213 Pages
Section 7
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-4
7-5
7-6
7-7
7-8
7-9
7-1 0
7-1 1
7-1 2
7-1 3
7-1 4
Section 8
8-1
Section 9
9-1
9-2
9-3
Responsibilities of the Contractor
Contractor's Equipment and Facilities .................................................................. ..................................................................................................................... Labor ................................................................................................. Liability lnsurance
Workers' Compensation Insurance ...................................................................... .................................................................................................................. Permits
The Contractor's Representative ..........................................................................
Cooperation and Collateral Work .........................................................................
Project Site Maintenance ......................................................................................
Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements .........................................
Public Convenience and Safety ............................................................................
Patent Fees or Royalties ....................................................................................... ............................................................................................................ Advertising
Laws to be Observed ............................................................................................
Antitrust Claims .....................................................................................................
Facilities for Agency Personnel .................................................................................................................. General
Measurement and Payment
Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work ...................................................
Lump Sum Work ................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................ Payment
Revised 1 1101R6 Contract No . PKS 08-02 Page 4 of 21 3 Pages
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO PART 2. 3 AND 6 OF THE SSPWC
*ti Part 2 Construction Materials
Section 201 Concrete. Mortar and Related Materials
201 -1 Portland Cement Concrete .................................................................................. 94
20 1 -3 Expansion Joint Filler and Joint Sealants ............................................................. 94
Section 203 Bituminous Materials
203-6 Asphalt Concrete .................................................................................................. 95
Section 207 Pipe ........................................................................ 207-25 Underground Utility Marking Tape 96
Section 21 3 Engineering Fabrics
21 3-3 Erosion Control Specialties .................................................................................. 98
PART 3 Construction Methods
Section 300 Earthwork
300-1 Clearing and Grubbing ........................................................................................ 99
300-9 Geotextiles for Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control ............................... 99
Section 306 Underground Conduit Construction
306-1 Open Trench Operations ...................................................................................... 101
306-5 Abandonment of Conduits and Structures ........................................................... 101
...................................................................................... Appendix A Supplemental Provisions 102
Appendix B Special Provisions . Technical Specifications ..................................................... 110
Appendix C Special Provisions . Basic Specifications ........................................................... 129
Appendix D Hazardous Materials Survey ................................................................................. 213
@ Revised 1 1101/06 Contract No . PKS 08-02 Page 5 of 213 Pages
CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
Until 2:00 PM on April 22, 2008, the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the
Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail,
delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be
opened and read, for performing the work as follows: Renovate restrooms at La Costa Canyon Park.
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
BID N0.08-24PKS
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND BID REQUIREMENTS
This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and General Provisions constitute an irrevocable
offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may
be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder.
No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing
Department. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law.
The bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until
the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall
be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to
the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be
substituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to ensure - performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or
securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the
escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of
the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than
$1 00,000 per contract.
The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when
a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another jurisdiction in the
State of California as an irresponsible bidder.
The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans and specifications as approved by the
City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the General Services Department. The specifications
for the work include City of Carlsbad Technical Specifications and the Standard Specifications for
Public Works Construction, Sections 2 & 3, 2006 Edition, and the 2007 Supplements thereto, all
hereinafter designated iiSSPWC" as issued by the Southern California Chapter of the American
Public Works Association, as amended. Specification Reference is hereby made to the plans and
specifications for full particulars and description of the work. The General Provisions (Part 1) to the
SSPWC do not apply.
The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses.
The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors to
utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer.
4- \# Revised 1 1101 106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 6 of 21 3 Pages
BID DOCUMENTS
e . The documents which comprise the Bidder's proposal and that must be completed and properly
-a executed including notarization where indicated are:
1. Contractor's Proposal
2. Bidder's Bond
3. Non-Collusion Affidavit
4. Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid
5. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience
6. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a)
7. Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers
may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of
this contract.
8. Bidder's Statement Re Debarment
9. Bidder's Disclosure Of Discipline Record
10. Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits -(optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to
use the Escrow Agreement for Security)
ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE:
All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are
approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The ~n~ineer's Estimate is
$165,000.
TIME OF COMPLETION:
The contractor shall complete the Work within the time set in the contract as defined in the General
Provisions Section 6-7.
SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS:
ACCEPTABLE LICENSE TYPES
Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a
contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions code shall be considered nonresponsive and
shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall
be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law.
Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is
awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and
classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal
funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: B General Building.
ESCROW AGREEMENT
If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of
the usual 10% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and submitted
with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date.
OBTAINING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Sets of plans, various supplemental provisions, and Contract documents may be obtained at the
Cashier's Counter of the Faraday Center located at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California
92008-7314, for a non-refundable fee of =per set. If plans and specifications are to be mailed, the
cost for postage should be added.
Q) Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 7 of 2 13 Pages
INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings,
* specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings
and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction.
Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which
will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral
response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to,
modification of or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by
any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified.
No bidder may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of
Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified.
REJECTION OF BlDS
The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or
informality in such bids.
PREVAILING WAGE TO BE PAID
The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract
shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770,
1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy
of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the
Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers
employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract.
The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5
of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and
Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the
purposes of section 41 07 and 41 07.5.
The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to
the Contract for work.
PRE BID MEETING
A pre-bid meeting and tour of the project site will be held at La Costa Canyon Park (Intersection of
Pueblo St. and Rana Ct.) at 9:00 AM on April 9, 2008. This meeting is not mandatory however it will
be the only opportunity for bidders to view the locked storage area in the building. Failure to attend
this meeting will not relieve bidders from correctly bidding the construction costs.
UNIT PRICES AND COMPUTATION OF BlDS
All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this
proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between words
and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected
extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the
basis of the corrected totals.
All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or
written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor.
ADDENDUMS
Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to
bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid.
%.
@ Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 8 of 21 3 Pages
BOND AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an
a* amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor
shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to
one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract. These bonds
shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in full force and
effect and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the General Provisions section
of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to
transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an
amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be accompanied by the
following documents:
1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other
instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner.
If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and
quarterly statement filed with the Department of lnsurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with
section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the lnsurance Code, within 10 calendar days of
the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements.
lnsurance is to be placed with insurers that:
1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII
2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the
lnsurance Commissioner.
Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must:
1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies.
2) Cover anv vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned,
non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled.
"i Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company
meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The City
does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers'
compensation insurance.
The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional
cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price.
The award of the contract by the City Council is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the
required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the
Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the City may award the contract to the second or
third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited.
BUSINESS LICENSE
The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of
~arls'bad Business License for the duration of the contract.
Approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, by Resolution No. 2008-060,
adopted on the 4th day of March, 2008.
March 3, 2008
Date
em
Revised 1 1101 106
Kevin L. Davis, Wputy City Clerk
Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 9 of 21 3 Pages
CITY OF CARLSBAD
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL
City Council
City of Carlsbad
1200 Carlsbad Village Drive
Carlsbad, California 92008
The undersigned declares helshe has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice
Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and
addenda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and
services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. PKS 08-02 in accordance with the
Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto and that
helshe will take in full payment, therefore, the following unit prices for each item complete, to wit:
SCHEDULE "A" RESTROOM RENOVATION
Item
No. Description -
A-I Renovate Restrooms at
La Costa Canyon Park at
Approximate
Quantity Unit
and Unit - Price - Total
Dollars (Lump Sum)
Total amount of bid in words for Schedule "A: ON^ &UW~hetch 'C WO &UW b
Feuat WhlUQ f?tbtkW HkUUL D0ul1k3
Total amount of bid in numbers for Schedule "A: $ ~0&46? 4 8 0
The basis of award will be the sum of Schedule "A".
Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening.
Addendum(a) No(s). 0. $ haslhave been received and islare included in this
proposal.
i
i OPENED, mESSEL) AND i
Revised I l~llO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 10 of 21 3 Pages
--<
The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not
be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid.
The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary
bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the
City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to
the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited.
The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do
business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under
license number 4b-54 , classification 3 which expires on
1%-31-200% , and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of
an affidavit.
A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the
Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the
City § 7028.15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be
invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at
the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed.
The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows:
1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally
interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no
representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted
id*. himlher to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the
-bee< papers made a part hereof by its terms; and
2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the
same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud.
Accompanying this proposal is e Iks~ (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or
Cashier's Check) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every
employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in
accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before
commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is
complete.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative
to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the
Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions.
fS Revised I IIOIXIB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page I I of 21 3 Pages
Check A License: Contractor's License Detail Page 1 of 2
Skip to: CSLB Home I Content I Footer I Accessibility Search CSLB g*
Department cf Consumer Affairs p ,# -.
V Contractors State oard '* /t,%
' I/ I 1 1 ,/ ( I $11 I 'I I I I , j ' I,// 1 I I
01 02 Q3 101 05 06 07
COWSWERS COWTMCTQRI APPL!CAHTS JOURNEYMEM PUNIC WORKS BUILDIHG OFflClALS GENERAL INFO
CSLB Newsroom
Board and
Committee Meetings
Disaster Information
Center
CSLB Library
Frequently Asked
Questions
Online Services . Check A License or
HIS Registration . Filing a Construction
Complaint . Processing Times . Check Application
Status
Search for a Surety
Bond Insurance
Company . Search for a Workers'
Compensation
Company
How to Participate
DISCLAIMER A license status check provides information taken from the CSLB
license database. Before relying on this information, you should be aware of the following
limitations.
. CSLB complaint disclosure is restricted by law (B&P 7124.6). If this entity is subject to public
complaint disclosure, a link for complaint disclosure w~ll appear below. Click on the link or button to
obtain complaint and/or legal action information.
Per B&P7071.17, only construction related civil judgments reported to the CSLB are disclosed. . Arbitrations are not listed unless the contractor fails to comply with the terms of the arbitration. . Due to workload, there may be relevant information that has not yet been entered onto the Board's
license database.
License Number:
Business
Information:
Entity:
Issue Date:
Expire Date:
License Status:
Classifications:
Bonding:
Workers'
Compensation:
466554 Extract Date: 04/22/2008
DESIGN-BUILD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
9685 GRACELAND WAY
SAN DIEGO, CA 92129
Business Phone Number: (858) 549-8455
Sole Ownership
12/05/1984
12/31 12008
This license is current and active. All information below should
be reviewed.
CLASS DESCRIPTION
B GENERAL BUILDING CONTRACTOR
CONTRACTOR'S BOND
This license filed Contractor's Bond number BD7900600843 in
the amount of $12,500 with the bonding company
NATIONWIDE MKUAL INSURANCE COJAPANY.
Effective Date: 01/01/2007
Contractor's - -- Bond~ng H~story
An employee service group holds the workers compensation
insurance.
Policy Number: 2246
Effective Date: 01/01/2006
Expire Date: None
Check A License: Contractor's License Detail Page 2 of 2
Workers' Compensation History
Personnel listed on this license (current or disassociated) are listed on other licenses.
Consumers I Contractors I Applicants I Journeymen I Public Works ( Building Officials I General Info
CSLB Home I Conditions of Use I Privacy I Contact CSLB
Copyright O 2007 State of California
IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SlGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
(2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor
(3) Place of Business q 71 0 ~arro\\ re B& Su
(Street and Number)
-A
City and State q-3 : cn a '
(4) zip Code a\ ab Telephone No. 54q -w55
IF A PARTNERSHIP, SlGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
(2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a general partner)
(3) Place of Business
(Street and Number)
City and State
(4) Zip Code Telephone No.
@ Revised 11101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 12 of 21 3 Pages
IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
(2)
(Signature)
(Title)
Impress Corporate Seal here
(3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of
(4) Place of Business
(Street and Number)
City and State
(5) Zip Code Telephone No.
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 13 of 213 Pages
List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a
partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners:
Revised I lRI/O6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 14 of 21 3 Pages
BID SECURITY FORM
(Check to Accompany Bid)
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
(NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.)
Accompanying this proposal is a *Cashiers check payable to the order of CITY OF
CARLSBAD, in the sum of TEt4 ~*us~M~s Two kkub-
F0r(XV kh[q &A 30/i0 0 dollars ($ (0: 2- r 50 ),
this amount being ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall
become the property of the City provided this proposal shall be accepted by the City through action of
its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract and
furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insurance coverage
within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the undersigned. The proceeds of
this check shall also become the property of the City if the undersigned shall withdraw his or her bid
within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless otherwise
required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to another bidder.
BIDDER u
*~elete the inapplicable word.
(NOTE: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall be
executed-the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid.)
Revised I llOllO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 15 of 21 3 Pages
RELEASE FORM
BID BOND SECURITY
Cashier's Check
PROJECT: Name, Description and Contract No.& & on p4
Ah e 80-
_L CONTRACTOR CONTACT PERSON: , - /e~, AcyH*d - 0-
CONTRACTOR TELEPHONE NUMBER: SS~-.SYP - 993-5-
CONTRACTOR NAME: ~wen7' JHAJD-&
CONTRACTOR ADDRESS: 9770 CCPVY~ /eLd&- ,&&ZU,*~
DATE RECEIVED: 4-22 -3
AMOUNT: $ /O,~WZ,W
City of Carlsbad
Faraday Center
Faraday Cashiering 001
08 1 130 1 -3 04/22/2008 75
Tue Apr22,2008 04:57 PM
Name : SCRIPPS -MIRAMAR ,
MISC - MISC FINANCIAL $10,248.30
Tran Nbr : 081 130103 0049 0054
1 ITEM(S): TOTAL: $10,248.30
Check(Chk#418984381) $10,2.48.30
Total Received: $10,248.30
Have a nice day!
CASH RECEIPT NO.
DATE:
RELEASE OF FUNDS
SIGNED:
PURCHASING OFFICER
Bankof America Cashier's Check NO. 41 8984381
~,; ::' " '." '\,7&j~'~f, Zljd~' " "* " .. ' '. .: t l.3~~~) '\, - ' A " : '\
, Dak , ,
mn-hm
0862467 WOO3 0019H381
Rem~ner{hbared By)
i 1
8 *~~WB~~JD~W~~MW~~~RBICBIBOLL~~~~~I~IID~~~~ fny 3 r- r- To
Order **an or CmsMDt*
g, ttt*
EmkofA-NA. VOID AFER 99 DAYS
SM Fmrsco. CA
BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, , as Principal, and ,
as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad, California, in an amount as follows:
(must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid amount) for which
payment, well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators,
successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of the above-
bounden Principal for:
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council, and if the Principal shall duly enter into and
execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the
date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said
ilnx * award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force
and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City.
Revised I llOllO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page I6 of 21 3 Pages
-4- In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal shall
not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
Executed by PRINCIPAL this day of ,20-.
PRINCIPAL:
Executed by SURETY this day
(name of Principal) of ,20-.
By: SURETY:
(sign here)
(print name here) (name of Surety)
(Title and Organization of Signatory) (address of Surety)
By:
(sign here) (telephone number of Surety)
By:
(print name here) (signature of Attorney-in-Fact)
(title and organization of signatory) (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
(Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by PRINCIPAL and SURETY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only
one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant
secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD R. BALL
City Attorney
By:
Deputy City Attorney
a Revised 1 llO~lO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 17 of 21 3 Pages
GUIDE FOR COMPLETING
THE "DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS" FORM
REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following "Subcontractor Disclosure Form" Bidders are
urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the General Provisions to this Contract, especially,
"Bid", "Bidder", "Contract", "Contractor", "Contract Price", "Contract Unit Price", "Engineer",
"Own Organization", "Subcontractor", and "Work. Bidders are further urged to review sections 2-3
SUBCONTRACTS of the General Provisions.
CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the
Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct
information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes performance
of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be preformed by forces other
than the Bidder's own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that
may be so designated by the Engineer on the "Contractor's Proposal" are not included in computing
the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder.
INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every
subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the
work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of California
whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or improvement
according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one
percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets
and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars
($10,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be
set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer.
The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder's sealed bid.
Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in reiection of the bid as non-
responsive.
Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of
materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans,
shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder
proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontractor-
installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder
proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item.
When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the proper
form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter "NONE" in the appropriate
space.
When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a
bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form. The
explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the City of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to
perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces.
Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 18 of 21 3 Pages
'd Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be determined
by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the various
supplemental provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final.
Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is
ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or
1777.7.
Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the
required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in
the location provided on each type of form so duplicated.
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 19 of 21 3 Pages
DESIGNATCON OF SUBCONTMCTBR AM19
AMOUNT OF SUBCONTMCTORS BID ITEMS
(To Acmmpany Pmposal)
U COSTA CAWON PMK WESTRWM RENOVATION
CON T NO. PKS 08102
The Bidder certies that it has used the subbib of the foliowing listed suboontractors in preparing this
bid kr the Work and that the listed subcontmcb~ will be used to perfom the portions of the Work
as designated in this list in amrcIance with appli~able pmvisions of the specEcations and section
4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subconttacting Fair Practices Act." The
Bidder further certifm that no additional subcontmctor &If be allowed to perform any portion of the
Work in excess of one-haff of one percent (0.5%) of the Biddeis total bid, or in the case of bids or
offers for construdion of streets and highways, including bridges, In excess of one-half of one
percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($28,000), whichever is greater, and that no changes in the
subcontractors listed work wifl be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency.
Subco~ractofs
Subcontractor Name and
Page of pages of this Subcontractor Designation form.
* Pursuant to section 4104 (aX2XA) California Public Contract Code, redpt of the lnbmabn preceded by an asterisk may be submitted
by the Biier up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the 'Motice inviting Bids.'
Q Revised 1 1/01 108 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 20 of 21 3 Pages
BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF
TECHNICAL ABfLITY AND EXPERIENCE
(To Accompany Proposal)
LA COSTA CWON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATiON
CONTRACT NO. PKS 0842
The Bidder is mquired to state what wwork of a sirniiar character to that induded in the proposed
Contract hefstre has sucdHy perfomred and give references, with tdephone numbers, which will
enable the CDty to judge hisfher mspnsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used.
@ Revised llrnt,06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 21 of213 Pages
RECENT CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS COMPLETED
Project Name: REMEC - BUILDING IV JOB #3198
Location: 9404 CHESAPEAKE DRIVE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92123
owner: REMEC DEFENSE AND SPACE
contact: RICK MARINO Phone: 8581505-3255 Email: rick.rnarino@remec.com
Architect or Engineer: MPE CONSULTING
Contact: RANDY MlNNlER Phone: 8581673-4445 Email: randy@rnpeconsuRing.com
Construction Manager: JAN phone: 8581549-8455
Description of Project, Scope of Work Performed: NEW OFFICEIINDUSTRIAL BUILD OUT IN FXISTING TILT-UP
32,500+ SF, INCLUDING DEMOLITION OF INTERIORS, DEMISING PARTITIONS 284 LF, INTERIOR PARTITIONS 1,564 LF
SUSPENDED CEILING, ELECTRICAL, HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE SPRINKLERS, GLASSIGLAZING, FLOOR COVERING,
CABINETSICASEWORK, CERAMIC TILE & MARBLE, PAINT, & CUSTOM FINISHES
Performed Work as: Prime Contractor Sub Contractor
Total Value of Construction (including change orders):* $1,258,643.00(one million, two hundred fifty eight thousand, six
hundred forty three 001100)
Scheduled Completion Date: 22.DEC.2004 Actual Completion Date: 22.~~c.2004
Extension Time Granted (number of Days): NO EXTENTION, COMPLETED ON TIME
This document is not a public record.
RECENT CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS COMPLETED
Project Name: HOTEL DEL CORONADO - 1500 OCEAN (RESTAURANT & BAR), JOB #3543
Location: 1500 ORANGE AVENUE, CORONADO, CA 921 18
owner: HOTEL DEL CORONADO
Contact: RAY STAGG Phone: (61 9) 522-81 16 Email: ray.stagg@hoteldel.com
~~~hit~~t or ~~~i~~~~: ENGSTROM DESIGN - SHAD BEAZER tel:4151454-2278 - shad@engstromdesign.com
Contact: & PATRICK 0' HARE Phone: 4151454-2278 Email: patrick@engstromdesign.com
Construction Manager: JAN AUSDEMoRE phone: 8581549-8455
Description of Project, Scope of Work Performed: NEW RESTAURANT OUT IN EXISTING HISTORIC HOTEL
WOOD AND METAL FRAMING, CUSTOM MILLWORK, CUSTOM CEILINGS, HVAC, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING
FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT, STAINLESS STEELFIRE SPRINKLERS, GLASSIGLAZING, FLOOR COVERING,
CERAMIC TILE & MARBLE, PAINT, & CUSTOM FINISHES I WALL COVERING
Performed Work as: )$ Prime Contractor Sub Contractor
$1,089,764.00(one million eighty nine thousand, seven hundred
Total Value of Construction (including change orders):* sixty four and 001100)
Scheduled Completion Date: 05.MAY.2006 Actual Completion Date: 05.~~y.2006
Extension Time Granted (number of Days): NO EXTENTION, COMPLETED ON TIME
This document is not a public record.
RECENT CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS COMPLETED
Project Name: SHERATON HOTEL, SAN DlEGO JOB #3214
Location: 1380 HARBOR DRIVE, SAN DIEGO. CA 921 01
owner: STARWOOD HOTELS
contact: BUTCH SHUTTE Phone: 61 91400-0121 Email: bschutte@starlodge.com
Architect or Engineer: MELZER, DECKERT & RUDER ARCHITECTS, INC.
Contact: MIKE PICKLE Phone: 9491474-8188 Email: mpickle@mdrarch~ects.com
Construction Manager: JAN AUSDEMORE phone: 8581549-8455
Description of Project, Scope of Work Performed: CONVERTED EXISTING PARKING STRUCTURE TO EXIBIT HALL
INCLUDING FLOATING WALLS STRUCTURE ATTACHED TO POST TENSION CABLE FLOOR ABOVE.
ELECTRICAL, HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE SPRINKLERS, FLOORING, & CUSTOM FINISHES
Performed Work as: Prime Contractor Sub Contractor
Total Value of Construction (including change orders):* $1,450,203.00(one million, four hundred fifty thousand, two
hundred three and 0011 00)
Scheduled Completion Date: 21 .JAN.2005 Actual Completion Date: 21 .JAN.~OO~
Extension Time Granted (number of Days): NO EXTENTION, COMPLETED ON TIME
This document is not a public record.
RECENT CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS COMPLETED
Project Name: H.G. FENTON COMPANY (COMPANY HEADQUARTERS) JOB #3273
Location: 7575 MISSION VALLEY ROAD, SAN DIEGO, CA 92108
owner: H.G. FENTON COMPANY
contact: GEOFF SWORTWOOD
Architect or Engineer: SILMAN WRIGHT ARCHITECTS
Contact: ROD WRIGHT Phone: (61 9) 294-751 5 Email: rwright@sillmanwright.com
Construction Manager: JAN phone: 8581549-8455
Description of Project, Scope of Work Performed: pup
- . 23,300+ SF, DEMISING PARTITIONS 671 LF, INTERIOR PARTITIONS 1,295 LF, SKYLIGHT WORK,
SUSPENDED CEILING. ELECTRICAL. HVAC. PLUMBING. FIRE SPRINKLERS. GLASSIGLAZING. FLOOR COVERING.
CABINETSICASEWORK, CERAMIC TILE & MARBLE, PAINT, & CUSTOM FINISHES I WALL COVERING
Performed Work as: \Fd: Prime Contractor Sub Contractor
Total Value of Construction (including change orders):* $1,245,951.00(one million, two hundred forty five thousand, nine
hundred fifty one and 0011 00)
Scheduled Completion Date: 13.MAY.2005 Actual Completion Date: 1 3.~~~.2005
Extension Time Granted (number of Days): NO EXTENTION, COMPLETED ON TIME
This document is not a public record.
RECENT CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS COMPLETED
Project Name: K-2, INC. (CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS) JOB #3221
Location: 5818 EL CAMINO REAL, CARLSBAD, CA 92008
Owner: HG FENTON COMPANY
Contact: MARY DAY DEWART
Architect or Engineer: BURKETT & WONG ENGINEERS
Contact: PAUL KLINGENBERG Phone: 6191299-5550 Email: pklingenberg@burkett-wong.com
Construction Manager: phone: 8581549-8455
Description of Project, Scope of Work Performed: BUILD OUT OF CORPORATE OFFICES IN NEW SHELL
BUILDING 60,000 SF, 600 LF DEMISING PARTITIONS, 4,101 LF INTERIOR PARTITIONS, SUSPENDED CEILING, DOORS
GLASSIGLAZING. ELECTRICAL. HVAC. PLUMBING. FIRE SPRINKLERS. FM-200 SYSTEM. CABINETS. CUSTOM FINISHES
LOW VOLTAGE, SERVER ROOM, PAINT, FLOOR COVERINGS, & RESTROOM ACCESSORIES
Performed Work as: Prime Contractor Sub Contractor
Total Value of Construction (including change orders):* $3,347,681.00(three million, three hundred forty seven thousand,
six hundred eighty one dollars and 001100)
Scheduled Completion Date: 15.FEB.2005 Actual Completion Date: 15.FEB.2005
Extension Time Granted (number of Days): EXTENTION, COMPLETED ON TIME
*Verifiable dollar amounts will be used as part of the bidding capacity calculation.
This document is not a public record.
RECENT CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS COMPLETED
Project Name: BELLA DEL MAR APARTMENTS, JOB #3025
Location: 14017-14047 MANGO DRIVE. SAN DIEGO. CA 92014
owner: HG FENTON COMPANY
Contact: CARROLL WHALER Phone: 6191400-0129 Email: cwhaIer@hgfenton.com
Architect or Engineer: DESlGNlBUlLD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
Contact: JAN AUSDEMORE Phone: 8581549-8455 Email: Jan@DesignBuildTl.com
Construction Manager: SAM THEODORE
Description of Project, Scope of Work Performed: Complete remodel of (96) existing apartment units
Project included installation of washerldryer and new HVAC system in each unit.
Performed Work as: Prime Contractor Sub Contractor
Total Value of Construction (including change orders):* $1,008,420.00 (one million eight thousand, four hundrend twenty)
Scheduled Completion Date: 01 .DEC.2003 Actual Completion Date: 01 .DEC.2003
Extension Time Granted (number of Days): NO EXTENTION, COMPLETED ON TIME
This document is not a public record.
RECENT CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS COMPLETED
Project Name: TlTlAN CORPORATION, JOB #3309
Location: 7420 MISSION VALLEY ROAD. SAN DIEGO. CA 92108
owner: H.G. FENTON COMPANY
Contact: MARY DAY DEWART Phone: 61 91400-0121 Email: mddewart@hgfenton.com
~~~hit~~t or ~~~i~~~~: DESlGNlBUlLD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
Contact: JAN AUSDEMORE Phone: 8581549-845 Email: Jan@DesignBuildTl.com
Construction Manager: JAN AUSDEMORE phone: 8581549-845
Description of Project, Scope of Work Performed: NEW OFFICEBUILD OUT IN NEW CONCRETE TILT-UP
31,250+ SF, DEMISING PARTITIONS 662 LF, INTERIOR PARTITIONS 2,296 LF, EXTERIOR WINDOW CUT IN,
SUSPENDED CEILING. ELECTRICAL. HVAC. PLUMBING. FIRE SPRINKLERS. GLASSIGLAZING. FLOOR COVERING.
CABINETSICASEWORK, CERAMIC TILE & MARBLE, PAINT, & CUSTOM FINISHES I WALL COVERING
Performed Work as: Prime Contractor Sub Contractor
$1,086,503.00(one million, eighty six thousand, five hundred three
Total Value of Construction (including change orders):* and 00/100)
Scheduled Completion Date: 26.JUL.2005 Actual Completion Date: 26.JUL.2005
Extension Time Granted (number of Days): NO EXTENTION, COMPLETED ON TIME
This document is not a public record.
BIDDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR
GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE
LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION
(To Accompany Proposal)
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
As a required part of the Bidder's proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page.
1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of:
Comprehensive General Liability
Automobile Liability
Workers Compensation
Employer's Liability
2) Statement with an insurance carrier's notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon
payment of fees andlor premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for
+ Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer's
Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of insurance to the Agency
showing conformance with the requirements herein.
All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered
to meet the specification of this contract must:
1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids and the General Provisions for this project
for each insurance company that the Contractor proposes.
2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned,
non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled.
Q) Revised 1 llOllO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 22 of 21 3 Pages
ACORD, CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MWDDNYYY) 6/16/2008
'RoDUCER (619)668-4600 FAX: (619)469-1569
Rlvarado Pacific Insurance Services, Inc.
&-
-7 Alvarado Rd. #605
La Mesa CA 91941-3649
INSURm Design/Build Tenant: Improvements
Design/Build General Contractors Inc
Design/Build HVAC, Inc.
9770 Carroll Center Rd #B
Sari Diego CA 92126
CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION
The city of Carlsbad, its officials,
a@oym!ss and volunteers
Ir*r Attn: Kevin Davis
1635 Baraday Avenue
Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314
- -- . - - . --
ALL OWNED AUTOS CBP9549675
SCHEDULED AUTOS
Jan Ausdemore an Indiv.
NON-OWNED AUTOS AU'1 Named ~nsured
ANY PROPWETORIPARTNREXEWTlVE EL EACH ACCIDENT S
OFFlCEWEMBER EXCLUMD? EL DISEASE EA EMPLOYEE S
If yes, describe under
SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E L DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT 5
OTHER
D Professional AEO8033.2 4/18/2008 4/18/2009 $~,ooo,ooo
$1,000.000 Aggregate
OESCRlPTlON OF OPERATIONSILOCATIONSNEHICLESIW(CLUSl0NS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENTISPECIAL PROVISIONS
Certificate holder is nd as Additional Insured wl primary wording, per form CGL216 4/98. as respects liability
arising out of acrtivities performed by or on behalf of the nmed insured. / *I0 days notice of cancellation to be
given in the event of non payment of premium
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER Of INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR
ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF. THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL
3 0 * DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTlRCATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT. BUT
FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBUGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY K~ND UWN THE
INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
Parker Scott/SRS B& s-
I
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE
INSURER A: Mt . Hawley Ins Co/A
INSURER B Peerless Insurance Co/A
INSURER clational Union Fire/A+
INSURER D. Lloyd8 of London
INSURER !?
ACORD 25 (2001108) O ACORD CORPORATION 1988
INS025 (0108).06a Page 1 01 2
NAlC #
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR
CONTRACTORS (FORM C)
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
SCHEDULE
Name of Person or Organization:
The Cky of Carlsbad
Its officials, employees and volunteers
1635 Faraday Avenue
Carlsbad CA 92008-7314
(tf no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the
Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.)
WHO IS AN INSURED (Section H) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization
shown in the Schedule, but on!y with respect to lability arising out of "your work" for that insured by or
for you.
To the extent required under contract, this policy will apply as primary insurance to additional insureds
scheduled above and other insurance which may be available to such additional insureds will be non-
contributory.
Section 1V., Condition 4., of this policy is amended accordingly.
All other Terms and Conditions of this Policy remain unchanged.
CGL 21 6 (04198) Page 1 of 1
,,,, April 22, 2008
DESIGN BUILD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
9770 CARROLL CENTRE RD
ST€ C
SAN Dl EGO, CA 92 126-6504
8100 NE Parkway Drive, Suite 200
Vontwver, Wmhiwon 98662
Re: Barrett Business Services, Inc. ("BBSI") 360.828.0700
Letter of Self-Insurance for Workers' Compensation Coverage
For DESIGN BUILD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS, CSLB license number 466554 800.494.5669
As the named addressee of this Letter, your company's required workers' fox 360.828.0701
compensation coverage is provided through BBSl's state approved Self-Insured
Workers' Compensation Plan. As a party to a co-employment contract with ~m.harre&usine~s.rom BBSI, which is effective from 2/1/2008 to 1/31/2009,
California Labor Code s3602 allows DESIGN BUILD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS to
obtain its workers' compensation coverage from BBSI. BBSl's California customers
can also verify BBSl's state certification at www.dir.ca.gov./SIP/si~.html;
next, click on "Rosters"; then click on Private self insured em~lovers; then scroll down to
Barrett (the list is alpha by company name). Additional information is as follows:
Self-Insurance Certification Number:
California: 2246
Oregon: 1068
Washington: 706,116
Delaware: 152
Maryland: 11 365
Notice of Termination: BBSI will endeavor to provide 15 days advance notice of the termination of the
workers' compensation coverage to the California Contractors State License Board ('CSLB') in the event the
contract between BBSI and DESIGN BUILD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS is terminated.
Other Comments (place an "X if ap~licable):
I Named "Letter Holder": - I Other:
Additionally, BBSl's self-insured program is further supported by an excess workers'
compensation insurance policy with American International Group (AIG), see accompanying
certificate of insurance.
For additional information, please contact your local BBSI office at: (858) 597-0522
Very truly yours,
% w Michael D. Mulholland BBSI Office: SAN DlEGO
Vice President-Finance doc LOSI-3
CERTlFlCATE OF INSURAPJCE Issue Date: January i. 2008
COvERAG€S
THZS 1S TO CERnM WT -HE WXIClES OF INSUaANCE USE0 BELW HAM BEEN tSSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ZieOVE FORM POLICY PERIOD MLXXTEO.
NO~MSMNG ANY REQUREMENTXRM OR CMUMTiON OF W EMRACf OR OTHER DOCUMENTwmt KESPEM TO WHICH fmS CERTIFICATE WY BE ESUEO OR MAY PERTAlt'4 WE INNRANCE AFFOWXD BY WE FCLCES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO AU ME TERMS. UttXUS1ONS. AND CONDITION OF SUCH
WWWES UMlTS SIM MAY HAM BEEN REDUCfD BY PAID CUfMS
CO POLICY EFFECTIVE EXPIRATION
PRODUCER
Rao G-I
Beadrar CPrlsonlJBLEtK
220 NW 2nd Avenue, Surte 800
Portland. OR 972093951
INSURED
Banett Bwinsss Services, lnc
81W NE Parkway, Suite 200
Vancouver. WA 98882
And all Insureds as defined by a co-employer contract
lncl. DESIGN BUILD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
CSLB License No 466554
9770 CARROLL CENTRE RD STE C
SAN DIEGO, CA 92126-6504
LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE NUMBER DATE DAE
GENERAL LIABILITY GENERAL AGGREGATE
COMMuzCW GENUVU. LIABILITY Pciky ~lfactl~ Expimt~on PROWGTS-COMPMPSAGGREGATE
~ICLAIMSMAM =OCCUR ~umbex aala Dats PERSONAL & AOMRTISiNG INJURY 0 IRS 6 CMYTRACTORS PROT EACH OCCURRENCE
FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fin$
MEDICAL EXPENSE Vlny one penen)
THIS CERTlFlCATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATlON ONLY AND CONFERS
NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERMFICATE DOES NOT
AMEND. EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW
COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
CwNY
LETTER A Nat~onal Union Fire Insurance Company of Piisburg, PA (an AIG Company)
COMPANY
LmER 0
COMPANY
LERER C
COMPANY
LETTER n
COMPANY
LmER E
AUTOMOBILE LIABILIM
ANY AUTO
ALL OWNED AUTm
SCHEDULE ALJTGS
HIRED AUTOS
NOWWNED AUTOS
GARAGE UABlUTY
EZFE'FoRM
0 OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM
COMBIF(ED SINGLE LIMIT
WOiLY IWRY(Per parson) mriv INJURY (PW eceident)
PROPERTY DAMAGE
CMLlSlON DEDUCTIELE
COMPRNNSWE DEDUCTlBLE SXXY,=X
WORKERS COMPENSATION LlMfT
A AND
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY 469-8016
DESCRlPTlON OF OPERATIONSROCATIONSNEHlCLESl RESTRiCilONSSEClAL ITEMS
Limits sham are above a $5,000,000 self-insured reternion,
CERTIFICATE HOLMR Contractors State License Board
982 1 Business Park Drive
Sacramento, CA 95827
CANCELLATION
SMOULDANY OFW ABCIM OESCRIBEO POUCIES E ta0 BEFORE THE WPIRAflON OATE
THEREOF. TWE ISSUING C1lMPANY WU MAIL ;IP akYS WITEN NOTKX TOTHE
NAMEO TO ME LEFT. Wl FAILURE TO MAlL StXW NOTICE WALL WQSE NO OBLiGAflON
OR UABtLW OF ANY I<ihK) UPON THE MMPANY. liS AGENTS. OR REPRESEMATMS
Au;harhwl Rlp.ranamR,
R Graybaal, CPCU, ARPl
doc: COI-3
BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT
(To Accompany Proposal)
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by
another jurisdiction in the State of California?
2) If yes, what waslwere the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what waslwere the period(s) of
debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debarments.
party debarred party debarred
agency agency
period of debarment period of debarment
BY CONTRACTOR:
\3cG\on / %-A\ \d (ride of Contractor)
By:
Page of pages of this Re Debarment form
@ Revised I 1/01 RB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 23 of 21 3 Pages
BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
(To Accompany Proposal)
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors' State License Board
which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent
act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a
latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the
alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar,
Contractors' State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826.
1) Have you ever had your contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors'
State license Board two or more times within an eight year period?
2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor's license ever been stayed?
3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their * - contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two
or more times within an eight year period?
4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor's that you propose to
perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed?
5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party
disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of
the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefore.
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
Page of pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form
O) Revised 1 IEOIRB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 24 of 21 3 Pages
BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
(CONTINUED)
(To Accompany Proposal)
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party
who's discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to,
describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action
was stayed.
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
BY CONTRACTOR:
Page of pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form
@ Revised 1 1RllO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 25 of 21 3 Pages
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED
BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
State of California 1
) ss.
County of 1
A~PXMDU~ , being first duly sworn, deposes ' (Name of Bidder) -
and says that he or she is
(Title)
the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any
undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is
genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited
any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired,
connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain - - from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement,
communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to
fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure
any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed
contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not,
directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof,
or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation,
partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to
effectuate a collusive or sham bid.
I declare under penalty of oing is true and correct and that this affidavit was
executed on the ,20m.
Sign&& of Bidder
Subscribed and sworn to before me on the ?zdyL day of %fi 1 .20m.
(NOTARY SEAL) iw
wv Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 26 of 21 3 Pages
April 16,2008
RE: LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
BID NO. PWS08-24PKS, CONTRACT NO. PKS08-02
Piease indude the attached addendum in the Notice to BidderlRequest for Bids you
have for the above project.
This addendum-receipt acknowiedged--nust be amched to your Request for Bid when
your bid is submitted.
Sr. Contract Administrator
Attachment
I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT Of ADDENDUM NO. 1
Biddw Signature
163.5 Farilday Avenue Carfsbnd. CA 92008-7374 (760) 602-4677 - FAX (760) 607-R5fiP @
April 1 1,20Q8
TO: PLANHOLDERS
FROM: Public Works Superintendent, Contracts
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02 f BfD MO. PMISOS-24PKS
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
ITEM NO, 1
DRAWNG DWG 455-7, SHEET Tl OF 13
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS - Note No. 2
Delete the foliowina:
2. Specifications included are complementary to the plans, In the event of any
contradiction, plans shall take precedence ow specifications. In any case of
contradiction, the General Contractor shall immediately notify the owner and the
arch'&& in writing.
Add the fdiewincr:
2. Specifications included are complementary to the plans. In the event of any
contrtxiictian, sptscifications shall take precedence aver plans, In any case of
contradiction, the General Contractor shall immediately notify the owner and the
architect in
IEM UINQ. 2
DRAWNG DWG 455-7, SHEET A3 OF
PAINT COLOR KEY - Note NO. 3
Delete the followinn:
3. All existing exterior masonry wall surfaces shall have *lightn sandblast then sealed
before painting.
Add the follrswina:
3. All exterlor masonry wall surfaces and iiRy other painted rrr coated items shall be
prepared and painted in accordance with the "Basic Coagng and Painting Specific8tion
for Facilitiesu beginning on Page t34 of the Specifications. "Light Sandblasting" is not
an awptable surface preparation as indicated anywhere on these drawings.
Addendum MI PKS 08-02! La Costa Canyan Restroom Renovation
ITEM NQ. 3
DRAWING DWO 455-7, WEET A3 OF 23
EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS I SOUTHWEST ELEVATION
Delete the following:
Southwest Elevation Detail
Add the iollowi -
Attached Southtist Elevation Detail - Sheet SK-I
ITEM NO. 4
DRAWING DWG 455-7, SHEET E2 OF 13
POWER & LlGHTlNG PLAN 1 L1GI4TlNG PLAN / POWER AND LIGHTING KEYED
NOTES
Delete the follow in^
Lighting Plan Dertail& Keyed Note #95
Add the followina:
Attached Lighting Plan Detail and Revised Keyed note #I 5 f Sheet SK-2
DALE A. SC-HUCK
Parks Superintendent
c: Pubiic Works Mana
Project Inspector
File
Addendum #01 PKS 0802 La Costa Canyon fiestmom Renovation
IPtSTALL SECklRfTT CAGE
AT EACH SKYLIGHT
RftdOVf AND REPLAGf
EXt5T1M 5jKYLIbHT
PAINT EN FASIA.
PWPC25ED 5EE
M)OR AND FRAME
HWEST ELEVATION
EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
OF APPROVED PLANS
0 & S PROJ. MO. 07006 REV DATE:
DRAWNBY: cl
- INSTALL EN TIMER CLOCK PFDR
PLAY AREA LIGHT 5TANDARDS
IAGRLZM BELON.
--
fNcj pyU BOX IN
FOR StTE POLES
LIGHTING PLAN
POWER & LIGHTING KEYED NOTES:
a ...............
f-w-b~-.sv.-- !. . WALL NW 2"~-(31 *Z/O, I *b G'U) THHN. GJ
OF APPROVED PLANS
mLE: LIGHTING PLAN - --- "------- .SHEET St(-2
LA COSTA CANYON PfVW 'Wn OIDB
PWCT WE: REST- RWOYATfON - DATE [h AODENDUhd (dl
ARCHII~C~U~Z :: ~trnn~n~ B 8 S PROJ. NO, 97004 "--- +RW DATE: -
CONTRACT
PUBLIC WORKS
ILL This agreement is made this 9 day of , 20-<
by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal cbrporalItbn, (hereinafter called "City"),
and DESIGN-BUILD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS whose principal place of
business is 9770 CARROLL CENTRE ROAD SUITE C SAN DlEGO CA 92126 (hereinafter
called "Contractor").
City and Contractor agree as follows:
1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract documents
for:
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
(hereinafter called "project")
2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents.
3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids,
Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Designation of Subcontractors, Technical Ability and
Experience, Re Debarment, Non-collusion Affidavit, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans
and Specifications, the General Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and
General Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with this
Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated
herein by this reference.
Contractor, herlhis subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as
indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or
specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contractor's
expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the
City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to
said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials
suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compliance.
4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City
shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the General Provisions section of
this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the
last working day of each month. The City shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract
Code Section 9203.
em %? Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 27 of 21 3 Pages
CONTRACT
PUBLIC WORKS
This agreement is made this day of , 20-,
by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter called "City"),
and DESIGN-BUILD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS whose principal place
of business is 9685 GRACELAND WAY SAN DlEGO CA 92129 (hereinafter
called "Contractor").
City and Contractor agree as follows:
1 Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract documents
for:
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
(hereinafter called "project")
2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents.
3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids,
Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Designation of Subcontractors, Technical Ability and
Experience, Re Debarment, Non-collusion Affidavit, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans
and Specifications, the General Provisions, addendum@) to said Plans and Specifications and
General Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with this
Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated
herein by this reference.
Contractor, herlhis subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as
indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or
specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contractor's
expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the
City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to
said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials
suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compliance.
4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City
shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the General Provisions section of
this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the
last working day of each month. The City shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract
Code Section 9203.
Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 27 of 21 3 Pages
5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the
jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the
+%-, s work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that may be
done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground conditions. Any
information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about underground conditions or
other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the
conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground
conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City.
6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging trenches
or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall promptly,
and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any:
A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste,
as defined in section 251 17 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class
I, Class II, or Class Ill disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law.
B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those
indicated.
C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature,
different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of
the character provided for in the contract.
City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ,
or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time
required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures
described in this contract.
In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially
differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time
required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any
scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be
performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or
by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties.
7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the requirements
of the lmmigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied
and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for
employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this
Contract.
8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of
Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with
California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates
is on file in the office of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to
California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages; Contractor shall post
copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site.
Q Revised I 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 28 of 21 3 Pages
9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and
indemnify and hold harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage,
+, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in
connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of
Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety
and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may
be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except
for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. The
expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation,
arbitration, or other dispute resolution method.
Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the
contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense
costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel.
Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the
contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by
the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense
costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests
separate counsel.
10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance
against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection
with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives,
employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in
City Council Policy # 70.
(A) Coverages And Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits
indicted herein:
a. Commercial General Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for
bodily injury and property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a separate aggregate in the
amounts specified shall be established for the risks for which the City or its agents, officers or
employees are additional insured.
b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for
bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the
performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether
scheduled or non-scheduled.
c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits
as required by the Labor Code of the State of California. Workers' compensation offered by the State
Compensation lnsurance Fund is acceptable to the City.
(6) Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under
this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability
lnsurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions.
a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as
respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and
completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the
contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to
the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be
*"u" evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each company
affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage.
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 29 of 21 3 Pages
b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its
r officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its
%L, officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not
contribute with it.
c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided
to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers.
d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured
against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's
liability.
(C) Notice Of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to
state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage
or limits except after ten (10) days' prior written notice has been sent to the City by certified mail,
return receipt requested.
(D) Deductibles And Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured
retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the
insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the
City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of
losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses.
(E) Waiver Of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a
waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City or any of its
officials or employees.
(F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall
furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for
subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.
(G) Acceptability Of Insurers. lnsurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's
Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of
insurance by the State of California lnsurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a
listing in the official publication of the Department of lnsurance of the State of California andlor under
the standards specified by City Council Policy # 70.
(H) Verification Of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and
original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorsements
for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on
its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the City and are to be
received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City.
(I) Cost Of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included
in the Contractor's bid.
11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in
accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5
(commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by reference. A copy of Article 1.5 is
included in Section 3 of the General Provisions. The contractor shall initially submit all claims over
$375,000 to the City using the informal dispute resolution process described in Public Contract Code
subsections 20104.2(a), (c), (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this section of the contract, all
claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California
-kw Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit
for breach of this agreement.
0 Revised 1 1101 106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 30 of 21 3 Pages
(A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City
must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in anticipation
-. of litigation or in conjunction with litigation.
(B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be
considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution.
(C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections 12650
et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false
claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate ignorance of the
false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information.
(D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False
Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees.
(E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim
may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may
be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years.
(F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025,
3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference.
(G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by
another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcontractor
from participating in future contract bidding.
(H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for
resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County,
California. ,I /-
I have read and understand all provisions of Section 1 I above. fgnit 4. init
12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the
City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 181 2 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article
2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's principal place
of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified letter accompanying
the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of any change of address
of such records.
13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720
of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference.
14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substituted
for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any obligation
established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the
City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract.
15. Unfair Business Practices. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to
supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or
subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to
all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the
Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business
and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the
public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the
+ ,. time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by
the parties.
-__i
Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 31 of 213 Pages
N
16. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and
clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and
G included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not
correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically
amended to make such insertion or correction.
17. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the
"General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof.
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE
ATTACHED
(CORPORATE SEAL)
CONTRACTOR:
President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only
one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant
secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD R. BALL
Revised I I~OlRB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 32 of 21 3 Pages
Lam bn@m @lc r
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California
County of xn bi~q~~ c. - )
on -tllJ~B rP.
(insert namesnd title of the officer) I
personally appeared
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare I
subscribed to the within instrument and ackrt-owledged to me that helshelthey executed the same in 1
hislherltheir authorized capacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir signature(s) on the instrument the
person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing
paragraph is true and correct.
I WITNESS my hand and official seal.
7 Signature h [~ea~, )
C
Par-
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of Califomia
personally appeared &&la A~~&~/Y>Jc
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare
subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in
hislherltheir authorized capacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir signature(s) on the instrument the
person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of Califomia that the foregoing
paragraph is true and correct.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
,
Company Profile
Company Profile
WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY
P.O. BOX 21030
RENO, NV 895 15
Agent for Service of Process
SARGE KLIMOW, 8300 UTICA AVENUE SUITE 193 RANCHO CUCAMONGA, CA 91730
Unable to Locate the Agent for Service of Process?
"
Reference Information
NAIC #: 10008
NAIC Group #: oOo0
California Company ID #: 4750-6
Date authorized in California: September 20,2002
License Status: UNLIMITED-NORMAL
Company Type: Property & Casualty
State of Domicile: NEVADA
Page 1 of 1
Lines of Insurance Authorized to Transact
The company is authorized to transact business within these lines of insurance. For an explanation of any of these terms, please refer to the
glossaq.
SURETY
Company Complaint Information
Company Enforcement Action Documents
Company Performance & Comparison Data
Composite Complaint Studies
Want More?
Help Me Find a Company Representative in MY Area
Financial Rating Organizations
Last Revised - June 27,2008 09: 13 AM
Copyright O California Department of Insurance
http://interactive.web.insurance.ca.gov/webuser/idb - cogrof - utl ....
, Bond No. BSC20145
LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No. 2008-161,
adopted June 10, 2008, has awarded to DESIGN-BUILD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
(hereinaff er designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for:
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
# 4
in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformrty with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract
Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carfsbad and all of which are
incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof
require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to
pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the
performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of apy kind, the
Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, WE, DESIGN-BUILD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS , as
Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and Western Insurance Company
as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad
in the sum of ONE HUNDRED TVVO THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED EIGHTY THREE Dollars
($102,483.00), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount 'J' payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly
*r to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, execdors and administrators, successors, or assigns,
jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or hidher subcontractors
fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or about the
performance of the work contracted to be done, br for any other work or labor thereon of any kind,
consistent with California Civil Code section 3181, or for amounts due under the Unemployment
Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract, or for any amounts
required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from
the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the
LJnernployment .Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the
same, and,,also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attorney's fees, to be fixed by the
court consistent with California Civil Code section 3248.
This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code sectiori
3181, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the
bond.
Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the Contract, or to the work to be performed hereunder or the specifications accompanying the same
shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of
time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 33 of 21 3 Pages
In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall
I &.. not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
Executed by CONTRACTOR this 1 st ExecutedbySURETYthis 1st day
day of July ,20=. of July ,2Ox.
CONTRACTOR: SURETY:
Design-Build Tenant Improvements
(name of Fontractor) #
SAFJ ~%DCLWW
(print name here)
(print name here) ,
bur WWL ht%rlrcu /&A! LQ
(title and organization of signatory)
Western Insurance Com~anv
(name of Surety) 4
675 W. Moana, Reno, NV 89509
~tdfrey R. Davis, attorney4in-fact
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
(attach corporate resslution showing current power
of attorney)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer
signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate
seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD &BALL
Revised 1101/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02
. .- . . . . .
Page 34 of 213 Pages
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT - - ;FEaB~s~~%~~~~~~~~~ --L "-- %e
!""
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
County of S*N DIEGO
On 07/01/08 beforeme, JESSICA DIAZ DE LEON, A NOTARY PUBLIC -. 7
Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer
personally appeared JEFFREY R. DAVIS
Narne(s! of SignerJs)
Place Notary Seal Above
actory evidence to
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of
the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true
and correct.
Witness my hand and official
Signatur
FA C/
L OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document
and could prevenf fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: - - Number of Pages: --,--.-.-.--.-~--.-.-
Signer(~) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s)
Signer's Name:
Individual
Corporate Officer - Title(s):
C] Partner - Limited General
U Attorney in Fact
Trustee
Signer Is Representing: I I
Guardian or Conservator
Other:
Signer's Name:
Individual
Corporate Officer - Title(s):
Top of thumb here Guardian or Conservator 1 Top of thumb here
Other: I i I f
Signer Is Representing: i 1
! I
_Id - ~-=~~~~&'y&~~p . -. "- - .-. L ,.- . . -. - - ..-
8 2007 National Notary Associaticn -9350 De 50% AVO.. P.O. BOX 2402 - Chatsworlh, CA 81313-2402. wui.N~tionalN~~~ry,~ry Item (t5307 Rsorder: Call Toll-Free 1-500-876-6827
WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Nevada and having its principal office at the City of Reno, in the State of Nevada, does hereby
constitute and appoint
Janelle L. Miller, Jeff Aase, Cyndi Beilman, Jeffrey R. Davis, Rachel G. Holbrook, William J. Mingram, Scott Honsowetz
Of the STATE OF NEVADA its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above,
to sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written
instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Company in its business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons; guaranteeing the
performance of contracts; and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings
allowed by law.
In Witness Whereof, the said WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused this instrument to be sealed with its
corporate seal, duly attested by the signatures of its President and Secretary, this 19& day of June, 2006.
WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY
A&/-- President
(Signed) By
Secretary
STATE OF NEVADA)
SS:
COUNTY OF WASHOE )
On this lgL day of June, 2006, before me personally came PRESIDENT of the WESTERN
which executed the foregoing Power of Attorney, that they e
...................
RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company, all bonds, undertakmgs,
contracts and other instruments relating to said business may be signed, executed, and acknowledged by person or entities appointed
as Attorney(s)-in-Fact pursuant to a Power or Attorney issued in accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s) of Attorney for and
on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the Chairman, or the
President, or a Vice President, jointly with the Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be
engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seal of the Company may be a&ed by
facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attomey(s)-in-Fact for purposes only of executing
and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and. unless subsequently revoked and subject
to any limitations set forth therein, any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be
valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal
shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertalung to which it is validly attached.
RESOLVED, that Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall have the power and authority, unless subsequently revoked and, in any case,
subject to the terms and limitations of the Power of Attorney issued to them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to
attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings, and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such
instrument executed by such Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an Executive Officer and
sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company.
I, CAROL B. INGALLS, Secretary of the WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a
true excerpt from the Resolution of the said Company as adopted by its Board of Directors on June 19,2006 and that this Resolution is
in full force and effect.
I, the undersigned Secretary of the WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of
Attornev is in full force and effect and has not been revoked.
In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set m hand and the seal of the WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY on this 1st dayof July , %08 .
/ Secretary
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California
County of 3n bean 1 ./I lop, On before me, hie CLy? bib
(insert namQ and title of the officer)
personally appeared - ,
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare
subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that helshelthey executed the same in
hislherltheir authorized capacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir signature(s) on the instrument the
person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing
paragraph is true and correct.
I WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature (Seal)
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California
county of e_tln bi&~ 1
personally appeared I
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare
subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that helshelthey executed the same in
hislherltheir authorized capacity(ies), and that by hidherltheir signature(s) on the instrument the
person@), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing
paragraph is true and correct.
1 WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signatur (Seal)
Bond No. BSC20145
Premium: $2,050.00
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCEMIARRANTY BOND
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No. 2008-161,
adopted June 10, 2008, has awarded to DESIGN-BUILD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
(hereinafter designated as the "Principall'), a Contract for:
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
b
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
* I
- in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specifications, and
other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, all of
which are incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof
require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract;
NOW, THEREFORE, WE, DESIGN-BUILD TENANT IMPROVEMENTS , as
Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and Western Insurance Company
as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad
in the sum of ONE HUNDRED TWO THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED EIGHTY THREE Dollars
($102,483.00), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount
payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly
to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, r; jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
/'
%- THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION,IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs,
executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well
and truly keep and pelform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any
alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in
the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall
indemnify and save harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and agents, as therein
stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otheiwise it shall remain in full force and
effect.
As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addi'iion to the face amount specified therefore,
there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's
fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and
included in any judgment rendered.
Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the Contract, or to the work to be performed there lirider or the specifications accompanying the
same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change,
extension of time, alterations or addition to the tenns of the contract or to the work or to the
specifications.
43 Revised 11EDl,O6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 35 of 213 Pages
3--" , In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall
-m3w not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
Executed by CONTRACTOR this 1s t Executed by SURETY this 1st day of
day of July ,20 08 . JU~V ,2008
CONTRACTOR: SURETY
I I
Design-Biuld Tenant Imvrovements Western Insurance Company
(name of Contractor) (name of Surety)
675 W. Moana, Reno, NV 89509
(address of Surety)
A-u5basnow
(print name here)
&.M. bci4Gu /&i~ b
(Title and Organization of Signatory)
-
(print'nahe here) -
Jeffrey R. Davis, attorney-in-fact
- (printed name of Attomey-in-Fact)
(Attach corporate resolution showing current
power of attorney.)
ecuwW bk$ch(*u/~t~b
(Title and Organization of signatory)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only
one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant
secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD R. BALL
@ Revised 11101/05 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 36 of 21 3 Pages
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
F4
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
On 07/01/08 beforeme, JESSICA DIAZ DE LEON, A NOTARY PUBLIC -. 7
Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer
personally appeared JEFFREY R. DAVIS
Narne(s,! of Signer(s)
Place Ndary Seal P.bove
who proved to m on the basis of satisfactory evidence to
be the persondwhose name@
within instrument and acknowledged t
executed the sam in his/tpf?t ir a
and that his/&/tt#r signzedon the instrument the
persongor the entity upon behalf of which the personH
acted, executed the instrument.
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of
the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true
and correct.
-
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document
and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: - Number of Pages:
Signer(~) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer@)
Signer's Name:
Individual
Corporate Officer - Title(s):
Partner - [7 Limited General
0 Attorney in Fact
Trustee
Signer Is Representing: I I
Guardian or Conservator
Other:
Signer's Name:
[7 Individual
Corporate Officer - Titte(s):
Top of thumb here
[7 Partner - Limited General
Attorney in Fact
Trustee
Guardian or Conservator 1 Top of thumb here
Other: 1 i 1
Signer Is Representing: 1 I
8 2007 National Notary ksociation -9350 De So% Aye.. P.O. Box 2402 C!latswort\. CA 91313-24~2 wv;.NationaINofaiy.org lterri r5907 Reorder: Call Toll-Free 1-800-876-6827
WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THXSE PRESENTS: That WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Nevada and having its principal office at the City of Reno, in the State of Nevada, does hereby
constitute and appoint
Janelle L. Miller. Jeff Aase, Cyndi Beilman. Jeffrey R. Davis, Rachel G. Holbrook, William J. Mingram, Scott Honsowetz
Of the STATE OF NEVADA its true and lam Attorney(s)-in-Fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above,
to sign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written
instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Company in its business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons; guaranteeing the '
performance of contracts; and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings
allowed by law.
In Witness Whereof, the said WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY has caused this instrument to be sealed with its
corporate seal, duly attested by the signatures of its President and Secretary, this 19' day of June, 2006.
WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY
President
(Signed) By
Secretary
STATE OF NEVADA)
SS:
COUNTY OF WASHOE )
PRESIDENT of the WESTERN
respectively the PRESIDENT and the SECRETARY of the said E COMPANY, the corporation described in
oration; that the seal affived to said Power
and that they signed
RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company, all bonds, undertakings,
contracts and other instruments relating to said business may be signed, executed, and aclcnowledged by person or entities appointed
as Attomey(s)-in-Fact pursuant to a Power or Attorney issued in accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s) of Attorney for and
on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the Chairman, or the
President, or a Vice President, jointly with the Secretary, under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be
engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and the seal of the Company may be affived by
facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attorney(s)-in-Fact for purposes only of executing
and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and, unless subsequently revoked and subject
to any limitations set forth therein, any such Power of Attorney or certificak bearing such facslrmle signature or facsimile seal shall be
valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal
shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertakmg to which it is validly attached.
RESOLVED, that Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall have the power and authority, unless subsequently revoked and, in any case,
subject to the terms and limitations of the Power of Attorney issued to them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to
attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings, and other wribngs obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such
instrument executed by such Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an Executive Officer and
sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company.
I, CAROL B. INGALLS, Secretary of the WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the foregoing is a
true excerpt from the Resolution of the said Company as adopted by its Board of Directors on June 19,2006 and that this Resolution is
in full force and effect.
I, the undersigned Secretary of the WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of
Attorney is in full force and effect and has not been revoked.
In Testimony Whereof, I have hereunto set m hand and the seal of the WESTERN INSURANCE COMPANY on this
1st dayof July , %08 .
/ Secretary
T ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California
County of
On 31 ilop, -
(insert name 6nd title of the officer)
personally appeared ? &-m~f@- I
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare
subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that'helshe~the~ executed t'he same in
his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the
person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing
paragraph is true and correct.
.I WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature (Seal)
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California
County of %n bi~ 1
C -
I
on >\~IoP~ I.~\Q hido
~ (insert name and title of the officer)
personally appeared /kx?f~c k~%%fX@~
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare 1 I
subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that helshelthey executed the same in I
hislherltheir authorized capacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir signature(s) on the instrument the
person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing
paragraph is true and correct.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signatur
OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR
SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION
This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose
address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" and
whose address is
hereinafter called
"Contractor" and whose address is
hereinafter
called "Escrow Agent."
For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows:
1. Pursuant to sections 22300 and 10263 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California,
the Contractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention
earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into
between the City and Contractor for
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
in the amount of dated (hereinafter referred to
- * as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the City shall make payments of
the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a
substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City within 10 days of the deposit.
The Escrow Agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the Escrow
Agent in connection with the handling of retentions under these sections in an amount not less than
$100,000 per contract. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be a
least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the
contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of the City and shall
designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner.
2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise would
be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow
Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above.
3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow
Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under
this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities.
All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be
equally applicable and binding when the City pays the Escrow Agent directly.
4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Escrow
Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and
payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent. - 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all
interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to
withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City.
Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 37 of 213 Pages
_- 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account
only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to the Escrow
kws+ Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor.
7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor.
Upon seven days1 written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrow Agent
shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the City.
8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and complete
and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the
Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less
escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon
disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges.
9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the Contractor pursuant
to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold Escrow
Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the securities and
interest as set forth above.
10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice
on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of
their respective signatures are as follows:
For City:
Title FINANCE DIRECTOR
Name
Signature
Address 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008
For Contractor:
Title
Name
Signature
Address
For Escrow Agent:
Title
Name
Signature
Address
At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent
a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement.
0 Revised I 1/01 106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 38 of 21 3 Pages
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the
Wm- date first set forth above.
For City:
Title MAYOR
Name
Signature
Address 1200 Carlsbad Villaue Drive, Carlsbad, CA 92008
For Contractor:
Title
Name
Signature
Address
For Escrow Agent:
Title
Name
Signature
Address
@ Revised 1 1 RIM6 contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 39 of 21 3 Pages
GENERAL PROVISIONS
FOR
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
CITY OF CARLSBAD
BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1,
GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR
PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 1 -- TERMS, DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
1-1 TERMS - Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered,
instructed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or
words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer.
1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted",
"scheduled", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to
the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise.
1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directedn, "designated", "selected", or words of similar import
are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is
intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be
understood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by
the Engineer," unless stated otherwise.
1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and
such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the
expression "in the opinion of the Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the words
"approved", "approval", "acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood
that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended.
1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its
expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the
furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the
Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use,
including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation.
,- mv 0 Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 40 of 213
1-2 Definitions. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the
definitions assigned to them herein. 3
Addendum - Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies,
corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents. The term Addendum shall include
bulletins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids.
Agency - the City of Carlsbad, California.
Agreement - See Contract.
Assessment Act Contract - A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a
State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County.
Base - A layer of specified material of planned thickness placed immediately below the
pavement or surfacing.
Bid - The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the
prices for the Work.
Bidder - Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid
for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative.
Board - The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City
Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District. -@I d
Bond - Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security.
City Council - the City Council of the City of Carlsbad.
City Manager - the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or hislher approved representa-
tive.
Cash Contract - A Contract financed by means other than special assessments.
Change Order - A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition,
deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time
issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed
by the Contractor.
Code - The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California.
Contract - The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work.
Contract Documents - Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain
to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including
documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the
Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the general conditions,
permits from other agencies, the Special Provisions, the Plans, Standard Plans, Standard
Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the 9 Contract.
@ Revised 1 IMIIOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 41 of 213
Contractor - The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a
%md Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit
issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term "prime
contractor" shall mean Contractor.
Contract Price - The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded.
Contract Unit Price - The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work.
County Sealer - The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let.
Days - Days shall mean consecutive calendar's days unless otherwise specified.
Dispute Board - persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive
Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on
claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive
Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute
resolution.
Electrolier - Street light assembly complete, including foundation, standard, luminaire arm,
luminaire, etc.
Engineer - the Public Works Director of the City of Carlsbad or hislher approved representative.
The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Geotextile - Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions
of separation and filtration.
House Connection Sewer - A sewer, within a public street or right-of-way, proposed to connect
any parcel, lot, or part of a lot with a mainline sewer.
House Sewer - A sewer, wholly within private property, proposed to connect any building to a
house connection sewer.
Luminaire - The lamp housing including the optical and socket assemblies (and ballast if so
specified).
Luminaire Arm - The structural member, bracket, or mast arm, which, mounted on the
standard, supports the luminaire.
Minor Bid Item - a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original
Contract Price bid.
Modification - Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may
only be used after the effective date of the Contract.
Notice of Award - The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon
compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract.
Notice to Proceed - A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on
which the Contract time will start.
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page42 of 213
Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired,
directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work.
Further, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments,
3
State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When
used in Section 2-3.1 "own organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor
owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased
equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be
included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1.
Person - Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other
legal entity.
Plans - The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings,
or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character,
dimensions, or details of the Work.
Private Contract - Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private
funds, not administered by the Agency.
Project Inspector - the Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract
administration and first level for informal dispute resolution.
Proposal - See Bid.
Public Works Manager - The Public Works Supervisor's immediate supervisor and second
level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. 1 4
Public Works Superintendent- the Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and first level of
appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Reference Specifications - Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test,
codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations
referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in
effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless
specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date.
Roadway - The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use.
Service Connection - Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct,
including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer.
Sewer - Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial
waste.
Specifications - Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, Special Provisions, and
specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board.
Special Provisions - Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth
conditions and requirements peculiar to the work.
Revised IRIIOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 43 of 213
Standard - The shaft or pole used to support street lighting luminaire, traffic signal heads, mast
arms, etc.
Standard Plans - Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the
Plans or in Specifications by title or number.
Standard Specifications - The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
(SSPWC), the "Greenbook.
State - State of California.
Storm Drain - Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm
water.
Street - Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way.
Subbase -A layer of specified material of planned thickness between a base and the subgrade.
Subcontractor - An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor
or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work.
Subgrade - For roadways, that portion of the roadbed on which pavement, surfacing, base,
subbase, or a layer of other material is placed. For structures, the soil prepared to support a
structure.
h x Supervision - Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the
performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to
the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision
by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work.
Supplemental Agreement - A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both
parties.
Surety - Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the
acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all
obligations incurred.
Tonne - Also referred to as "metric ton". Represents a unit of measure in the International
System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms.
Utility - Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers,
or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private
easement.
Work - That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit,
including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services.
@ Revised 1 1 10 1106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 44 of 2 13
1-3 ABBREVIATIONS
1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to
these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract Documents.
All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to
those given by the "Manual of Steel Construction" published by the American Institute of Steel
Construction, Inc.
1-3.2 Common Usage
Abbreviation Word or Words
ABAN ............................................................. Abandon ...................................................... ABAND Abandoned
ABS ........................ Acrylonitrile - butadiene - styrene
AC .................................................... Asphalt Concrete
ACP .......................................... Asbestos cement pipe
ACWS ..................... Asphalt concrete wearing surface
ALT ................................................................ Alternate
APTS ................................ Apartment and Apartments ................................... AMER STD American Standard
AWG .............. American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire)
BC .................................................. Beginning of curve
BCR ....................................... Beginning of curb return
BDRY ............................................................ Boundary
BF ..................................................... Bottom of footing
BLDG ........................................ Building and Buildings
BM ............................................................ Bench mark
BVC ................................... Beginning of vertical curve
BMI ........................................................... Back of wall
CIC ..................................................... Center to center
CAB ..................................... Crushed aggregate base ............ CALIOSHA California Occupational Safety and
Health Administration
CalTrans ....... California Department of Transportation
CAP ................................... Corrugated aluminum pipe
CB. ............................................................ Catch Basin
Cb ...................................................................... Curb
CBP .............................. Catch Basin Connection Pipe
CBR ....................................... California Bearing Ratio
CCR ............................ California Code of Regulations
CCTV ............................................... Closed Circuit TV
CES ......................... Carlsbad Engineering Standards
CF ................................................................ Curb face
CF ................................................................ Cubic foot
C&G .................................................... Curb and gutter
CFR ............................... Code of Federal Regulations
CFS ......................................... Cubic Feet per Second
CIP ......................................................... Cast iron pipe
ClPP ............................................. Cast-in place pipe
CL ............................................. Clearance, center line
CLF .................................................... Chain link fence
CMB ............................... Crushed miscellaneous base
CMC. ........................................ Cement mortar-coated
CML ............................................ Cement mortar-lined
CMWD .................... Carlsbad Municipal Water District
CO ................................................... Cleanout (Sewer)
COL ................................................................. Column
COMM ...................................................... Commercial
CONC ........................................................... Concrete
CONN ........................................................ Connection
CONST .................................. Construct, Construction
COORD ..................................................... Coordinate
CSP ........................................... Corrugated steel pipe
CSSD ...... Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings
CTB ..................................... Cement treated base
CV.. ........................................................... Check valve
CY ............................................................... Cubic yard
D .............................................................. Load of pipe
dB .................................................................. Decibels
DBL ................................................................... Double
DF ............................................................... Douglas fir
DIA ................................................................ Diameter
DIP ..................................................... Ductile iron pipe
DL ................................................................ Dead load
DR Dimension Ratio
DT Drain Tile
...................................................... .................................................................
DWG ............................................................... Drawing
DWY ............................................................. Driveway
DWY APPR ................................... Driveway approach
E ...................................................................... Electric
EA ........................................................................ Each
EC ............................................................ End of curve
ECR ................................................ End of curb return
EF ................................................................ Each face
EG ......................................................... Edge of gutter
EGL .................................................. Energy grade line
El .................................................................. Elevation
ELC ..................................... Electrolier lighting conduit
ELT ........................................................ Extra long ton
ENGR ...................................... Engineer, Engineering
EP ................................................... Edge of pavement
ESMT ........................................................... Easement
ETB .......................................... Emulsion-treated base
EVC .............................................. End of vertical curb
EWA .............................. Encina Wastewater Authority
EXC ............................................................ Excavation
EXP JT ................................................. Expansion joint
EXST ............................................................... Existing
F .................................................................. Fahrenheit
F&C ................................................... Frame and cover
F&l .................................................. Furnish and install
FAB ............................................................... Fabricate
FAS ............................................... Flashing arrow sign
FD ............................................................... Floor drain
FDN Foundation
1 L9P ........................................................... a Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page45of 213
FED SPEC ................................. Federal Specification
FG ........................................................ Finished grade
FH ............................................................. Fire hydrant
FL ................................................................... Flow line
FS ...................................................... Finished surface
FT-LB ......................................................... Foot-pound
FTG .................................................................. Footing
FW ............................................................ Face of wall
G ........................................................................... Gas
GA ..................................................................... Gauge
GAL ............................................... Gallon and Gallons
GALV ......................................................... Galvanized
GAR ............................................ Garage and Garages
GIP .............................................. Galvanized iron pipe
GL ...................................... Ground line or grade line
GM .............................................................. Gas meter
GNV ............................................... Ground Not Visible
GP .................................................................. Guy pole
GPM ................................................ gallons per minute
GR ..................................................................... Grade
GRTG .............................................................. Grating
GSP ........................................ Galvanized steel pipe
H ............................................................ High or height
HB .................................................................. Hose bib
HC ................................................... House connection
HDWL ........................................................... Headwall
HGL ............................................. Hydraulic gqde line
HORIZ .......................................................... Horizontal
HP ............................................................. Horsepower
HPG ................................................ High pressure gas
HPS ............................... High pressure sodium (Light)
HYDR ............................................................ Hydraulic
IE ........................................................ Invert Elevation
ID ........................................................ Inside diameter
INCL ............................................................... Including
INSP ............................................................ Inspection
INV ...................................................................... Invert
IP ................................................................... Iron pipe
JC .................................................... Junction chamber
JCT ................................................................. Junction
JS ..................................................... Junction structure
JT ......................................................................... Joint
L ........................................................................ Length
LAB ............................................................. Laboratory
LAT ................................................................... Lateral
LB ...................................................................... Pound
LD ..................................................... Local depression
LF ................................................................ Linear foot
LH ............................................................... Lamp hole
LL ................................................................ Live load
LOL ............................................................. Layout line
LONG ........................................................ Longitudinal
LP ............................................................... Lamp post
LPS ................................. Low pressure sodium (Light)
LS ............................................................... Lump sum
LTS .................................................... Lime treated soil
LWD .............................. Leucadia Wastewater District
MAINT ...................................................... Maintenance
MAX .............................................................. Maximum
MCR ..................................... Middle of curb return
MEAS ............................................................ Measure
MH ................................... Manhole, maintenance hole
MIL SPEC .................................... Military specification
MISC ................................................ Miscellaneous
MOD .................................................. Modified, modify
MON ........................................................... Monument
MSL . Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12)
MTBM ......................... Microtunneling Boring Machine
MULT ............................................................... Multiple
MUTCD .... Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
MVL ........................................ Mercury vapor light
NCTD .............................. North County Transit District
NRCP .............................. Nonreinforced concrete pipe
OBS ............................................................... Obsolete
OC ............................................................... On center
OD .................................................... Outside diameter
OE .............................................................. Outer edge
OHE ................................................. Oveead Electric
OMWD ................. Olivenhain Municipal Water District
OPP ............................................................... Opposite
ORIG ................................................................ Original
PB ................................................................... Pull box
PC .................................................... Point of curvature
PCC ....................... Portland cement concrete or point
of compound curvature
PCVC ....................... Point of compound vertical curve
PE ............................................................ Polyethylene
PI ................................................. Point of intersection
PL ............................................................ Property line
PMB ........................... Processed miscellaneous base
POC ...................................................... Point on curve
POT ................................................... Point on tangent
PP .............................................................. Power pole
PRC ........................................ Point of reverse curve
PRVC ............................ Point of reverse vertical curve
PSI ........................................ Pounds per square inch
PT .................................................... Point of tangency
PVC ................................................. Polyvinyl chloride
PVMT ........................................................... Pavement
PVT RMI ..................................... Private right-of-way
Q ........................ Rate of flow in cubic feet per second
QUAD ...................................... Quadrangle, Quadrant
R ....................................................................... Radius
RbO ......................................................... Rock and oil
RMI .......................................................... Right-of-way
RA ...................................................... Recycling agent
RAC ................................... Recycled asphalt concrete
RAP ............................... Reclaimed asphalt pavement
RBAC ............................. Rubberized asphalt concrete
RC ................................................ Reinforced concrete
RCB ...................................... Reinforced concrete box
RCE ...................................... Registered civil engineer
RCP ..................................... Reinforced concrete pipe
RCV ........................................ Remote control valve
REF ............................................................. Reference
RElNF ............................. Reinforced or reinforcement
RES .............................................................. Reservoir
RGE ....................... Registered geotechnical engineer
ROW ....................................................... Right-of-way
RR ................................................................... Railroad
RSE ............................. Registered structural engineer
RTE .................................... Registered traffic engineer
S ................................... Sewer or Slope, as applicable
SCCP ............................... Steel cylinder concrete pipe
SD .................. A ......................................... Storm drain
SDNR .............................. San Diego Northern Railway
SDR ....... Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio
(ratio of pipe O.D. to minimum wall thickness)
SDRSD ......... San Diego Regional Standard Drawings
SE ...................................................... Sand Equivalent
@ Revised 1 110 1106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 46 of 21 3
SEC ................................................................. Section
SF ............................................................. Square foot
SFM ................................................ Sewer Force Main
SI ...................... International System of Units (Metric)
SPEC ..................................................... Specifications
SPPWC ........................................ Standard Plans for
Public Works Construction
SSPWC ............................ Standard Specifications for
Public Works Construction
ST HWY ................................................. St highway
STA ................................................................... Station
STD ............................................................... Standard
STR .................................................................. Straight
STR GR ................................................ Straight grade
STRUC ......................................... Structural/Structure
SW ................................................................. Sidewalk
SWD ..................................................... Sidewalk drain
SY ............................................................. Square yard
T .................................................................. Telephone
TAN ................................................................. Tangent
TC .............................................................. Top of curb
TEL ............................................................. Telephone
TF .......................................................... Top of footing
TOP0 ........................................................ Topography
1-3.3 Institutions.
Abbreviation
TR ........................................................................ Tract . . TRANS ......................................................... Trans~t~on
TS ......................... Traffic signal or transition structure
TSC ............................................. Traffic signal conduit
TSS ........................................... Traffic signal standard
TW .............................................................. Top of wall TYP Typical ...................................................................
UE .............................................. Underground Electric
USA ................................... Underground Service Alert
VAR .................................................... Varies Variable
VB ................................................................ Valve box
VC .......................................................... Vertical curve
VCP ...................................... Atid clay pipe
VERT ............................................................... Vertical
VOL .................................................................. Volume
WVD ...................................... Vaecitos Water District
W ...................... Water, Wider or Width, as applicable
WATCH ............. Work Area Traffic Control Handbook
WI ........................................................... Wrought iron
WM .......................................................... Water meter
WPJ ........................................ Weakened plane joint
XCONN ........................................ Cross connection
XSEC .................................................... Cross section
Word or Words
AASHTO .................. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
AlSC ...................................................................... American Institute of Steel Construction
ANSI ......................................................................... American National Standards Institute
API American Petroleum Institute
3
...........................................................................................
AREA ................................................................ American Railway Engineering Association
ASTM .............................................................. American Society for Testing and Materials
AWPA .................................................................... American Wood Preservers Association
AWS ............................................................................................ American Welding Society
AWWA ................................................................... American Water Works Association
FHWA ................................................................................. Federal Highway Administration
GRI ..................................................................................... Geosynthetic Research Institute
NEMA ........................................................... National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NOAA ................. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce)
UL ..................................................................................... Underiters' Laboratories Inc.
USGS ............................................................................ United States Geological Survey
@ Revised I 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02
1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE.
1-4.1 General. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are the principal
measurement system in these specifications. However, certain material specifications and test
requirements contained herein use SI units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard
Measures may or may not have been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard
Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the SI units shall control. S.I. units and U.S.
Standard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent.
Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a
more extensive set of conversion factors.
1-4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations.
U.S. Customarv Unit (Equal To) SI Unit
/Abbreviations) /Abbreviations)
1 mil (=0.001 in) ................................................................................... 25.4 micrometer (pm) .......................................................................................... 25.4 millimeter (mm ..............................................................................................
1 foot (ft) ...............................................................................................
1 yard (yd ............................................................................................. I ....... ................................................................................. 1 mile (mi .r. 1.6093 kilometer (km)
1 square oot (ft ) ................................................................................. 0.0929 square meter m
1 square yard 5 d ) ............................................................................... 0.8361 square meter 13
1 cubic foot (ft % ................................................................................... 0.0283 cubic meter m
1 cubic yard (yd ) .................................................................................. 0.7646 cubic meter [m3]
1 acre .................................................................................................... 0.4047 hectare (ha)
1 U.S. gallon al) ................................................................................. 3.7854 Liter (L)
1 fluid ounce 11. oz.) ............................................................................. 29.5735 millileter (mL)
1 pound mass (Ib) (avoirdupois) ........................................................... 0.4536 kilogram (kg)
1 ounce mass (oz) ................................................................................ 0.02835 kilogram (kg)
1 Ton (=2000 Ib avoirdupois) ................................................................ 0.9072 Tonne (= 907 kg) . . 1 Poise .................................................................................................. 0.1 pascal second (Pa s)
1 centistoke (cs) ................................................................................... 1 square milliyeters per
second (mm Is)
1 pound force (Ibf) ................................................................................ 4.4482 Newton (N)
1 pounds per square inch (psi) ............................................................. 6.8948 Kilopascal (kPa)
1 pound force per foot (Ibflft) ................................................................ 1.4594 Newton per
meter Nlm)
1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf) ...................................................................... 1.3558 j oules (J)
1 foot-pound force per second ([ft-lbflls) ........................................ 1.3558 Watt (W)
1 part per million (ppm) ......................................................................... 1 milligramlliter (mg1L)
Temperature Units and Abbreviations
Degree Fahrenheit (OF): ........................................................................ Degree Celsius ("C):
OF = (1.8 x "C) + 32 ............................................................................... OC = (OF - 32)/1.8
SI Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems
1 Ampere (A)
1 Volt (V)
1 Candela (cd)
1 Lumen (Im)
1 second (s)
@ Revised 11R1106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 48 of 21 3
Common Metric Prefixes
kilo (k) ................................................................................................... 1 o3 ................................................................................................. 1 o9
milli (m ................................................................................................. I centi micro (p) ............................................................................................... I 0-=
nano (n) ................................................................................................ 1 0-'
pic0 (p) .................................................................................................. I 0-l2
1-5 SYMBOLS
Delta, the central angle or angle between tangents
Angle
Percent
Feet or minutes
Inches or seconds
Number
er or (between words)
begree
Property line
Centerline
Survey line or station line
Revised 1 1101l06 ~oniract No. PKS 08-02 Page 49 of 213
SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK
2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be as
provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Inviting Bids.
2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the
Board, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the
Contract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the Board to the extent
permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper withholdings in favor of
the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether
assigned or not, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should
the Contractor be in default.
2-3 SUBCONTRACTS.
2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code
including Sections 4100 through 41 13. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the
requirements of this Chapter are included below for information:
The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104:
"(a) The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who
will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the
construction of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the
State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially
fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed
drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of
one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid, or, in the case of bids or
offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of
one-half of I percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars
($10,000), whichever is greater."
"(b) The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor
under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each
such portion as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid."
If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor, or specifies more than one Subcontractor for
the same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1
percent of the Contractor's total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion
itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code.
As provided in Section 41 07, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as
Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by
procedures established in Section 41 07.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical
error in the listing of a Subcontractor.
Section 41 10 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates
the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the
- *+*
Contractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after
a public hearing.
b
Revised 1 1101 106 Contract No. PKS 08-02
Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete
50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion
elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work
3
performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own
organization. The Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these
provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a
public hearing before the Board and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and
location of said hearing. The determination of the City Council shall be final.
2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment
of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control.
The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50
percent of the Contract Price except that any designated "Specialty Items" may be performed by
subcontract, and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so performed may be deducted from
the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with
its own organization. "Specialty Items" will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal.
Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the
Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted
will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined
from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer.
Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for
approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and
business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so q subcontracted. *r*%
2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the
Contractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work.
2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds
with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below.
Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding
limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the
Contract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from
all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents enumerated in Code of Civil
Procedure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals.
Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and
Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized.
The Contractor shall provide a faithful performance/warranty bond and payment bond (labor and
materials bond) for this contract. The faithful performanceharranty bond shall be in a sum not
less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract.
The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers in a
sum not less than one hundred percent of the total amount payable by the terms of this contract.
Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project
until they are released according to the provisions of this section. -7
0 Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 51 of 213
The faithful performancelwarranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30
days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the
one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released
six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been
paid.
All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the
business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal
to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents:
1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or
other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance
commissioner.
If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of
the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the
execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as
defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial
statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the
United States.
Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 10 days after
receiving notice from the Agency.
Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Board, notice will be given the Contractor
to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until
'+w a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Board.
Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way
release the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall
be waived by the Surety.
2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and
Specifications, to which the Engineer shall have access at all times.
The specifications for the work include the project technical specifications, Carlsbad Engineering
Standards (CES), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), 2006
Edition (Part 2 & 3), and the 2007 supplements thereto (Part 2 & 3), hereinafter designated
"SSPWC", as written and promulgated by Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern
California Chapter American Public Works Association and Southern California Districts
Associated General Contractors of California, and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions
section of this contract.
The construction plans consist of one (1) set. The standard drawings used for this project are
the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated
SDRSD, as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the
most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards, hereinafter designated as
CSSD, as issued by the City of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, hereinafter
+=-- designated as CES. Copies of some of the pertinent standard drawings are enclosed as an
appendix to these General Provisions. *
@ Revised I llOlIOf3 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 52 of 213
The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract
Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the
Specifications and not shown on the Plans, or shown on the Plans and not specified in the
3
Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both.
The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are
necessary to adequately control the Work.
The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work
through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid.
Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the
Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by
the Contractor.
The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications,
immediately call it to the attention of the Engineer.
2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents.
If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall
control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in
order of highest to lowest precedence:
1) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law.
2) Carlsbad General Provisions.
3) Technical Specifications
4) Plans.
5) City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards, 2004 Edition.
6) San Diego Regional Standard Drawings
7) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans
8) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
9) Reference Specifications
10) Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations
Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications
will take precedence over items 2) through 9) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have
precedence over general plans.
2-5.3 Submittals.
2-5.3.1 General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor's expense, as required in
2-5.3.2, 2-5.3.3 and 2-5.3.4, when required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or when
requested by the Engineer.
Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are
required by performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the
Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the
Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents,
unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of
transmittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals. 9 d
@ Revised 1 IMIMB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 53 of 21 3
The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals unless
otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of
transmittal.
Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number
of the original submittal followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C'
would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each
sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and
submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's letterhead. The
Letter of transmittal shall contain the following:
1) Project title and Agency contract number.
2) Number of complete sets.
3) Contractor's certification statement.
4) Specification section numberts) pertaining to material submitted for review.
5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals
for the same materials.)
6) Description of the contents of the submittal.
7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents.
When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's
certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and
that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor
shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals:
"I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that
w
proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can
be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval."
By: Title:
Date:
Company Name:
2-5.3.2 Working Drawings. Working drawings are drawings showing details not shown on the
Plans which are required to be designed by the Contractor. Working drawings shall be of a size
and scale to clearly show all necessary details.
Six copies and one reproducible shall be submitted. If no revisions are required, three of the
copies will be returned to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one
copy along with the reproducible for resubmission. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return
two of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible.
Revised I IlOllOB Contract No. PKS 08-02
Working drawings are required in the following sections: ?
Safety Orders
Joints
Joints
General
Cofferdams
General
General
General
Shop Drawings
Falsework Mans
General
General
General
Tunnel Supports
Remodeling Existing Sewer Facilities
Miclotunnding
Controller Cabinet Wking Diagrams
8ubJM
Trench Shoring
Reinforced Concrete Pipe
Vitrified Clay Pipe
Fabricated Steel Pipe
Structure Excavation & Backfill
Falsework
Placing Reinforcement
Prestressed Concrete Construction
Structural Steel
Structural Steel
Metal Hand Railings
Jacking Operatsons
Tunneling Operations
Tunneling Operations
Potyethylene Liner Installation
Microtunneling Operations
Traffic Signal ComWdion
Working drawkrgs Iisktd above as Items 5,6,8,9, 10,12,13, 14 and 16 shall be prepared by a
Civil or Structural Engineer registered by the State of Cafiomia.
2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or
assembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall ?
be as speclffed in the Special Provisions. 4
2-5.3.4 Supporting Infomation. Supporting information is information required by the
Spgciffc~tions for the punposss of administration of the Contract, analysis for werification of
conformance with the Spdfhtions, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product
or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be requid by
the Engineer. Six copies of the supporting information shali be submitted to the Engineer prior to
the start of the Work wrtess otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the
Engineer. Supporting information for systems shall be bound together and include all
manufactured bms for the system. If resubmittal is not required, three copies will be returned to
the Contractor. Supporting information shall consist of the foliowing and is required uniess
otherwise spedkd in the Special Provisions:
List of Subcontractors per 2-3.2.
List of Materials per 4-1 -4.
Certifications per 4-1.5.
Construction Schedule per 6-1.
Confined Space Entry Program per 7-1 0.4.4.
Concrete mix dessigns per 201 -1.1.
Asphalt concrete mix designs per 203-6.1.
Dab, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer's brochures, technical
bulktins, speMwtbns, dfiagrants, product samples, and other information necessary
to dedbe a system, product or item. This information is required for irrigation
systems, street lighting systems, and traffic signais, and may also be required for any
product, manufactured item, or system.
QRsrlsd llmlmB Contract No. PKS 08-02 psSe55of 213
2-5.4 Record Drawings. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built"
record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from
the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of
equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for
this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the
job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10)
days of completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by Section 2-5.4 shall
be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore.
2-6 Work to be Done. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the
Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all
materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work.
2-7 Subsurface Data All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses shown
on the drawings or included in the Specifications apply only at the location of the test holes and
to the depths indicated. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for
inspection at the office of the Engineer. Any additional subsurface exploration shall be done by
Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense.
The indicated elevation of the water table is that which existed on the date when test hole data
was determined. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine and allow for the elevation of
groundwater at the date of project construction. A difference in elevation between groundwater
shown in soil boring logs and groundwater actually encountered during construction will not be
considered as a basis for extra work.
2-8 Right-of Way. Rights-of-way, easements, or rights-of-entry for the Work will be provided by
the Agency. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements, pay for, and
assume all responsibility for acquiring, using, and disposing of additional work areas and
facilities temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless
from all claims for damages caused by such actions.
2-9 Surveying.
2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent
survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer
concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is
impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer
authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California, hereinafter Surveyor, to
establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the
monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at the site of
the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by 35 8772
and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code.
When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a
permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and
cover to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise.
Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be
cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Revised 1 1101 406 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 560f 213
29.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, 7 hereinafter Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, d
records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide
surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional
services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be
resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the
surveying work.
2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data, All surveying data submittals shall conform to the
requirements of Section 2-5.3.3, "Submittals", herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets
to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets.
The Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within
ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations
shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm (8'1; by 11") paper. The field notes,
calculations and supporting data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all
maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the
Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and calculations will
be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers and the author of
the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or
calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to
any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any computer program. The field
notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS "Surveys Manual". The Contractor
shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with §§ 8700 - 8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs
any surveying that such map is required under §§ 8762 of the State of California Business and
Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent 3 survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails
(when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or
accessory to, property comers and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments.
The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of
bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of
accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The
unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show
the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the
street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer's review and
approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder.
2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of
Sections 2-9.1 through 2-9.2.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work
and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full
compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for
the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey andlor comer
records, including filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said
monuments and no additional payment will be made.
2-9.3 Private Engineers. Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the
quality and practice required by the Engineer.
2-9.4 Line and Grade. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on
the Plans.
Revised 1 IRl/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 57 of 21 3
8' 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. The Board has the final authority in all - matters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the Contract, the Engineer has the authority to
enforce compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with
instructions from the Engineer or an authorized representative.
The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities;
acceptability of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and
interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any
payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Board.
2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies
of all records in the Contractor's or subcontractor's possession pertaining to the work that the
Engineer may request.
2-10.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the
Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its
activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The
Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its
subcontractors performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and
evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts,
subcontracts and interviews of Contractor's staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this
contract. At any time during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem
necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for
examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters --. covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts
\%-,
or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls,
records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However,
any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with
Contractor's ongoing business operations. Contractor and all subcontractors to this contract
shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and
regulations.
2-11 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required.
Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless othe~lise authorized. Any work
done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer and any authorized
representatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and
yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for
ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifications.
Inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of
the Contract.
Revised 1 IR1106 Contract No. PKS 08-02
SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK
3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the
Contractor, which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or
to the interests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be
construed as granting a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes.
3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted,
they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency.
3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY.
3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or
quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and
deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to
exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the
Contractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order.
Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method
of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are
involved, shall provide for the Contractor's signature indicating acceptance.
3-2.2 Payment. '-9
4
3-2.2.1 Contract Unit Prices. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract
Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the work from
that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be
made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract
Unit Price.
If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in
conformance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 25 percent or
less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of said item of work
varies from the Bid quantity by more than 25 percent, payment will be made per Section 3-2.2.2
or 3-2.2.3 as appropriate.
If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change
does involve a substantial change in the character of the work from that shown on the Plans or
specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 3-2.4.
3-2.2.2 Increases of More Than 25 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work
covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and
Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 25 percent, payment for the quantity in
excess of 125 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the
Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the
Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. The Extra Work per Section 3-3, basis of
payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by
the Contractor through payment for 125 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 1 4
@ Revised HIOIRB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 59 of 21 3
3-2.2.3 Decreases of More Than 25 Percent. Should the actual quantity of an item of work
%%ew covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and
Specifications, be less than 75 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be
made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment
will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the
Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per
Section 3-3; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual
quantity at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 75 percent of the Bid
quantity at the Contract Unit Price.
3-2.3 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in
the Contract Documents as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor.
Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for. the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in
the Special Provisions.
3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in
Contract Unit Prices per Section 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor
and the Agency. If mutual agreement can not be reached, the Engineer may direct the
Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per Section 3-3, except as
otherwise specified in Sections 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3.
3.2.5 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made
to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to
notification in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the
Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the
date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material can not be
canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case,
the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor
for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be
returned and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the
supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used
herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3.
3-3 EXTRA WORK.
3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as "extra workn when the Engineer
determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices.
3-3.2 Payment.
3-3.2.1 General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay
for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein.
3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs.
(a) Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra
work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers
compensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation,
apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well
as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements.
@ Revised 1 IIOIMB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 60 of 213
The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted
unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for
equipment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the
invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their
assigned work and only that applicable to extra work will be paid.
Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of
Section 3-3.2.3 (a).
(b) Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which
such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus
sales tax, freight, and delivery.
The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials
to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any
material provided by the Agency.
(c) Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a
replacement value of $200 or less.
Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining
rental and delay costs shall be the edition of the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental
Rates" published by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment.
The right-of-way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for
determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor
surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract. d
The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools,
necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance,
and all incidentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra
work shall be included.
If equipment is used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to its rental source at
less expense to the Agency than holding it at the Work site, it shall be returned, unless the
Contractor elects to keep it at the Work site, at no expense to the Agency.
All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for
the purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer's ratings and approved modifications shall
be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating
recommended by the manufacturer.
The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use
on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra
work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site.
(d) Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required on the extra
work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their
nature from those required for the Work, and be of a type not ordinarily available from the
Contractor or Subcontractors.
Revised 1 1101 106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 61 of 213
Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment.
'*V
(e) Invoices. Vendors' invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be
submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by
invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the
lowest price which was current at the time of the report.
3-3.2.3 Markup.
(a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's
costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits:
1) Labor ................................... 20
............................. 2) Materials 15
3) Equipment Rental ................... 15
4) Other Items and Expenditures .. 15
To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as
compensation for bonding.
(b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a
Subcontractor, the markup established in Section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the
Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the
subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of
$5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.
3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon,
%& the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency.
Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for
that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not
be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting
documents to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working
day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and
it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent
notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately.
Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be
submitted through the Contractor.
The report shall:
1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked.
2. Describe and list quantities of materials used.
3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including
loading and transportation, if applicable.
4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require.
a Revised I lIOlM6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 62 of 213
3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the 3 following Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their
discovery and before they are disturbed:
1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the
Contract;
2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those
ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character
being performed; and
3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes
may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 251 17 of the Health and Safety Code,
that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class Ill disposal site in
accordance with provisions of existing law.
The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the
Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect
performance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an
extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6.
If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the
Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to
notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees.
@'-I The Contractor's failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and 4
before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith.
The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act,
or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the
happening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first
given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance
with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3
Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or
errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed
conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to
the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim.
The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the
agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims
in connection therewith.
The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the
particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor
believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within
20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed
conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed.
The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims
Act, Government Code Sections 12650-1 2655.
@ Revised 1 1 M 1 I06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 63 of 2 1 3
"The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the
California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-1 2655. The undersigned further
understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in
response to the City's proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered."
By: Title:
Company Name:
The Contractor's estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The
Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days
after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any
claim subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim.
It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue
of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order
that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken.
3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim
prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of
all claims in connection therewith. If the contractor and the agency are unable to reach
agreement on disputed work, the Agency may direct the contractor to proceed with the work,
9& Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified
hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following
dispute resolution chain of command:
1. Project Inspector
2. Public Works Superintendent
3. Public Works Manager, General Services
4. Public Works Director
5. City Manager
The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the
disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all
documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or
appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim,
review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional information or
request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a
meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said
additional information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each
level's position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the
provisions of the Public Contract Code.
The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a
resolution to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change
"ue' order provisions in the contract.
Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 64 of 21 3
All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the
procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing
with Section 201 04) which is set forth below:
ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS
20104. (a)(l) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five
thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency.
(2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a
public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1
(commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2.
(b)(l) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code,
except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state
or the Regents of the University of California.
(2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of
money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the
contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the
claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the
local agency.
(c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or
specifications for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article.
(d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991.
20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply:
(a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. 9 4
Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is
intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements othewise provided by
contract for the filing of claims.
(bX1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in
writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing,
within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or
relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to
this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted
to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time
no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is
greater.
(CHI) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred
seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written
claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt
of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the
claim the local agency may have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to
this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted
to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of
time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or
requested documentation, whichever is greater. "FSt
4
Revised 1 1 MllO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page65of 213
(d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to + respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either
within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's
failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference
to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency
shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.
(e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the
claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter
2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For
purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed
shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision
(a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any
period of time utilized by the meet and confer process.
(f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be
construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1
(commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of
Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code.
20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims
subject to this article:
(a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the
court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of
both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties
of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal,
and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time
requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both
parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the
court to appoint the mediator.
(b)(l) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant
a- to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil
Procedure, notwithstanding Section 11 41.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article
3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil
procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules
pertaining to judicial arbitration.
(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators
appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon
stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable
hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid
equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause,
determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or
county funds.
(3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 11 41.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of
Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but
does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under
that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo.
(c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation
or arbitration process.
20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is
undisputed except as otherwise provided in the contract.
(b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on
any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed
in a court of law.
Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor
shall keep and furnish records of disputed work jn accordance with Section 3-3.
Revised 1 IlOl/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 66 of 213
SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.
4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work
shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the
generally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer's
approval.
Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be
considered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place
or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so
directed by the Engineer.
If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable
notice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement
expense will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor.
Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the
Specifications.
4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage
facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of
materials to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection.
The Contractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment ? for the duration of the Contract. d
The Contractor shall not, without the Agency's consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or
remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be
necessary for the completion of the Contract.
4-1.3 Inspection Requirements.
4-1.3.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is required at the source for such typical
materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal
fabrication, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application,
and similar shop or plant operations.
Steel pipe in sizes less than 18 inches and vitrified clay and cast iron pipe in all sizes are
acceptable upon certification as to compliance with the Specifications, subject to sampling and
testing by the Agency. Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyors,
elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site only. Special items of
equipment such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment,
etc., are subject to inspection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The
Specifications may require inspection at the source for other items not typical of those listed in
this section.
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at
any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation,
lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in
the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, 4'
fS Revised 1 1 I0 1 I06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 67 of 21 3
Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety
regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be
necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and
character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials
incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract.
4-1.3.2 lnspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to
purchase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 50 miles
outside the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory
(approved by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the
materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material
or equipment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials
by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports
required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing,
fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved
agent. Approval by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with
the Contract requirements.
4-1.3.3 lnspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory
services within 50 miles of the geographical limits of the Agency. For private contracts, all costs
of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the permittee.
4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples
of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its
expense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the
Engineer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of
%
the Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for
testing, it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be
borne by the permittee.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to
use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time to perform the tests.
The notice shall name the proposed supplier and source of material.
If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection, or
is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced
by a new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to renotify the
Engineer when samples which are representative may be obtained.
Except as specified in these Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally
produced materials andlor on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed
the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any
Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor.
At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by
the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or
tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the
Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform
product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall
furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after
improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the
work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor's expense.
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 68 of 213
Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the 1
requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any -i
place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made
necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor.
4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the
Specifications and accept the manufacturer's written certification that the materials to be
supplied meet those requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification.
4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or
offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to
that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination.
Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or
brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its
description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is
not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any
material, process, or equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation
of offers shall be submitted as provided in the contract documents.
The Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to
those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to
determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including
durability, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will fulfill its
intended function. 9 4
Test methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported
promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is
equivalent. The Engineer's findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall
not be made until approved by the Engineer.
If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the
Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material.
The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing
from the provisions of this section.
The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole
opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance,
appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and
suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the
originally specified item at no cost to the Agency.
4-1.7 Weighing and Metering Equipment. All scales and metering equipment used for
proportioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months
by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of
Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County.
@ Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02
The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the
standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of
Regulations pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior
to operation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the
Engineer at no cost to the Agency.
All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator's platform or area.
They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the
scales shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the
plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other
operating equipment in the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will
not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch.
4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment. Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to
pressure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and
strain-measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at
intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the
equipment. Calibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer.
4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE.
The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the
quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate,
remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be
-* delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in Section 6-7.2, and shall
b be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the
Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of
consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which
have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency's boundaries the
Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such
materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the
description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials
and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall
conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of
the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss, damage or
deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Conformance to the
requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work.
The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at
any time during the Work.
SECTION 5 - UTILITIES
5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known
records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits
of the work. However, the accuracy andlor completeness of the nature, size andlor location of
utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed.
Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power,
telephone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every
em h. property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility.
Q Revised I 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 70 of 213
As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to
commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center
(Underground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number.
3
The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a
member of the regional notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its
subsurface installations.
The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service
connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be
affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full
compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of
work.
5-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the
support of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves,
switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff.
Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in
accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless othennrise provided, furnish and place
the necessary protection at its expense.
Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the
Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the
Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in Section 3-2.2.3 or 3-3. F*),
4t
The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is
disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility
damaged if located as noted in Section 5-1.
When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the
Contractor shall at its expense:
1. Furnish and install a 2 inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient
material; or
2. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2 inch minimum-clear annular
space between the concrete and the utility; or
3. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete.
Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial
embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic
protection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall
notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the
procedures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system.
@ Revised 1 1 Ml,O6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 71 of 213
5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering
portions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as "abandoned" or "to
be abandoned in place". Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from
the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and
disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals.
5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area
affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or
replacements before commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Plans or
Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by
others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost
to the Contractor. Utilities which are relocated in order to avoid interference shall be protected in
their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of work
necessitating such relocation.
After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be
relocated, altered or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the
Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with Section 3-2.
When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a
utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such
work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for
its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs.
The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or
w within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the
Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the
meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope
easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with
provisions of Section 3-3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which
may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect
and reconnect interfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such
agreement.
In conformance with Section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies
and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by
any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and
gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are
shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as
installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other
parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the
Engineer's approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the
utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey
or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the
satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the
Contractor's convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for
additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary omission. The portion thus
omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility
involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
@ Revised 1 I IOIRB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 72 of 213
5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as
it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a
part of the construction schedule required in Section 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the
Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the
time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities.
The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to
utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with
Section 5-1.
The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to
unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the
Plans.
The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing
main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not
identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages
for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or
protection of such existing facilities.
If the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or
alterations not covered by Section 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious
handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the
Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor's
actual loss as was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time.
5-6 COOPERATION. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to
permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the
progress of the Work.
SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS,
AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as
otherwise provided herein and unless othewise prohibited by permits from other agencies as
may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within 60 calendar days after receipt of
the "Notice to Proceed".
6-1 .I Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will
set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's
management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the
project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the
Contractor's responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds
for default by Contractor per Section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's
attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion
of the preconstruction meeting.
6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline
Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3. The submittal of the
Baseline Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of Sections 6. -
@ Revised I IRIMB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 73 of 21 3
6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall
prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a
workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities required to
represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is
precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance
of the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration.
The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and
sequencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or
stage.
6-1 -2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall
prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each
activity the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the
late start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the
activity described.
6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare
and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with
the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use
differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path.
6-1.2.4 Schedule Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to
the Windows 2000 compatible "Suretrak program by Primavera or "Project" program by
Microsoft Corporation to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto.
The Contractor shall submit to the Agency a CD-ROM data disk with all network information
contained thereon, in a format readable by a Microsoft Windows 2000 system. The Agency will
use a "Suretrak", "Project" or equal software program for review of the Contractor's schedule.
Should the Contractor elect to use a scheduling program other than the "Suretrak" program by
Primavera or "Project" program by Microsoft Corporation the Contractor shall provide the
Engineer three copies of the substituted program that are fully licensed to the Agency and 32
class hours of on-site training by the program publisher for up to eight Agency staff members.
The classes shall be presented on Mondays through Thursdays, inclusive, between the hours of
8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The on-site training shall be held at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad,
California. The dates and times of the on-site training shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval five working days before the start of the on-site training. The on-site training shall be
completed prior to the submittal of the first Baseline Construction Schedule.
6-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be
shorter than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually
allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and
500 activities, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies,
project milestones and equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be
sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor's plan for project
execution, to accurately describe the project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of
progress and of time impacts. Each activity's description shall accurately define the work
planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points.
6-1.2.6 Float. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or
compensation to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it.
@ Revised 1 1RllO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 74 of 21 3
61.2.7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency 1
supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity's construction shall be d
shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction
of submittals shall be included in the schedule.
6-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer
than the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination
of default by Contractor, per Section 6-4.
6-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor's plan
to support and maintain the project for the entire contractual time span of the project. Should the
Contractor propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a complete Baseline
Construction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete
accordance with all schedule requirements of Section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept
the Contractor's proposal of a project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the
Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency
and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the project are able to support the
provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency's acceptance of a
shortened duration project will be confirmed through the execution of a contract change order
revising the project duration and implementing all contractual requirements including liquidated
damages in accordance with the revised duration.
6-1.2.10 Engineer's Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the
Engineer. The Engineer's determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by
the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a
condition precedent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer d
determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these
specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these
specifications and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer's
determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with
the requirements of these supplemental provisions within thirty (30) working days after the date
of the preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the contract per Section 6-4.
Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the
30 working days.
The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline
Construction Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction
Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6.
6-1.2.10.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the
Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 6.
6-1.2.10.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work
upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule
incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6.
@ Revised 1 I lOlR6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 75 of 213
6-1.2.10.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the
corrections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6. The Notice
to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted
as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" or "Accepted with Comments" by the Engineer.
The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the
contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the
comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer.
6-1.8 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule. The Contractor's preparation,
revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the work and no
separate payment will be made therefore.
6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK.
To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard and to restore street and other work
areas to their original condition and state of usefulness as soon as practicable, the Contractor
shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor
is failing to prosecute the Work to the proper extent, the Contractor shall, upon orders from the
Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation. All costs of prosecuting the Work as
described herein shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Should the Contractor fail to take the
necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after orders of the Engineer, the Engineer
may suspend the work in whole or part, until the Contractor takes said steps.
As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all
excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work.
If Work is suspended through no fault of the Agency, all expenses and losses incurred by the
Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. if the Contractor fails to
properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the Work during periods of
suspension, the Agency may elect to do so, and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the
Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liability.
6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and
materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on
the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes demolition and
renovation of the existing restroom facilities, earthwork, utility connections, performing all other
work as indicated in the project plans and specifications, and providing portable toilets for the
duration of the restroom renovation.
6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of bi-weekly Project
Meetings. The Contractor's Representative shall attend each Project Meeting. The Project
Representative shall be the individual determined under Section 7-6, "The Contractor's
Representative". No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor's
Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor's employee at these
meetings will be made.
@ Revised 11RlM6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 76 of 213
6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK. q
d
6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the
Engineer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall
comply immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without
liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as othewise specified in Section
6-6.3.
6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of
archaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in
the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed,
excavation operations within the area of discovery shall be as dlrected by the Engineer.
Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone
implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils.
The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with
the provisions of Section 6-6.
64 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and
equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to marntain the rate of delivery of
material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to
maintain the Work schedule which will insure the Agency's interest, or, if the Contractor is not
carrying out the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor
and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the
Contract.
The Contract may be canceled by the Board without liability for damage, when in the Board's
opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or
subcontracted any part of the Work without the Board's consent. In the event of such
cancellation, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or
lump sums bid and the uantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less dama es
caused to the Agency % y acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a I id,
shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of
Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above
reasons, written notice to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within
five (5) days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor.
If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractor's place in all respects for
that part, and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it rn accordance with the
Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of
its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the
Contract.
If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice
of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency ma exclude the Surety from the
premises. The Agency may then take possession of all materia r and equipment and com lete
the Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or y a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged
against the Contractor and its Sure and may be deducted from an mone due or becoming I due from the Agency. If the sums ue under the Contract are insu k lcient Y or completion, the
Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in
excess of the sums due.
The provisions of this section shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the
Agency under law.
a Revised 1 IIOIIOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 77 of 213
6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Board may terminate the Contract at its own
discretion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable
to proceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God,
by law, or by official action of a public authority.
6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME.
6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the
Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein,
but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays,
except as provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations,
labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of
work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific
events as may be further described in the Specifications.
No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor's inability to obtain
materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof. the proof must be
provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and
the approved construction schedule.
If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused by events other than those mentioned
above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency.
The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except
as provided in Section 6-6.3.
%-%&' If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency,
such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in Section 6-6.2.
6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of
delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the
Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work.
6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages
incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined
by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have
avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant.
The determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the
Engineer.
6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer
within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or
equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the
Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor
shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the
duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the
classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of
equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of
the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay
by reasonable means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section
the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s)
ew@ therefore.
Revised I llOIlO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 78 of 213
6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION.
6-7.1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time set forth in the
Contract. The Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within such time as set forth in
the Contract for such portion. Unless otherwise specified, the time of completion of the Contract
shall be expressed in working days. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to
completion within 70 working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed.
6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the
Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field
acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first,
other than:
1. Saturday,
2. Sunday,
3. any day designated as a holiday by the Agency,
4. any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the
Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor
association,
5. any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for
cause as defined in Section 6-6.1,
6. any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60
percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1.
Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the
hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays.
The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work
outside said hours or at any time during weekends andlor holidays. This written permission must
be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work outside the
hours andlor days stated herein when, in hislher sole opinion, such work conducted by the
Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the
inspection costs of such work.
6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each
working day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed
and the Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working
days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will
also indicate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of
working days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it
shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest.
Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted.
6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANN. The Work will be inspected by the
Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor's written assertion that the Work has
been completed.
The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is
completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and
the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the
Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or
permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the
Engineer's judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer
will so certify to the Board. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the
completed Work. Upon the Board's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of
Completion" to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation
shall be the date of completion of the Work. 3
Revised 1 IRIIOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page79of 213
All work shall be warranted for one (I) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and
any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced
by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be
retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. The Contractor shall replace or
repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so
from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such
replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work
and the Contractor's sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof.
6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time
allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar
day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with
Section 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of Five
Hundred Dollars ($500.00) Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a
penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs.
Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that
Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages
caused by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments
made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any
damages.
6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Agency reserves the right to
take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. The Contractor will be
notified in writing in advance of such action. Such action by the Agency will relieve the
Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement
C-w resulting from use by public traffic or from the action of the elements or from any other cause,
except Contractor operations or negligence. The Contractor will not be required to reclean such
portions of the improvement before field acceptance, except for cleanup made necessary by its
operations. Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full
responsibility for correcting defective work or materials.
In the event the Agency exercises its right to place into service and utilize all or part of any
completed facility or appurtenance, the Agency will assume the responsibility and liability for
injury to persons or property resulting from the utilization of the facility or appurtenance so
placed into service, except for any such injury to persons or property caused by any willful or
negligent act or omission by the Contractor, Subcontractor, their officers, employees, or agents.
Revised 1 I101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 80 of 21 3
SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR ?
-'me'
7-1 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and
maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and
inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable
ordinances and laws.
7-2 LABOR.
7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed
who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or othetwise
objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be
immediately removed from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work.
7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with
applicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor.
The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum
wages; the &hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and
nondiscrimination because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall
forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations.
In accordance with the Labor Code, the Board has on file and will publish a schedule of
prevailing wage rates for the types of work to be done under the Contract. The Contractor shall
not pay less than these rates.
Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining
agreement on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations.
The Contractor's attention is directed to Section 1776 of the Labor Code which imposes
responsibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for
inspection of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in
connection with the project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this
Section and the remaining provisions of the Labor Code.
7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Insurance shall be required as specified in section 10 of the
Public Works Contract.
The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor's Bid.
7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the
Board, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification:
"I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require
every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to
undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I
will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the
work of this contract."
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 81 of 213
The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for,
and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers'
Compensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of lnsurance to the Engineer before
execution of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any
claims in law or equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph.
All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider
whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies
for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days
before expiration or cancellation is effective.
All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business
in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of lnsurance
of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the
requirement for workers' compensation insurance.
7-5 PERMITS. Except as specified herein the Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the
Contractor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits
necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of-way.
Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The
Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the
project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item
and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall obtain and pay
for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, those
a *. permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition. For private contracts, the
-+& Contractor shall obtain all permits incidental to the Work or made necessary by its operations,
and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements.
The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work.
7-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor shall
designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it.
An alternative representative may be designated as well. The representative or alternate shall be
present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements
necessitate its presence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property.
Any order or communication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the
Contractor. A joint venture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence
of the Contractor or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to
the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies.
Such order shall be complied with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative.
In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor's representative, superintendent, or
person in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language.
7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for
ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others.
The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or
adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work.
The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate
their operations and cooperate to minimize interference.
Revised I IlOlMB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 82 of 2 13
The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with
others. the Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for
damages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid
or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of
the Work.
Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could not have been
reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of
the delay, the effect on the project, and any extension of time.
7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies
during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time
extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No
additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay.
7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE.
7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including
suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and
free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning,
sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in
mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods.
When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-
loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each working day for the purpose of
keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is
incomplete. @-+I
Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer
necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials,
and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall
be included in the Contractor's Bid.
Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed
immediately and the area cleaned.
Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the
site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the
Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable
after stripping.
Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to
suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a
result of such suspension.
Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other
non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public.
The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the
Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in hislher
sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public.
Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are
associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore.
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 83 of 213
7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air
contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally
constituted authority.
7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the
Contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall
be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time, and
shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing
authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for
the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations.
7-8.4 Sanitation. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of
employees engaged in the Work. These accommodations shall be maintained in a neat and
sanitary condition. They shall also comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations
pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps.
Wastewater shall not be interrupted. Should the Contractor disrupt existing sewer facilities,
sewage shall be conveyed in closed conduits and disposed of in a sanitary sewer system.
Sewage shall not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill.
7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and
remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring,
lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from
any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency
concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction,
plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to
this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The
Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service,
%+4w meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits andlor fees therefore. Said costs shall be
considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional
payment will be made therefore.
7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to
protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct and schedule
operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters.
Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required
to provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution.
The Contractor shall comply with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB)
Order Number 99-08-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General
Permit Number CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements (WDR's) for Discharges of
Stormwater Runoff associated with Construction Activity (General Permit) and subsequent
adopted modifications and with all requirements of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and
Monitoring Plans for this project in accordance with these regulations.
7-8.7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work
areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic
concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be
removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary.
7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be
equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City
Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48.
@ Revised 1 1101R6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 84 of 21 3
7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor
shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and
shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property.
3
The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the right-of-way which are
not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility
installations, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its
operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the right-of-way must be removed, the
remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing
improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension.
Maintenance of street and traffic signal systems that are damaged, temporarily removed or
relocated shall be done in conformance with 307-1.5.
Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or
injury. If damaged or removed due to Contractor's operations, they shall be restored or replaced
in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be
reseeded and covered with suitable mulch.
The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent property to
permit them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements,
within the right-of-way which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the
Work.
All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be
included in the Bid. 3
7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY.
7-10.1 Traffic and Access. The Contractor's operations shall cause no unnecessary
inconvenience. The access rights of the public shall be considered at all times. Unless otherwise
authorized, traffic shall be permitted to pass through the Work, or an approved detour shall be
provided.
Seventy-two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects
vehicular traffic andlor parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notification
of the impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences andlor businesses on the
affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and
driveway repairs, the residences andlor businesses directly affected by the work shall be
notified.
The contractor shall replace all street markings and striping damaged by construction activities.
The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs for the above requirements.
7-10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Construction materials shall
not be stored in streets, roads, or highways for more than 5 days after unloading. All materials or
equipment not installed or used in construction within 5 days after unloading shall be stored
elsewhere by the Contractor at its expense unless authorized additional storage time.
Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02
- w Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work site before its actual use on the Work
b nor for more than 5 days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of
equipment may be authorized by the Engineer.
Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not
be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. After placing backfill, all excess material
shall be removed immediately from the site.
7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable
State, County, and City requirements for closure of streets. The Contractor shall provide barriers,
guards, lights, signs, temporary bridges, flagpersons, and watchpersons. The Contractor shall
be responsible for compliance with additional public safety requirements which may arise. The
Contractor shall furnish and install signs and warning devices and promptly remove them upon
completion of the Work.
After obtaining the Engineers approval and at least 5 working days before closing, detouring,
partially closing or reopening any street, alley or other public thoroughfare the Contractor shall
notify the following:
1 ) The Engineer. ..................................................................................... (760) 602-2720
2) Carlsbad Fire Department Dispatch ................................................. (760) 931 -21 97
3) Carlsbad Police Department Dispatch ............................................... (760) 931 -21 97
4) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Maintenance (extension 2937) ................... (760) 438-2980
5) Carlsbad Traffic Signals Operations ................................................. (760) 602-2752
6) North County Transit District ............................................................. (760) 967-2828
7) Waste Management ......................................................................... (760) 929-9400
The Contractor shall comply with their requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's
w written approval prior to deviating from the requirements of 2) through, and including, 7) above.
The Contractor shall obtain the written approval no less than five working days prior to placing
any traffic control that affects bus stops.
The Contractor shall secure approval, in advance, from authorities concerned for the use of any
bridges proposed by it for public use. Temporary bridges shall be clearly posted as to load limit,
with signs and posting conforming to current requirements covering "signs" as set forth in the
Traffic Manual published by the California Department of Transportation. This manual shall also
apply to the street closures, barricades, detours, lights, and other safety devices required.
All costs involved shall be included in the Bid.
Traffic controls shall be in accordance with the plans, The California Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices (FHWA MUTCD 2003 Revision 1, as amended for use in California) and these
provisions. If any component in the traffic control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to
operate or function as specified, from any cause, during the progress of the work, the Contractor
shall immediately repair said component to its original condition or replace said component and
shall restore the component to its original location. In the event that the Contractor fails to install
andlor maintain barricades or such other traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices as may
be required herein, the Engineer may, at hislher sole option, install the traffic signs, markings,
delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars ($25.00) per day per traffic sign
or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility, whichever is the greater.
Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02
7-10.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and
control devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according
to the approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of
Section 206-7.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the
provisions of Section 214-5.l.et seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the
provisions of Section 214-5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking,
and curb marking shall conform to the provisions of Section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all
temporary paint shall be rapid dry water borne conforming to Section 210-1.6 for materials and
Section 310-5 et seq. For workmanship. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices
installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction andlor warning shall be furnished, installed
and maintained by the Contractor. Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices shall be
promptly removed by the Contractor when no longer required. Warning and advisory signs that
remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs. Stationary signs that warn of
non-existent conditions shall be removed from the traveled way and from the view of motorists in
the traveled way or shielded from the view of the traveling public during such periods that their
message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in performing excavation for
signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to install stationary
construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power
equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be
portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the traveled way and shielded from the
view of the traveling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as defined
in Division 1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or,
at the option of the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in Section 206-7.2 et
seq. If illuminated traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the hours of
darkness, they shall be affixed or covered with reflective cone sleeves as specified in
CALTRANS "Standard Specifications", except the sleeves shall be 7" long. Personal vehicles of
the Contractor's employees shall not be parked within the traveled way, including any Section
closed to public traffic. Whenever the Contractor's vehicles or equipment are parked on the
shoulder within 6' of a traffic lane, the shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones
or portable delineators placed on a taper in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and
along the edge of the pavement at not less than 25' intervals to a point not less than 25' past the
last vehicle or piece of equipment. A minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be
used for the taper. A W20-1 (Road Work Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be
mounted, as required herein, on a signpost or telescoping flag tree with flags. The signpost or
flag tree shall be placed where directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall prepare and implement traffic control plans and shall furnish all labor and
materials to perform, install, maintain, replace and remove all traffic control as incidentals to the
work with which they are associated and no other compensation will be allowed therefore.
7-1 0.4 Safety.
7-10.4.1 Safety Orders. The Contractor shall have at the Work site, copies or suitable extracts
of: Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued
by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The Contractor shall comply with provisions of these
and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations.
0 Revised 1 1/01 106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 87 of 21 3
Before excavating any trench 5 feet or more in depth, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan
to the Agency showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for
the workers' protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If
the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered
Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Engineer has accepted the plan and the
Contractor has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the
permit shall be submitted to the Engineer.
Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the
prices bid for other items of work except where separate bid items for excavation safety are
provided, or required by law.
7-10.4.2 Use of Explosives. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the
Engineer, or as otherwise stated in the Specifications. Explosives shall be handled, used, and
stored in accordance with all applicable regulations.
The Engineer's approval of the use of explosives shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for
claims caused by blasting operations.
7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous
substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as
described in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the
Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used.
Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial
. ,earr** Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the
Material Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe
conditions.
7-10.4.5 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all
necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all
applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent
accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being
performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the
conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and
public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of
construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials.
7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees
or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor
shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for
infringement of patents.
7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors,
architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be
subject to the Engineer's approval.
Commercial advertising matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings,
-kbd fences, canopies, or barricades.
@ Revised HlOllOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page88of 213
7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and
National laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect
those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct
of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances,
and regulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation
and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or
gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601
or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section
1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract.
7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides:
"In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials
pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign
to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under
Section 4 of the Clayton Act (1 5 U.S.C. Sec 15) or CarWright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with
Section 167001 of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from
purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract.
The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final
payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the parties."
SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL
8-1 GENERAL. A Field Office for Agency personnel is not required.
9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK.
9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from
measurements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling,
fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal
axis.
9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated "Lump Sumn, "L.S.", or
"Job", shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation
for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto.
When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit
to the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be
used only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated
lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and
sufficiently detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable
apportionment of the lump sum.
@ Revised 1 1RllO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 89 of 213
9-3 PAYMENT
9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment
to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in
accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual
quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the
Contract Unit Prices will prevail subject to the provisions of Section 3-2.2.1.
The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all
appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals.
Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under
the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it
has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed
for disposing of rejected or excess material.
Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be
made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was
awarded.
Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor's request, the
cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount
due or becoming due from the Agency.
Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and
precautions which are the Contractor's responsibility have not been taken and are not
reasonably expected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the
Contractor, cause such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the
Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency.
Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the
Contractor or its Surety from liability.
Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such
payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as
the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of
ownership shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially
completed work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or
equipment required to be provided under the Contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or
otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in Section
6-1 0.
Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of
recordation of the "Notice of Completion."
If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the
Agency, due to the Contractor's failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money
due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance
with applicable laws.
a Revised H101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 90 of 21 3
At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as ?
prescribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will
be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly
executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be
further retained.
9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a
closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request
in writing that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request
when it is compatible with the Agency's payment procedure.
Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the
closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based
on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of these
General Provisions. Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days
after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall
complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor's
information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall
within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request
to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment
request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as
practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper
payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not
proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later
than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document 3 setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In
conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within
thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment
request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not
made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the
Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code
of Civil Procedure.
From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the
remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work
has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from
remaining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 10 percent
of the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater.
No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the
liquidated damages under 6-9.
As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may
substitute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the
Contract.
@ Revised I I 101 MB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 91 of 213
After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a
corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed
the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and
change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or
to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract.
All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment
Estimate.
The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make
written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The
Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its
position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation
within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been
made for all contract bid items and change order items.
If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the
Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate
adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by
the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 3-5, Disputed Work.
The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to
ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of
the Contractor's claims. It -will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a
reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to
determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and
-^ I
details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items.
9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written
statement required in Section 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written
statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate.
Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 shall be
submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be
considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for
which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including Sections
3-4 Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4
Written Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has
complied with notice or protest requirements.
The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain
the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor's
claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such
further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or
contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient
cause for denying the claims.
Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those
claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution
under Section 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute.
@ Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 92 of 213
9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated 1
into the work will not be included in the progress estimate. \rrJ
9-3.4 Mobilization. When a bid item is included in the Proposal form for mobilization and
subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications, the costs of work in advance of
construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item will be included in the
progress estimate. When no such bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be
considered to be included in the other items of work.
9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work
will be included in the various items of work and no other payment will be made.
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 93 of 213
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
TO
"GREEN BOOK"
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS
201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures. (e) Air-Entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following:
The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-112
percentage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California
Test Method No. 504.
201-3 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND JOINT SEALANTS. Add the following:
201-3.4 Type "A" Sealant (Two-Part Polyurethane Sealant). Add the following:
All finished concrete surfaces shall have a %" continuous expansion joint at locations indicated
on the plans and notes and shall be located either parallel to perpendicular to the curb line.
When not otherwise indicated, all expansion joints located adjacent to colored concrete shall be
sealant Type "A" and colored to match the color of the concrete surface.
'*wa
Contractor shall provide joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to
maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint
substrates.
Contractor shall submit product data from the manufacturer of each joint sealant product
required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealer application. Contractor shall
also submit samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead
samples, consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each
product exposed to view. Samples shall be submitted to Engineer. Submit complete schedule
of type (and location where type is to be used) of each sealant.
Contractor shall engage an experienced installer who has completed joint sealant applications
similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in
construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one
another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated
by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.
Provide color selections made by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for
products of type indicated. Sealant color parallel to curbline shall match color of Paving
Treatment Type "A as specified in Section 201-1.2.4(a) of these Special Provisions.
Joint sealants shall be multi-component polyurethane sealant. Except as otherwise indicated,
provide manufacturer's standard, non-modified, 2-or-more-part, polyurethane-based, elastomeric
sealant; complying with either ASTM-C-920-87, Type MI Grade PI Class 25, or FS TT-S 0227E
*ari4+
Class A, non-sag, Type II.
Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 94 of 2 13
Acceptable Products: "Sonneborn NPII"; Sonneborn Building Products Division; "Scofield
Lithoseal Trafficalk 3-G", L.M. Scofield Company; or equivalent, as approved by the Engineer.
Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint
substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated
by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
Plastic foam joint fillers shall be preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing,
nonextruding strips of flexible plastic foam either open-cell polyurethane foam or closed-cell
polyethylene foam, subject to approval of sealant manufacturer, for cold-applied sealants only.
Polystyrene foam is not acceptable.
SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE.
203-6.1 General. Second paragraph, first sentence modify as follows: delete "C2-AR-4000"
and replace with "C2-PG 64-10". Second paragraph, second sentence delete "C2-AR4000-RAP"
and replace with "C2-PG 64-10 RAP. Add the following: The Contractor shall submit a design
mix report and verification data for review by the Engineer for each source of supply and type of
mixture specified. The design mix report shall indicate the results of all testing requirements
identified in sections 203-1.2 and 203-6.3 of the standard specifications for public works
construction and these special provisions.
DELETE sections 203-6.2 and 203-6.3.2 and ADD the following:
203-6.2 Materials. Add the following: Asphalt concrete shall be class C2-PG 64-10 for surface
course, and B-PG 64-10 for base course. Asphalt concrete shall be class D2-PG 70-10 for dikes ? and class E-PG 70-1 0 for ditches.
203-6.3.2 Composition and Grading. Add the following: Evaluation of asphalt concrete shall be
determined from samples of asphalt concrete taken after completion of all processing (Wet Mix)
or by core sample analysis of the in-place asphalt concrete or by direct central plant inspection
that confirms the production of a particular mix design and verifies using samples of aggregate
taken before the addition of asphalt and mineral filler (Bin). All samples shall be taken in
accordance with Calif. Test 125.
When Wet Mix or Core samples of asphalt concrete are to be used for evaluation, sufficient size
samples shall be taken to ensure representative and adequate quantity of material for:
1. Asphalt Content and Gradation of Extraction using Calif. Test 382 or ASTM 21 72, and
Calif. Test 202.
2. stability' using:
a. Stabilometer value2 using Calif. Test 366 and shall be the average of three
individual Stabilometer Values
Andlor
b. Marshall Stability in accordance with the Asphalt Institute's MS-2 fabricated and
tested for traffic volume and shall be the average of three specimens.
'stability will be waived provided the extracted asphalt concrete is within +I-.5 of mix design and the
extracted gradation complies with Table 203-6.3.2 (A).
'use Marshall Stability when the deviation between individual Stabilometer Values are greater than +I-4. '-9
Revised 1 1 I0 1 I06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 95 of 21 3
When using core sample analysis, the samples must be properly prepared to safeguard against
influx of outside contaminates and so that the cut surfaces do not influence the test results.
The amount of asphalt binder used in asphalt concrete placed in dikes, gutters, gutter flares,
overside drains and aprons at the ends of drainage structures shall be increased one percent by
mass of the aggregate over the amount of asphalt binder determined for use in asphalt concrete
placed on the traveled way.
203-6.3.4 Acceptance. Wet Mix or Core sampled asphalt concrete will be considered in
conformance with the mix design when the asphalt content is within +I-.5 of the design mix and
the gradation conforms to the grading as shown in Table 203-6.3.2 (A). Deviations in gradation
may be considered in conformance with the mix design provided the stability of the completed
mix complies with the requirements for Stabilometer Value per Table 203-6.3.2 (A) Marshall
Stability using Asphalt Institute MS-2.
Plant inspected asphalt concrete will be considered in conformance with the mix design when
visually inspected and the combined gradation of the Bin samples show conformance to the
grading as shown in Table 203-6.3.2 (A).
203-6.7.1 General. Second paragraph, add after D 21 72: "method A or B."
203-6.7.2, Batch Plant Method. Modify as follows: Third paragraph, last sentence, delete "and
from the Engineer's field laboratory". - 203-6.8 Asphalt Concrete Storage. Add the following: Open graded asphalt concrete stored
in excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 18 hours, shall not be
used in the work.
203-6.7.1 General. Second paragraph, add after D 2172: "method A or B."
203-6.7.2, Batch Plant Method. Modify as follows: Third paragraph, last sentence, delete "and
from the Engineer's field laboratory".
203-6.8 Asphalt Concrete Storage. Add the following: Open graded asphalt concrete stored
in excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 18 hours, shall not be
used in the work.
SECTION 207 - PIPE
Add the following section:
207-25 UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE.
Add the following section:
207-25.1 Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape: Detectable Underground Utility
Marking Tape shall have a minimum 0.13 mm (0.005") overall thickness, with no less than a 35
gauge (AWG), 0.14 mm aluminum foil core. The foil must be visible from both sides. The layers
shall be laminated together with the extrusion lamination process, not adhesives. No inks or
printing shall extend to the edges of the tape. All printing shall be encased to avoid ink rub-off.
Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall conform to the properties listed in Tables
-*- 207-25(A) and 207-25 (B).
Revised 1 1RllOt3 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 96 of 21 3
TABLE 207-25.1lAI
- -
TABLE 207-25.1 (8)
DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE PROPERTIES
Property
Thickness
Tensile strength
Elongation
Printability
Flexibility
Inks
Message repeat
Foil
Top layer
Bottom layer
Adhesives
Bond strength
Colors
Blue Water systems.
Green Sanitary and storm sewer systems, nonpotable. +
?
Brown Force mains.
Pumle Reclaimed water lines.
Color
Red
Yellow
Orange
Add the following section:
20795.2 Materials Approvals. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall meet the
requirements of each of the following agencylassociation publications.
A. Department of Transportation, Materials Transportation Bureau, Office of Pipeline Safety.
USAS code for pressure piping 631.8, paragraph 192.32-l(e).
B. National Transportation Safety Board, Washington, DC, Special Study Prevention of
Damage to Pipelines. Adopted June 7, 1974. Report NTSB-PSS-73-1.
C. American Petroleum Institute (API). Recommended practice for marking buried liquid
petroleum pipelines - APR RP 1 109.
D. General Services Administration, Washington, DC, Public Buildings Service Guide
Specification for Mechanical and Electrical Equipment - PBS 4-1501, Amendment 2, Page
501-14, Paragraph 18, Subparagraph 18.1, Clause 18.1 .I.
E. Rural Electrification Authority (REA), U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC,
National Electrical Safety Code for Underground Construction for remote and immediate
hazards.
Method
ASTM 02103
ASTM 0882
ASTM D882-88
ASTM D2578
ASTM D671-81
Manufacturing specifications
Manufacturing specifications
Manufacturing specifications
Manufacturing specifications
Manufacturing specifications
Manufacturing specifications
Boiling H20 at 100 degrees Celsius
APWA Code
Utility Marked
Electric power, distribution, transmission, and municipal electric systems.
Gas and oil distribution and transmission, dangerous materials, product and steam.
Telephone and telegraph systems, police and fire communications, and cable television.
@ Revised 11RlMS Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 97 of 213
Value
01 14 mm (0.0056")
4500glcm (25 Ibslinch) (5,500 PSI)
<50 percent at break
>50 dyneslsquare centimeter
Pliable hand
Heat-set Mylex
Every 500 mm(201')
Dead sowannealed
Virgin PET
Virgin LDPE
>30 percent, solid I .5#/R
Five hours without peel
See Table 207-25.1 (6)
SECTION 21 3 - ENGINEERING FABRICS
Add the following section:
213-3 EROSION CONTROL SPECIAL TIES.
Add the following section:
213-3 Gravel bags. Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap type,
filled with no less than 23kg (50 Ibs) of 19 mm (3/4") crushed rock and securely tied closed.
Plastic bags are not acceptable.
@ Revised 1 1 I0 1 I06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 98 of 213
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
TO
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS
CONSTRUCTION
PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS
SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK
300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING.
300-1.1 General. add the following to the third paragraph: During surface clearing operations,
the Contractor shall not cover or bury any plant growth or other objectionable materials. If the
Contractor cannot successfully separate the plant growth from the surface soil and advertently or
inadvertently mixes organic or other objectionable materials with the soil, the soil so
contaminated shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. All costs, if any, associated with
removing the soil mixed with organic or other objectionable materials and importing soil to
replace said contaminated soil shall be borne by the Contractor and no additional payment
therefore shall be made to the Contractor.
300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials. add the following: Also included in clearing and
grubbing shall be removal and disposal of existing street poles and lights, metal guard rail,
fences, asphalt concrete and aggregate base, concrete curb and gutter, concrete sidewalk,
existing gate, existing headwalls, rip-rap, traffic signs, and other existing features which interfere
with the work. Whether or not such items are shown on the plans they shall be removed as a
part of clearing and grubbing. Existing underground pipes and conduits that are shown on the
plans and designated to be removed shall be removed by the Contractor as a part of clearing
and grubbing.
300-1.4 Payment. modify as follows: Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be made at the
contract lump sum price for clearing and grubbing within the project limits and at stockpile
locations and no other payments will be made. Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor
shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines
and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall
replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and
disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid for La Costa Canyon Park
Restroom Renovation, and no additional payment will be made.
300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL. Modify as follows: 3008 GEOTEXTILES
FOR EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL.
Add the following section:
300-9.2 General. The Contractor shall provide erosion control and water pollution control
conforming to the requirements shown on the plans, as specified herein, and as elsewhere
required by the Contract Documents. Erosion control and water pollution control shall include
the work specified herein, and such additional measures, as may be directed by the Engineer, to
meet Best Management Practices, as defined herein, and to properly control erosion and storm
water damage of the limits of work and construction impacts upon areas receiving drainage
flows from within the limits of work.
Revised I lRllO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 99 of 21 3
Add the following section:
300-9.2.1 Grading Controls. The Contractor shall protect all areas that have been graded
andlor cleared and grubbed as well as areas that have not been graded andlor cleared and
grubbed within the limits of work from erosion. The Contractor shall provide temporary earth
berms, gravel bags, silt fences, stabilized construction entrances and similar measures,
coordinated with its construction procedures, as necessary and as shown on the plans to control
on site and off site erosion during the construction period. The Contractor will be required to
protect areas which have been cleared and grubbed prior to excavation or embankment
operations, and which are subject to runoff during the duration of the contract. The criteria used
to determine the appropriate erosion control measures shall be the "Best Management
Practices", hereinafter BMP, defined and described in the, "Stormwater Best Management
Practices Handbook, Construction", January 2003 edition as published by the California
Stormwater Quality Association. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of the "Stormwater Best
Management Practices Handbook, Construction", January 2003 edition on the project site and
shall conduct its operations in conformity to said Handbook.
Temporary erosion control measures provided by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited
to, the following:
a) Embankment areas, while being brought up to grade and during periods of completion prior to
final roadbed construction, shall be graded so as to direct runoff into impoundment areas
within the limits of work where such runoff shall have pollutants removed by BMP methods .
b) The Contractor shall provide protection by BMP measures to eliminate erosion and the
siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas. These measures shall include, but shall
not be limited to: temporary down drains, either in the form of pipes or paved ditches with
protected outfall berms; graded berms around areas to eliminate erosion of embankment
wd slopes by surface runoff; confined ponding areas to desilt runoff; and to desilt runoff.
c) Excavation areas, while being brought to grade, shall be protected from erosion and the
resulting siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas by the use of BMP measures.
These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to, methods shown on the plans and
described herein.
Add the following section:
300-9.2.2 Payment. Full compensation for performing erosion control and water pollution
control, conforming to the operational requirements herein, of the BMP and conforming to the
requirements of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, including the latest amendments
thereto, which is not a part of the planned permanent work or included as a separate bid item
shall be considered as included in the contract price bid for La Costa Canyon Park Restroom
Renovation, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore.
Revised 1 1 R 1/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 1 00 of 21 3
SECTION 306 - UNDERGROUND CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION
306-1 OPEN TRENCH OPERATIONS
306.1.2.2 Pipe Laying. add the following: The Contractor shall place electrical conduit per
the City Plans.
306-1.3.4 Compaction Requirements. delete Section 306-1.3.4 and replace with the
following: The Contractor shall densify trench backfill to a minimum of 90 percent relative
compaction except that in the top 300 mm (12") of the street right-of-way, compaction shall be
95 percent. Areas above trenches to receive plant materials shall have the soils amended and
sod shall be installed matching the existing grass in the area.
306-1.6 Basis of Payment for Open Trench Installation. add the following: Payment for
utilities undergrounding shall be made on the basis of contract lump sum price for Restroom
Remoedels and no other payments will be made.
306-5 ABANDONMENT OF CONDUITS AND STRUCTURES. Add the following: Unless
othe~lise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and
conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned
during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly
compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in
the lump-sum bid for Clearing and Grubbing, and no additional payment will be made.
0 Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 101 of 213
APPENDIX A
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
FOR
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION PROVISIONS
1. The Work
The Contract work to be performed hereunder includes the furnishing of all labor and
equipment and furnishing and installing all materials, unless herein specifically excepted,
necessary for the complete and satisfactory renovation of a restroom at La Costa
Canyon Park.
The work shall consist of installing temporary fencing; all utility location and verification
(excavating, exposing, and verifying top, bottom, and side of utility facilities); all
pavement removal including concrete and reinforcing steel and disposal; all demolition
work indicated on the plans: all earthwork (including trenching, shoring, bedding,
backfilling including select imported material or select native material); dewatering;
furnishing and installing all sewer and appurtenances; testing all gravity sewer and other
plumbing; connecting to existing sewers; including providing and installing all equipment,
piping, and appurtenances; renovating restroom building; protecting in place or removing
and replacing all existing utilities and public and private improvements; removing and
replacing all Portland Cement concrete; re-vegetation; testing all equipment, pipe, and
appurtenances; disposing of excess demolished building materials, soil, and rock
material and restoring all adjacent areas and improvements to pre-construction
conditions.
Contractor shall, upon completion of all work required herein, initially operate all
components of the Contract Work installed or furnished and installed by him, and make
any additional, adjustments, corrections, repairs, replacements, and reconstruction's
necessary to provide Owner with complete, correctly operating restroom and
appurtenances.
2. Work Site
The Contract work site is located in the City of Carlsbad as shown on the Construction
Drawings. 'The La Costa Canyon Park restroom is located at 3020 Pueblo Street.
Bidders shall review the project sites prior to submitting a bid.
Revised 1 1 RIIOB Contract .No. PKS 08-02 Page 102 of 21 3
3. Construction Plans (Drawings)
The following Construction Plans are made a part of these Contract Documents:
CONSTRUCTION PLANS (24" X 36")
DRAWING NO. 455-7 LA COSTA CANYON PARK RENOVATION
CONTRACT NO. PKS 08-02
Title -
Title Sheet, General Notes and Site Plan
Handicap Parking and Details
Floor Plan and Demolition Plan
Foundation and Hardscape Plan
Roof and Roof Framing Plans
Exterior Elevations
Interior Elevations
Details
Details
Details
Utility Service Plan and power Single Line Diagram
Power and Lighting Plans
Plumbing Plan
Sheet No.
4. Notice of Award and Notice to Proceed
Upon Notice of Award, Contractor is hereby authorized to execute Contract and secure
3
Performance and Payment Bonds and Certificates of Insurance.
Upon execution of Contract by Owner, Contractor is authorized to begin document
submission, material ordering, and construction scheduling.
5. Data to be Submitted by Contractor
Contractor shall furnish Owner submittals for all equipment, equipment components,
fabricated materials, and materials to be furnished for review and acceptance by Owner
prior to Contractor performing work to which data pertains. Submittals shall be provided
in accordance with the "Contractors Submittals Technical Specifications".
Prior to beginning construction, Contractor shall submit 24-hour emergency phone
numbers for the construction superintendent, construction foreman, and all company
principals.
6. Contractor Cooperation and Coordination
Contractor shall cooperate with Owner, San Diego Gas and Electric, and all other
jurisdictional agencies. Owner will have representatives on site to observe and verify
compliance with Contract Documents. Contractor shall perform work in a manner not to
interfere with operation of other park facilities nor operate any existing facilities.
Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 103 of 213
Contractor shall perform his work in accordance with the sequence of work as specified
herein. Contractor shall coordinate all work with the Owner. A detailed schedule of
proposed work shall be provided to the Owner the Thursday preceding each week.
7. Permits, Licenses, Certificates, Laws and Ordinances
A. Contractor and all subcontractors shall procure and maintain a valid City of
Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the Contract.
B. California Reaional Water Quality Control Board, San Dieno Region
Contractor shall, at his expense, obtain authorization to discharge water from
ground water extraction (dewatering), line flushing, and testing operations from
the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Diego Region (Regional
Board). A copy of said discharge authorization shall be provided to the Owner.
Contractor shall comply with conditions therein and perform the monitoring
required.
Contractor shall not allow any discharges from the construction site, which may
have an adverse effect on receiving waters of the United States.
Contractor shall not allow any groundwater extraction water to be discharged
from construction site except in full compliance with the General Waste
Discharge Requirements for Ground Water Extraction and Similar Discharges
from Construction and Remediation Projects (Order No. 96-41) adopted by the
Regional Board. Prior to submitting Bid, Contractor shall obtain a copy of said
Order No. 96-41 and review all compliance requirements therein, including
monitoring, testing, and reporting.
Contractor shall provide all labor, material, and equipment necessary to comply
with Regional Board requirements for discharge water from groundwater
extractions, line flushing, and testing operations, including all monitoring, testing,
and reporting.
C. In the event of conflict between the Contract and Permit requirements, the most stringent
shall prevail. All permit requirements shall be satisfied by Contractor and accepted by all
issuing agencies, and the Owner before project will be accepted and a Notice of Completion
filed.
D. Contractor shall, at his own expense, procure any additional permits, certificates, and
licenses required of him by law for the execution of the work. He shall comply with all
Federal, State and local laws, ordinances or rules and regulations relating to the performance
of said work.
Revised 1 1101108 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 104 of 213
8. Storage of Materials and Equipment 1
Contractor shall not store materials or equipment on private or public property without d
written permission from the affected property owners approving such use. Said written
permission shall be submitted to Owner prior to Contractor moving materials or
equipment onto site.
Contractor's equipment shall be removed from public or private right-of-way and placed
in the Contractor's designated storage areas at the end of each workday.
Contractor may utilize the adjoining park site for storage of materials and equipment.
The contractor shall install temporary construction fencing around the storage area and
will be required to return the area to its pre-construction condition.
9. Building lnspection
The City of Carlsbad has obtained a Building Permit from the City Building Official.
The Contractor will be required to coordinate and schedule any and all inspections
required by the Building Official. No work may be covered or continued until all required
the Building Official performs all required inspections. The Building Permit Number is
CB072808. The telephone number for inspection request for the following business day
is (760) 602-2725.
The City of Carlsbad has attempted to design all portions of the project to conform to all
aspects of the UBC. The Contractor agrees to provide Requests for Information to the
Project Inspector for any issues regarding UBC compliance prior to scheduling Building
Inspection. In the event that the Building Official requires a change in plans or
construction to comply with the UBC, the Contractor agrees to allow the City of Carlsbad
a reasonable time to process construction changes through the Building Official in
matters relating to UBC compliance. Extensions of time will be granted in any case that
3
construction cannot continue on any portion of the project. The contractor agrees to
waive any delay claims during plan revision process.
Building Inspection may be scheduled for next business day by calling (760) 602-2725
and requesting inspection through the automated scheduling system. Be advised that
inspection will not be scheduled for a particular time during the next business day. The
Contractor also agrees that any issue requiring re-inspection for any reason, by the
Building Official, is not grounds for delay claims.
10. Earthwork and Soil Compaction Tests
Earthwork shall be performed in accordance with the Basic Earthwork Specifications and
Basic Sewer Specifications, except as modified herein or on the Contract Drawings.
Contractor shall notify Owner when any work is complete and ready for compaction
testing. After such notification, Owner will have all necessary tests made, by a Soils
Engineer of his choosing, and Owner will pay for all tests that pass. Contractor shall pay
for all tests that fail in the course of determining compliance of completed backfill with
compaction requirements. Owner will not pay for any preliminary or progress tests;
however, Contractor may do so at his own expense. Passing compaction tests will be
required piior to construction of any structures.
Excavation of native soil and re-compaction shall be performed to provide proper
foundation for structures as specified on the Drawings. 1 d
Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 105 of 21 3
11. Trench Protection
Before making any excavation or trench 5' or more in depth, Contractor shall submit to
Owner a detailed drawing showing the design of shoring, bracing, or other provisions to
be made for worker protection and protection of existing facilities. If said drawing does
not vary from the requirements of the OSHA Construction Safety Orders (CAL OSHA or
FED OSHA, whichever is applicable at the time of construction), a statement signed by a
registered civil or structural engineer, engaged by Contractor at his expense, shall be
submitted certifying that the Contractor's excavation safety drawings comply with OSHA
Construction Safety Orders. If said drawing varies from said OSHA Construction Safety
Orders, the drawings shall be prepared and certified by a registered civil or structural
engineer and said engineer shall affix his seal and signature to each sheet of said
drawing.
Contractor shall not excavate until Owner has received and acknowledged the properly
certified excavation safety drawings.
12. Preservation of Existing Improvements, Restoration of Work Site and Disposal of
Spoil and Waste Materials
A. Contractor shall perform his operations so that existing improvements (including
roads and other paved surfaces adjacent to or in the vicinity of the work site are
not damaged. Contractor shall repair and restore any disturbed or damaged
private or public improvements which results from his operations (except that
which is specifically a part of the Contract Work) to the satisfaction of the Owner,
or the agency having jurisdiction over said improvements, all at his expense.
6. All work sites shall be restored to pre-job conditions and shall meet the
requirements of Owner and property owner.
Owner is obligated to keep visual impact of the work sites to a minimum;
therefore, Contractor is required to restore all areas altered by construction to
pre-existing conditions. Such areas shall include, but shall not be limited to,
areas used for travel, parking, and storage of vehicles, equipment and materials.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for the proper disposal of all waste materials
resulting from his operations, including rubbish, packaging materials, discarded
equipment parts, and damaged construction materials, in a manner and at
locations suitable to the Owner and all health and other regulatory agencies.
Pavement materials shall not be placed in pipeline trenches. Contractor shall
remove said pavement materials and dispose of same at an approved location.
13. Construction Water
Contractor shall obtain a water meter from Olivenhain Municipal Water District (OMWD)
and install same at the location described hereinafter. Contractor shall pay all costs for
meter and water used during construction. OMWD can be contacted at: (760) 753-6466.
Sources of construction water will be a fire hydrant in the vicinity of the project site.
Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary piping and appurtenances, including
pumps, necessary to convey water from OMWD's system to places of use within the
work site. Contractor shall supply an OMWD approved backflow prevention device. Said
device shall be utilized with water meter when Contractor is obtaining water from the
existing system.
Revised 1 1101/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 106 of 213
14. Construction Staking -7 4 Contractor shall furnish all construction staking required to perform the Work. Contractor
shall protect all survey monuments and he shall pay all costs to reestablish any
monuments destroyed or disturbed.
15. Salvage
Contractor shall meet with the Owner prior to removal of any material or equipment from
the Existing Facility, and the Owner shall designate which equipment, piping, valves, and
fittings (if any) are to be salvaged by the Contractor. Salvage shall be delivered,
unloaded, and stored by the Contractor as directed by Owner at the Parks Maintenance
Yard at 1166 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, CA 92008. All other equipment and
materials removed shall be considered waste and disposed of by the Contractor.
16. Sequence of Work
A. Introduction
Project Work includes the following major components: demolition of portions of
the existing restroom facility, renovation of the restroom facility including
connection to all utilities, restoration of the site surrounding the construction to its
original condition.
A detailed sequence of work for major project components is provided
hereinafter.
B. General
1) Prior to beginning construction, Contractor shall excavate, expose, and
determine ("pothole") the exact location and depth of each and every
potential interference including, but not limited to, all facilities shown
specifically (depth and location) on these drawings, or which have been
located and marked by respective non member companies or utilities.
2) The Contractor shall perform demolition of portions of the existing facility
and salvage or dispose of the building materials and appurtenances as
directed by the owner.
3) The Contractor shall perform all necessary trenching and earthwork to
install new concrete or electrical conduits and services.
4) The Contractor shall perform all necessary construction for renovation of
the existing restroom facilities including utility connections as required to
provide a fully operational facility.
5) The Contractor shall provide two portable toilets and one portable hand
washing station for the duration of the demolition and construction of the
restroom facilities and these facilities shall not be removed until the
construction is complete and the Contractor is notified to open the
restrooms to the public by the Project Inspector. At least one toilet shall
be handicap accessible. The Project Inspector shall direct the
Contractor's placement of each of these portable facilities. These facilities
shall be serviced, stocked and cleaned at least hnro times per week. All
costs for providing and servicing these portable toilets and hand wash
stations shall be included in the Lump Sum bid price for La Costa Canyon 3 Restroom Renovation and no additional compensation shall be provided.
Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 107 of 213
6) The Contractor shall return the areas affected by construction to their
original pre-construction condition.
Contractor shall be responsible for repairing any Owner facilities or
equipment damaged as a result of his work performance.
7) Any proposed modifications to the Sequence of Work provided herein
shall be submitted in writing to the Owner for approval. If approved, said
modified Sequence of Work shall be implemented by the Contractor at no
additional cost to the Owner. Any proposed modifications to the specified
Sequence of Work shall reflect the necessary changes in all other project
components.
17. Location of Equipment and Ambient Environmental Conditions
All mechanical and electrical equipment shall be designed to operate at the project site,
which is located in a public park. Derating and necessary oversizing to achieve
performance shall be incorporated in equipment design. Maximum design ambient
temperature shall be 100°F and minimum design ambient temperature shall be 40°F.
Relative humidity may range from 10% to 95%. Equipment shall be designed to prevent
damage which could be caused by high or low ambient temperature within the specified
range, freezing, dust in the air, winds of up to 70 mph, and wet weather conditions.
Equipment shall be specifically designed to function satisfactorily under said conditions.
All electrical and mechanical equipment shall be suitable sealed.
'XI @ 18. Operation and Maintenance Manuals and Training
The Contractor shall provide six (6) approved copies of detailed operations and
maintenance (O&M) manuals at least 15 days prior to startup and testing for all
mechanical and electrical equipment he furnishes. O&M manuals shall be provided for all
equipment and shall be in accordance with requirements of "Contractors Submittals
Technical Specifications." O&M manuals shall be submitted as shop drawings and shall
be subject to approval by the Owner at no cost to the Owner.
19. Specified Model Numbers
All model numbers used herein are provided for information only, to assist Contractor in
selecting equipment that conforms to specifications. In case of any conflict between
model numbers given herein and the descriptive specifications or performance specified,
the descriptive specifications and performance specified shall govern.
20. lnspection Fees
Contractor shall bear all costs and fees incurred as a result of inspection services
furnished by utilities or others.
In the event the Contractor requests to work outside the stated working hours, or on
holidays, Saturdays, or Sundays, and the Owner agrees to same, the Contractor shall
pay for the Inspector's time at the rate of $100.00 per hour. lnspection by the Building
Official will not be available after hours or on weekends or holidays.
Revised 1 110 1106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 108 of 213
21. Compliance With Contract Documents 1 J' Contractor shall comply with all instructions of Owner to insure compliance with the
Contract Documents, including timely completion of work each day, work site clean-up,
control of traffic, and placement of signs. If Contractor does not comply with the Contract
Documents, then Owner shall provide the required labor, materials, and equipment to
perform same and shall deduct the cost from monies otherwise due under the Contract.
22. Geological Conditions at Work Site
Contractor shall, satisfy himself with regard to all geologic conditions which may affect
Contract Work.
Personal investigation by Contractor is mandatory. Contractor may perform excavations
on site prior to bid opening. Contact the Owner to arrange for access to site. Neither the
information contained in the drawings, or from Owner, his agents or employees shall act
to relieve Contractor from any responsibility in fulfilling any and all of the terms and
requirements specified herein.
23. Safety Requirement of Equipment Furnished by Contractor
The equipment furnished by Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of
the Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety of the State of California. Copies of
the Safety Orders as available at the Printing Division, Documents Section, State of
California, Sacramento, California 9581 4. 9
24. Best Management Practices (BMPs) d
The Contractor shall incorporate and comply with all applicable Best Management
Practices (BMPs) during the completion of this agreement. All work must be in
compliance with the most current San Diego Regional Water Quality Control Board
(RWQCB) permit, Carlsbad Municipal code and the City of Carlsbad Jurisdictional Urban
Runoff Management Plan (JURMP) incorporated herein by reference.
The Contractor shall indicate in his proposal methods of compliance, equipment utilized
to insure compliance, training of staff and experience in compliance with environmental
regulations. If in the opinion of the project manager, the Contractor is not in compliance
with this provision City reserves the right to implement BMPs to the maximum extent
practical, and deduct payment due or back charge the Contractor for implementation with
a 15% markup for administration and overhead.
Q Revised 1 1 101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 109 of 21 3
APPENDIX B
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Submittals
Part 1 General
Description ........................................................................................................... 111
Progress Schedule ................................................................................................ 111
Shop Drawing Submittal ....................................................................................... 111 .................................................................................. Materials Sample Submittal 113
Misc . Piping and Appurtenances
Part 1 General
1 . 01 Description ........................................................................................................... 114 ................................................. 1.02 Reference Specifications. Codes and Standards 114
1.03 Contractor Submittals .......................................................................................... 114
Part 2 Products
Copper Tubing ..................................................................................................... 115
PVCPipe ............................................................................................................... 115
Insulating Connections .......................................................................................... 115
Part 3 Execution
3.01 Installation ............................................................................................................ 115
Doors . Frames and Hardware
Part 1 General
........................................................................................................... Description 117
Field Measurement ............................................................................................... 117
Submittals ......................................................................................................... 117
Part 2 Products
Manufacturer ........................................................................................................ 117 ........................................................... Hollow Metal Door and Frame Fabrication 118
...................................................................................................... Door Hardware 119
Part 3 Execution
......................................................................... 3.01 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 123 ...................................................................................................... 3.03 Door Hardware 123
Q Revised 1 imiros Contract PKS 08-02 Page 110 of 213
Plumbing Fixtures
Part 1 General
1.01 Description .... . . .... . . . .. . . . . . .. .. . . .. . .. . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . 125
Part 2 Products
2.01 ADA Compliant Flush Valve Toilet Accessories .................................................. 125
2.02 ADA Compliant Lavatory Basin, Metering Faucets and Accessories .................. 126
2.03 Electric Hand Dryer. .. . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . .. . .. . ... .. . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
2.04 ADA Compliant Wall Mounted Urinals ................................................................ 127
2.05 Toilet Tissue Dispenser .. .. . . .. ..... . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . ... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Part 3 Installation .... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... ... .. ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
0 Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page Ill of 213
CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
I .Ol Description
This Section covers requirements for submittals and forms a part of all other Sections in
which submittals are specified or required.
A. Submittal Reauirements.lncluded in this Section
1 . Contractor's Construction Schedule
2. Shop Drawings
3. Material Samples, Including Color Samples for Paint, Roofing Materials etc.
4. Operation and Maintenance Manuals
5. Requests for Substitutions or Equals
6. Record Drawings
I .02 Progress Schedule
A. Within thirty (30) days of Notice of Award, Contractor shall submit a Construction
Schedule for construction progress control, prepared on 11 inch x 17 inch charts.
All construction activities and procurement shall be indicated in a time scaled
format and a calendar shall be shown on all sheets along the entire sheet length.
Each activity arrow or node shall be plotted so that the beginning and ending
dates of said activity can be determined graphically by comparison with the
calendar scale.
B. The duration estimate indicated for each activity shall be computed in working
days and shall be shown on the construction schedule in calendar days. It shall
represent the single best estimate considering the scope of the work and
resources planned for the activity. Except for certain non-labor activities, such as
curing concrete or delivering materials, activity duration shall not exceed ten (1 0)
working days (fourteen (14) calendar days), nor be less than one (I) working day
unless otherwise accepted by Owner.
Contractor shall modify any portions of the construction schedule that become
infeasible due to activities behind schedule or for any other valid reason. Any
activity that cannot be completed by its original latest completion date shall be
deemed to be behind schedule.
1.03 Shop Drawing Submittal
A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall furnish
for all equipment and materials to be furnished and installed for the project at
least six (6) copies of each shop drawing for Owner's review and approval. Four
(4) copies will be retained for Owner's use, and two (2) copies will be returned to
Contractor.
Q Revised 1 110 1106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 112 of 213
The term "Shop Drawings" as used herein shall be understood to include all data
covering all equipment, equipment components, fabricated materials, and
furnished materials.
Data shall include, but shall not be limited to, design calculations, equipment
drawings, fabrication and installation drawings, erection drawings, mix designs,
operating instructions, catalog sheets, data sheets, lists, graphs, and similar
items. Data shall demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall submit shop drawings in a timely manner. Contractor shall allow
a reasonable period for Owner's review and approval of shop drawings.
Contractor shall be responsible for any project delays resulting from late submittal
of initial shop drawings or re-submittal of corrected or revised shop drawings.
6. Method of Submittal
Contractor shall deliver shop drawings submittals by means of dated, signed, and
sequence numbered transmittals on Contractor's letterhead. Contractor shall
clearly describe the submittal contents, identifying whether initial or subsequent
submittals and stating the drawing numbers and specification sections, articles,
and paragraphs to which the shop drawings pertain. All data sheets, catalog
cuts, or drawings showing more than the particular item under consideration shall
be marked to delete all but the applicable information. Contractor shall comply
with Section 2-5.3.3 of the Special Provisions for acceptable form of Submittals.
C. Deviations or Exce~tions from Contract Documents
Where proposed equipment or materials, equipment components, equipment 9 functions, or equipment operations deviate from the specifications and whenever
exceptions to the specifications are taken, it shall be clearly noted on the shop
drawing submittals. Deviations shall include references to the specific sections,
parts, and paragraphs or drawing numbers and notes for which the deviations or
exceptions are made.
D. Contractor's Review
All shop drawing submittals shall be carefully reviewed by Contractor prior to
submission to Owner. Contractor shall indicate by a signed and dated stamp on
the submittal that Contractor has checked the shop drawings as being correct
and in strict conformance with the Contract Documents. Shop drawings not so
reviewed by Contractor may be returned without action taken by Owner, and any
delays caused thereby shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
E. Owner's Review
1. Owner's review of the shop drawings submitted by Contractor will cover
only general conformity to the Contract Documents. The review of shop
drawings shall not relieve Contractor of full responsibility for any deviation
from the requirements of the Contract Documents. As specified above,
deviations or exceptions to the Contract Documents shall be clearly
indicated on the shop drawings. Contractor shall be responsible for any
errors or omissions in the shop drawings or for the accuracy of
dimensions, quantities, and the design of adequate connections and
details.
0) Revised 1 110 1/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 113 of 213
Unless specified elsewhere, Owner will return three (3) sets of shop
drawing submittals to Contractor with his comments noted thereon, within
fifteen (15) working days following their receipt by Owner. It is expected
that Contractor shall prepare his submittals in such a manner that he is
able to obtain a complete and acceptable submittal by the second
submission. Owner reserves the right to deduct monies from the amounts
due to Contractor to cover the cost of the Owner's review beyond the
second submission.
F. Corrections and Resubmittals
Contractor shall make all required corrections and shall resubmit the required
number of corrected shop drawings until found in general conformance with the
Contract Documents and design concept of the project. No work that requires
shop drawing submittals shall be purchased or commenced until the pertinent
shop drawings have been submitted, reviewed, and approved.
1.04 Material Samples Submitted
A. General
Whenever in the Contract Documents material samples are required, Contractor
shall submit to Owner not less than two (2) samples of each such item for review
and approval; all at no additional cost to Owner. Upon receiving approval by
Owner, one (1) set of the samples will be stamped and dated by Owner and
returned to Contractor, and one (1) set of samples shall remain at the job site until
completion of the work.
Revised 1 1/01106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 114 of 213
MISCELLANEOUS PIPING AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
I .Ol Description
Pipe shall be furnished and installed as specified in the Specifications and as shown on
the Drawings. Where pipe is not specified therein, pipe shall be as specified in
Miscellaneous Piping and Appurtenances Technical Specifications.
Contractor shall furnish and install piping specialties as shown and specified, complete,
including small steel pipe, stainless steel pipe, copper tubing, solvent-welded PVC pipe,
mechanical and sleeve couplings, gaskets, bolts, insulating connections, and such other
specialties as required for a complete and operable piping system in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.02 Reference Specifications, Codes, and Standards
Commercial Standards
ANSIINFPA 70-84
ASTM A 120-84
ASTM A 31 2-84~
ASTM B 62-82a
ASTM B 88-83a
ASTM D 1785-83
National Electric Code
Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc- ?
Coated (galvanized) Welded and Seamless, for Ordinary
Uses.
Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic
Stainless Steel Pipe.
Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal
Castings.
Specifications for Seamless Copper Water Tube.
Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe,
Schedules 40,80, and 120.
1.03 Contractor Submittals
Contractor shall submit manufacturer's product specifications and performance details in
accordance with "Contractor Submittals Technical Specifications".
0 Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 115 of 213
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
.uxr+
2.03 Copper Tubing
Copper tubing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 88 and shall be Type K, soft
temper for buried tubing and hard-drawn for above-ground application. Fittings shall be
soldered or sweated on and shall be of cast bronze or forged brass containing
85 percent copper.
Soldered joints for water working pressures below 100 psi shall contain 50-percent tin
and 50-percent lead. For higher water working pressures and for compressed air lines,
soldered joints shall contain 95-percent tin and 5-percent antimony. For oxygen service,
joints shall be made with silver solder.
2.04 PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80
PVC pipe shall be made from all new rigid unplasticized polyvinyl chloride and shall be
Normal Impact (Type I) to conform to the requirements of ASTM D 1785, unless
otherwise shown. Schedule 40 fittings shall conform to ASTM D-2466, Schedule 80
socket fittings to ASTM D-2467 and ASTM D-2464 for threaded Schedule 80 fittings.
Unless otherwise shown, joint design shall be for solvent-welded. Both pipe and fittings
shall be the product of one manufacturer.
2.08 Insulating Connections
A. General
lnsulating bushings, unions, couplings or flanges, as appropriate, shall be used
for joining pipes of dissimilar metals, and for piping systems where corrosion
control and cathodic protection are involved, or where specified on drawings.
B. Material
Insulating connections shall be of nylon, Teflon, polycarbonate, polyethylene or
other non-conductive materials, and shall have ratings and properties to suit the
service and loading conditions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Installation
A. General
All piping shall be installed as specified in the Basic Pipeline or Basic Sewer
Specifications.
Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 116 of 213
B. PVC and CPVC Pipe 1 4
PVC and CPVC pipe joints shall be solvent-welded in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions. Expansion joints or pipe bends shall be provided to
absorb pipe expansion over a temperature range of 100 degrees F, unless
othennrise shown. Care shall be taken to provide sufficient supports, anchors,
and guides, to avoid stress on the piping. The Contractor shall obtain the
services of the PVC and CPVC pipe supplier, to instruct the pipe fitters in the
correct way of making solvent welded joints. Only clean, fresh solvent shall be
used at any time.
Pipe couplings shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
printed recommendations.
E. Gaskets for Flanged Joints
Wherever blind flanges are shown, the gaskets shall consist of 118-inch thick
cloth-inserted rubber or fiber sheet (no asbestos shall be allowed) which shall
cover the entire inside surface of the blind flange and shall be cemented to the
surface of the blind flange.
F. Insulatinq Connections
."? All insulating connections shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's
printed instructions.
@ Revised 1 1/01106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 117 of 213
DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .O1 Description
Contractor shall furnish and install all doors, frames, hardware, and related items,
complete and operable, as specified herein and shown on the Drawings.
1.02 Field Measurements
Prior to fabrication, Contractor shall verify all conditions affecting the work specified
herein, including obtaining accurate opening dimensions and embedded anchorage
arrangements. Discrepancies shall be reported to the Owner prior to commencing work.
1.03 Submittals
Complete fabrication, assembly, and installation drawings, together with details and data
governing materials used and other accessories furnished, shall be submitted for
approval in accordance with the Contractor Submittals Technical Specifications. Data
shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
A. Door and frame details.
6. Hardware reinforcement.
C. Schedules showing sizes, types, and locations of door louvers and glazing, if any.
D. Anchorage details.
E. Manufacturer's literature and any engineering calculations that may be required
elsewhere in this section.
F. Complete detailed hardware list, hardware schedule, and manufacture's literature
on each item.
G. Hardware schedule shall indicate type, manufacturer's name, catalog number,
location, and finish of each item to be furnished. Schedule shall also include a
complete template list showing template references and data for each item
requiring preparation of metal doors and frames.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Manufacturer
A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
Doors and frames shall be as manufactured by Krieger Steel Products Co.,
Security Metal Products Corp., Amweld Building Products, or approved equal. All
doors and frames shall be manufactured by a single manufacturer.
6. Door Hardware
Refer to Hardware Schedule, herein.
Revised I I RIIOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 118 of 213
2.04 Hollow Metal Door and Frame Fabrication
A. General
Hollow metal doors and frames shall be manufactured in accordance with the
Steel Door Institute.
9. Doors
Doors shall be of hollow metal construction with steel reinforced ribs, full flush
design, 1-314" thick, with no visible seams. Door face sheets shall be formed with
seamless 16 gauge steel. Seams at edges shall be continuously and fully welded
and ground smooth. Filled joints will not be acceptable. Vertical edges of door
shall be reinforced with 14 gauge steel channels the entire height of door. Top
and bottom of doors shall have continuous 16 gauge reinforcing channels welded
to the face sheets. Doors shall be mortised, reinforced (not less than 8 gauge
reinforcement for hinges and 12 gauge for locks and closers), drilled, and tapped
in accordance with hardware templates. Reinforcement plates (not less than 14
gauge) shall be provided at all surface applied hardware locations.
Reinforcement around openings for louvers and glazing shall be 12 gauge
channel reinforcement welded to face sheets. Opening sizes shall be as shown
on the Drawings. Louvers shall be mounted in the doors prior to painting. Doors
shall be rigid and free from warpage or buckle. Tops of exterior doors shall be
provided with flush, water, and weather tight top enclosures.
Doors shall be formed and bonded to a rigid fireproof and moisture proof .*.a
honeycomb core. Doors and frames specified or shown on Drawings as fire rated d
shall conform to Underwriters Laboratories listings and shall be UL labeled,
indicating the type of certification rating.
C. Door Frames
Door frames shall be of type and sizes as shown, formed of 14 gauge steel.
Frames shall have integral stops. All seams and joints shall be continuously and
fully welded. All exposed welding shall be ground smooth. Frames shall be
mortised, reinforced, drilled, and tapped in the shop to receive mortised template
hardware as required. Reinforcement shall be 8 gauge at hinges and 12 gauge
at strikes and closers.
Provide a minimum of 3 adjustable masonry or steel stud type anchors at each
jamb (30" on center, maximum). Provide a minimum of 2 frame head anchors.
Spot weld 14 gauge metal clip angles to bottom of each jamb member to provide
floor anchorage.
@ Revised 1 I MI106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 119of 213
D. Factory Prime Coating Requirements
All interior and exterior doors and frames shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove
all rust, scale, grease, and oil, then treated with a chemical compound to assure
maximum paint adherence, and prime coated with corrosion-inhibiting primer
compatible with finish paint specified on Drawings or in the Basic Coating and
Painting Specifications.
E. Door Frames
Door frames shall be of type and sizes as shown, formed of 14 gauge type 304
stainless steel. Frames shall have integral stops. All seams and joints shall be
continuously and fully welded. All exposed welding shall be ground smooth.
Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled, and tapped in the shop to receive
mortised template hardware as required. Reinforcement shall be type 304
stainless steel, 8 gauge at hinges and 12 gauge at strikes and closers.
Provide a minimum of 3 adjustable masonry or steel stud type anchors at each
jamb (30" on center, maximum). Provide a minimum of 2 frame head anchors.
Spot weld 14 gauge metal clip angles to bottom of each jamb member to provide
floor anchorage.
F. Finish
All interior and exterior doors shall be provided with smooth gloss surface,
minimum Value 88 in accordance with ASTM 0523. Color shall be as selected by
Owner. Stainless steel frames shall be uncoated and provided with a uniform
brushed finish.
2.05 Door Hardware
A. General
Provide all items of hardware indicated on the Drawings and as herein specified,
or where necessary for. complete installation and proper operation.
Door hardware shall be coordinated with all other related work, including template
information for door and frame fabrication.
All hardware furnished in connection with doors bearing UL labels or where
necessary to meet special requirements will be in strict accordance with
conditions established by the authority having jurisdiction and shall be subject to
approval of that authority.
B. - Finish
The finish of all hardware shall be 630 (US32D) brush stainless steel, unless
otherwise specified in the Hardware Schedule.
@ Revised 1 IMIEOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 120 of 21 3
All locks and cylinders shall be master keyed to the Owner's requirements.
Hardware supplier shall submit a keying schedule for approval by Owner prior to
order for locks and keying of cylinders. Contractor shall coordinate between
Owner and hardware supplier in developing keying schedule. At the completion
of the project, Contractor shall furnish Owner with 5 master keys and 3 keys per
cylinder keying combination.
During construction, all locks shall be furnished with construction cylinders and
construction keys. Contractor shall furnish Owner with 2 construction master
keys. All locks and locksets shall be manufactured by Schlage, no substitutes.
D. Hinaes and Pivots
Hinges shall be full mortise, template type, unless otherwise specified measuring
a minimum of 4.5" x 4.5". All doors over 7'-6" shall have one extra hinge for each
2-112' of height and shall measure a minimum of 5"x 4.5". Width of hinges shall
be determined by trim conditions. All door hinges shall be provided with non-
removable and non-rising pins.
E. Locksets and Latchsets
All locksets and latchsets shall be mortise type with anti-friction, 2 piece
latchbolts, with a minimum 314" throw and minimum 1" throw deadbolt. Locksets
and latchsets at fire rated doors shall meet code requirements. Function shall be
appropriate for door use. All locks shall be provided with the same cylinder and
keyway for master keying. All locks shall be the product of the same
manufacturer as the locksets, unless otherwise specified. @"?
Padlocks shall be heavy-duty type, keyed as directed, and shall be of the same d
manufacturer as the locksets. Locks and locksets shall be manufactured
Schlage, no substitutes.
F. Panic Bars (Exit Devices)
Where shown on Drawings or specified herein, doors shall be equipped with UL
labeled, touchbar exit devices (panic bars) capable of opening door even when
locked. Panic bars shall be provided with mortise lock devices and auxiliary bolt
for deadlocking, and shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant hardware. Panic
bars and shall be as manufactured by Von Duprin, Inc., Sargent, or approved
equal.
G. Door Closers
All door closers shall be the product of one manufacturer. All door closers shall
have full metal covers, adjustable spring power and adjustable backcheck.
Closers shall have backcheck regulating screws, with separate screws for closing
and latching speeds. Whenever possible, closers shall be installed with arms
parallel to the closed door. Closers for out-swinging exterior doors shall be top-
jamb mounted and furnished with adapter plates for doors under 7-6".
If necessary, closers may be mounted on drop brackets on doors 7-6" and over.
On double doors, provide a door closer on each leaf.
Maximum allowable "door closer" opening force shall be: 5 pounds for interior
doors, 8.5 pounds for exterior doors, and 15 pounds for fire doors.
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 121 of 213
H. Door Stous and Holders
Stops shall be provided with machine screws and threaded anchors at concrete
or masonry, and toggle bolts at plaster and gypsum board.
I. Push Plates, Pulls, and Kickdates
Push plates shall be 4" x 16" x 0.050" thick, unless otherwise specified.
All pulls shall be thru-bolted under the push plates and shall have beveled
mounting holes. Mounting hardware shall not protrude beyond the plates.
Kickplates shall be stainless steel, 0.050" thick, beveled on 3 sides, 10" high;
except where necessary to clear a louver in which case they shall be 8" high.
Width shall be door size, less 2" for single doors and door width, less 1" for
double doors.
J. Thresholds
All thresholds not extending beyond face of doorframe shall be 1 piece, full width
of opening, 112" maximum rise. Thresholds extending beyond face of doorframe
may be two-piece and shall have mitered ends for the portion of threshold
extending beyond the door frame. All thresholds shall be provided with stainless
steel machine screws in threaded expansion anchors at concrete.
K. Hardware Schedule
The following hardware schedule is provided as a guide. Contractor shall furnish
all hardware necessary for the project. Hardware required for any particular
location, but not scheduled, shall be the same as that scheduled for similar
locations.
Catalog numbers listed in the hardware schedule are from the catalogs of the
following manufacturers:
BBW
C
H
LCN
N
Mc
P
Q
RE
RU
SCH
STA
VD
Builders Brass Works
Corbin Co.
Hager
LCN Closers
Norton Door Controls
McKinney Mfg. Co.
Pemko Mfg. Co.
Quality Hardware Co.
Reese Enterprises, Inc.
Russwin
Schlage (No substitute)
Stanley
Von Duprin, Inc.
Zero Weatherstripping
Revised I llOlMf3 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 122 of 213
Listed manufacturers are used to establish the quality and type of hardware to be
furnished. Hardware equal in quality and function may be submitted to Owner for
approval, with the exception of items noted "no substitute", provided Contractor
demonstrates substitute hardware conforms in function, quality, finish, and
workmanship to the products hereinafter specified. Provide product of one
manufacturer for each specified hardware item for standardization of appearance,
maintenance, and replacement.
Hardware Schedule
Quantity item Manuf. Description, Cataloq No. Finish
HW-1 (Ext. Single Door up to 4-0" W x 7'-6" H)
Each door shall have:
3
1
1
1
I
1 set
1
2
2
1
@ Revised 1 1101106
Hinges Mc
Lockset SCH
Stop Q
Holder Q
Threshold H
HeadIJamb P
Bottom P
Handle H
Pull Plate H
Kick Plate H
T4B3386 (5")
L464
433ES
1 149A
403s
290AS
216AV
TP4E (Handicap)
A30S (1) cut for cylinder
190s (CSK)
Contract No. PKS 08-02
US32D
US26D
US26D
US26D
US32D
USP
USP
US32D
US32D
US32D
Page 123 of 213
PART 3 - EXECUTION
rrr-r*"- 3.01 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
A. Doors and frames shall be shipped and stored with temporary stiffeners and
spreaders to maintain frames in alignment. Storage shall be in a manner that will
prevent rusting, damage, or marring of finish.
B. All work shall be shop fabricated to required profiles with edges straight, true, and
sharp. Fabricate and fit accurately with hairline joints at corners, surfaces free of
warp, wave, buckle, and other defects. Welding "Best Grade Commercial Work,
with all exposed beads ground smooth.
C. Door and frame assemblies shall be installed plumb, square, and level, and be
securely and rigidly anchored to the adjoining construction. Door and frame
assemblies shall be installed in accordance with approved shop drawings and
printed recommendations and instructions of the manufacturer.
D. Doors shall be installed with a maximum clearance of 118" at head, 3132" at strike
jamb, 118" at butt jamb, and as required where thresholds are listed, and shall not
exceed the manufacturer's specified limits.
E. All work shall be coordinated with the work of related subcontractors and
suppliers to assure a proper installation.
F. Protect installed doors against damage during construction.
3.03 Door Hardware
A. Installation
1. All hardware items shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's
written recommendations and instructions.
2. All finish hardware work shall be neat and secure, installed to develop full
strength of components and provide proper function.
3. Contractor shall take preventative measures to avoid marring, scratching,
or otherwise damaging adjacent finishes during installation.
4. Latchbolts shall be installed to automatically engage in strikes, whether
activated by closers or manually. In no case shall additional manual
pressure be required to engage latchbolt in strike.
5. Closers and hinges shall be adjusted to operate doors evenly without
noise and binding. Closers, closer arms, and hold-open arms shall be
attached with six bolts.
6. Stops and holders shall be installed to allow doors to open as far as
possible.
Revised I 1 /01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 124 of 21 3
7. Wall mounted hardware shall be installed over solid structural backing or
solid blocking in hollow walls. 3
8. Thresholds shall be installed with ends neatly coped to fit profile of door
jamb. Thresholds shall be set in sealant with ends sealed to door jambs,
or closed with mitered ends when threshold extends beyond door jamb.
9. All doors shall be provided with weatherstripping or seals unless product
weatherstripping or other special seals are specified.
10. Mounting of door hardware shall be in accordance with the published
recommendations of the Door and Hardware Institute.
B. Protection
1. Contractor shall provide removable protection on exposed surfaces of
hardware to prevent damage or staining of hardware during construction.
Hardware protection shall be removed just prior to final cleaning and
polishing.
2. All finish hardware shall be fitted and dismantled before painting work and
shall be reinstalled after finish painting work or provided with paint
protection prior to painting work.
C. Warranty
All hardware shall be warranted for a period of 2 years from the date of 4
acceptance of the project. Defects in material and workmanship occurring during
the warranty period shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Owner.
D. Special Tools
Contractor shall provide 2 sets of installation and adjusting tools.
Revised 1 1101/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 125 of 213
PLUMBING FIXTURES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
I I Description
A. Contractor shall furnish all labor, material, and equipment and perform all
operations necessary to install all plumbing fixtures and perform all associated
plumbing construction as required in the Contract Documents
B. Contractor shall make all preparations and do all work necessary to receive and
adjoin other work.
C. Contractor shall give the work his personal supervision and shall keep a
competent foreman on the job at all times.
D. Contractor shall inspect and verify position of all pipe and drain locations for
connection to other construction including existing plumbing.
E. Contractor shall arrange necessary storage space for construction materials at
the job site.
F. Contractor shall call for all inspections required in the course of his work.
G. Contractor shall submit manufacturer's specifications, literature, and drawings,
including all pertinent dimensions, to the Owner for approval.
Equipment shall be as specified from manufacturers listed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ADA COMPLIANT FLUSH VALVE TOILET AND ACCESSORIES
Toilet Fixture
Vitreous china. Color, White. Water Saving (1 3.2 Lpf13.5 gpf). Wall-mounted elongated
bowl. Fully glazed 2 % inch ballpass trapway. Condensation channel. Direct-fed siphon
jet action. 1-112" inlet spud. 10" x 12" water surface area. Top Spud.
Meets or exceeds the following specifications: ASME A1 12.19.2M (and 19.6M) for
Vitreous China Fixtures - includes Flush Performance, Ball Pass Diameter, Trap Seal
Depth and all Dimensions.
American Standard lnstanto Elongated Flush Valve Toilet, Model 2512.010.
Carrier
Adjustable, horizontal siphon jet water closet "Rigid System" with 4 [I021 No-Hub
connections. Complete with Dura-Coated cast iron right hand, left hand, or double main
fitting, with 2 [51] vent, adjustable gasketed faceplate, universal floor mounted foot
supports, corrosion resistant adjustable ABS coupling with integral test cap, fixture bolts,
trim, and stud protectors. Rear anchor tie down and bonded "Neo-Seal" gasket.
@ Revised 11RIMB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 126 of 21 3
Zurn Siphon Jet Model 1203-N 9
Flushometer 4
Quiet, Exposed, Diaphragm Type, Chrome Plated Closet Flushometer with the following
features:
PERMEXTM Synthetic Rubber Diaphragm with Dual Filtered Fixed Bypass
ADA Compliant Metal Oscillating Non-Hold-Open Handle with Triple Seal
Handle Packing
Aesthetically contoured Cover, Handle Socket and Flanges
1" I.P.S. Screwdriver Bak-ChekTM Angle Stop
Free Spinning Vandal Resistant Stop Cap
Adjustable Tailpiece
High Back Pressure Vacuum Breaker Flush Connection with One-piece Bottom Hex
Coupling Nut
Spud Coupling and Flange for 1%" Top Spud
Sweat Solder Adapter with Cover Tube and Cast Set Screw Wall Flange
High Copper, Low Zinc Brass Castings for Dezincification Resistance
Non-Hold-Open Handle, Fixed Metering Bypass and No External Volume
Adjustment to Ensure Water Conservation
Flush Accuracy Controlled by CIDTM Technology
Diaphragm, Handle Packing, Stop Seat and Vacuum Breaker to be molded from
PERMEXTM Rubber Compound for Chloramine Resistance
Sloan Royal Flushometer Model 11 0.3 ?
Seat - 4
Solid plastic commercial weight heavy-duty seat. Seats shall be No. 95SSC as
manufactured by Olsonite Co. Contoured seats shall be heavy-duty injection molded
plastic with open front, less cover, and self sustaining stainless steel hinges. Seats shall
feature large molded-in bumpers. Color to be white.
Olsonite Model 95SSC
2.02 ADA COMPLIANT LAVATORY BASIN, METERING FAUCETS, AND ACCESSORIES.
Faucets
Polished chrome-plated single basin lavatory, slow-closing metering faucet with an
integral brass 3-112" [89mm] centerline spout, and a vandal-resistant, ADA compliant
color-coded brass handle. Easily adjustable cycle time, preset to 10 seconds at 80 PSI.
Unit is furnished with a water-conserving aerator which reduces flow to .25 GPC [.95 L]
(complying with ANSI A1 12.18.1 Standard for flow), mounting hardware and a 112"
[13mm] NPSM coupling nut for standard lavatory riser.
. Zurn Aquaspec Model 2-86100.
counter to^ Lavatory
Vitreous china, self-rimming-front overflow, supplied with template and color matched
sealant, equipped with faucet ledge.
American Standard Aqualyn Model # 0475.047
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 127 of 213
2.03 ELECTRIC HAND DRYER r
'.*up Hand Dwer
One-piece, minimum 118" (3mm) thick, grey iron-casting is finished in high-gloss, acid-
resistant, multicoat vitreous enamel. Equipped with a two-position, self-returning,
chrome-plated air-outlet nozzle. Graphic operating instructions are permanently fused
with vitreous enamel cover for maximum vandal- and wear-resistance. Air-inlet and -
outlet openings are equipped with vandal-resistant grilles. Cover is secured to mounting
base with two concealed, vandal-resistant, recessed hexscrews. Concealed air-intake
grilles and inaccessible heating element with no projecting nozzles or push buttons. No-
touch electronic operation; automatically turn off when hands are moved away. Even
drying temperature with large airflow output. Solid-state electronics; 1110" hp, 6200 rpm
universal motor and heating element is equipped with automatic thermal overload
switches; centrifugal fan delivers 150 cfm (UL and C-UL Listed).
Bobrick 8-700 Surface Mounted Hand Dryer
2.04 ADA COMPLIANT WALL MOUNTED URINALS
Urinals
Vitreous china, low consumption (3.8 Lpfl 1.0 gpf), flushing rim, siphon jet flush action,
314 " inlet spud, outlet connection threaded 2" inside (NPTF), wall hanger, meets ANSI
flush requirements of 0.7 to 1.0 GPF. Color ~hiteherican ~tandafd Allbrook 1.0
Model 6541 .I32 Top Spud
Flushometer
Exposed urinal flushometer for % inch top spud urinal. Low consumption (1.0 gpf I 3.8
Ipf), quiet, exposed, diaphragm type, chrome plated urinal flushometer with the following
features: Dual filtered bypass. Diaphragm, handle packing, stop seat and vacuum
breaker to be molded from Permex rubber compound for chloramines resistance.
ADA compliant metal oscillating non-hold-open handle with triple seal handle packing.
Valve Body, Cover, Tailpiece and Control Stop shall be in conformance with ASTM Alloy
Classification for Semi-Red Brass. Valve shall be in compliance to the applicable
sections of ASSE 1037, ANSIIASME I 12.1 9.6, and Military Specification V-29193.
Sloan Model 186.1
2.05 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER
Dispenser
316L 12-gauge stainless steel single wall construction. Smooth brushed #4 finish.
Smooth rounded flat bends. TIG welding. Exposed edges chamfered. Stainless steel
compartment for padlock. ADA compliant, exception free. Mounts directly to metal,
concrete, or heavy wood with anchor bolts. Accepts 10-inch and 14-inch jumbo rolls.
"Universal" Accepts ALL roll products from all sources.
Vandal Stop Products Model JRD *(No Substitutions)
NOTE TO CONTRACTOR 1 THESE PLUMBIG FIXTURES ARE STANDARD FIXTURES
FOR CITY OF CARLSBAD PARK RESTROOM FACILITIES AND ARE INDICATED AS
SUCH. NO EXCEPTIONS TO THESE FIXTURES WILL BE ACCEPTED.
SUBMITTING A BID INDICATES THAT THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO SUPPLY
THE INDICATED PLUMBING FIXTURES.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
Installation shall be in accordance with the UBC and manufacturer's written instructions.
@ Revised 11101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 128 of 213
APPENDIX C
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
BASIC SPECIFICATIONS
Coating and Painting
Part 1 General
1.01 Scope ................................................................................................................... 134
............................................................. 1.02 Reference Specifications and Standards 135
1.03 Painting Subcontractor ......................................................................................... 135
1.04 Shop Drawing Submittals ...................................................................................... 135
1.05 Quality Assurance ............................................................................................... 135 .......................................................................... 1.06 Safety and Health Requirements 136
1.07 Extra Stock ........................................................................................................... 137
Part 2 Products
................................................................................................................. 2.01 General 137
2.03 Service Condition A ............................................................................................. 138
2.12 Service Condition B ............................................................................................ 139-
2.13 Service Condition C .............................................................................................. 1394 .............................................................................................. 2.15 Service Condition D 140
2.17 Service Condition E ............................................................................................. 141
2.18 Service Condition F ......................................................................................... 141
2.21 Miscellaneous Coatings ........................................................................................ 141
Part 3 Execution
................................................................................................................. General
Surface Preparation. Ferrous Metal ......................................................................
Surface Preparation. Concrete and Masonry .......................................................
Surface Preparation. Wood and Composite Materials ..........................................
Coating and Painting Application. General ...........................................................
Shop Coating ........................................................................................................
Protective Coating and Painting Schedule ...........................................................
Color Scheme .......................................................................................................
................................................................................................................. Cleanup
Concrete Specifications
Part 1 General
1 . 01 General Requirements .........................................................................................
1.02 Reference Specifications, Codes and Standards .................................................
1.03 Contractor Submittals ...........................................................................................
1.04 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................
@ Revised I lM1106 Contract No . PKS 08-02 Page 129 of 21 3
Part 2 Products
Concrete Materials ...............................................................................................
Curing Materials ....................................................................................................
Expansion Joints ...................................................................................................
Joint Sealant .........................................................................................................
Concrete Bond Breaker ........................................................................................
Concrete Design Requirements ............................................................................ ........................................................................................................... Consistency
Ready-Mixed Concrete .........................................................................................
Part 3 Execution
Proportioning and Mixing .....................................................................................
Preparation of Surfaces for Concreting ................................................................
Handling. Transporting and Placing .....................................................................
Pumping of Concrete ............................................................................................
Order of Placing Concrete ....................................................................................
Tamping and Vibrating ..........................................................................................
Finishing Concrete Surfaces .................................................................................
Curing and Damproofing ....................................................................................... .............................................................................................................. Protection
Curing in Cold Weather ........................................................................................
Treatment of Surface Defects ...............................................................................
Care and Repair of Concrete ................................................................................
Concrete Formwork
Part 1 General
1 . 01 General Requirements .........................................................................................
1.02 Reference Specifications. Codes and Standards .................................................
I . 04 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................
Part 2 Products
................................................................................................................. 2.01 General
2.02 Forms and Falsework Materials ............................................................................
Part 3 Execution
................................................................................................................. 3.01 General
.......................................................................................................... 3.02 Form Design .......................................................................................................... 3.03 Construction
3.04 Reuse of Forms ....................................................................................................
3.05 Removal of Forms .................................................................................................
3.06 Maintenance of Forms ..........................................................................................
Revised 11MllO6 Contract No . PKS 08-02 Page 130of 213
Concrete Reinforcement
Part 1 General
1.01 General Requirements .........................................................................................
1.02 Reference Specifications. Codes and Standards .................................................
1.03 Contractor Submittals ...........................................................................................
Part 2 Products
2.01 Reinforcement Steel .............................................................................................
Part 3 Execution
................................................................................................................. 3.01 General
3.02 Placing ................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................... 3.03 Spacing of Bars .................................................................................................................. 3.04 Splicing
3.05 Cleaning and Protection ........................................................................................
Concrete Masonry
Part 1 General
1.01 General Requirements .........................................................................................
1.02 Reference Specifications. Codes and Standards .................................................
1.03 Quality Assurance .................................................................................................
1.04 Product Storage ....................................................................................................
Part 2 Products
................................................................................................................ Materials
Mortar & Grout ......................................................................................................
Part 3 Execution
....................................................................................................... Workmanship .......................................................................................... Protection of the Work
Masonry Units ....................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................... Joints ............................................................................................................ Reinforcing ................................................................................................................. Grouting
Cleaning and Protection .......................................................................................
Earthwork
................................................................................................................... Scope . .
Protection of Exrsttng Work ...................................................................................
Grade Control ........................................................................................................ .......................................................................................... Clearing and Grubbing
Field Compaction Tests ........................................................................................
Materials to be Excavated ..................................................................................... ............................................................................................................ Excavation
Fill and Backfill ......................................................................................................
Finish Grading .......................................................................................................
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No . PKS 08-02 Page 131 of 213
-~:%+ Part 1 General
Electrical
........................................................................................................... 1 . 01 Description
1.02 Reference Codes and Standards .........................................................................
............................................................................................................. 1.2 Submittals
1.3 Delivery Storage and Handling .............................................................................
........................................................................................................ 1.05 Public Utilities
Part 2 Products
................................................................................................................. General ............................................................................................................. Grounding
Pull Boxes .............................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................. Conduit
Conductors and Cable ..........................................................................................
Switches and Relays .............................................................................................
.......................................................................................................... Receptacles
Device Boxes. Junction Boxes. and Fittings .........................................................
Disconnect Switches .............................................................................................
Low-Voltage Cable Splices ...................................................................................
Miscellaneous Equipment and Material ................................................................
Part 3 Execution
3.01 General .................................................................................................................
3.02 Conduit Installation ...............................................................................................
3.03 Conductor and Cable Installation ..........................................................................
3.04 Installation of Boxes and Wiring Devices .............................................................
3.05 Transformer Installation ........................................................................................ .............................................................................................................. 3.06 Protection ........................................................................................................ 3.07 Workmanship
Structural Steel and Miscellaneous Metal Work
Part 1 General
1 . 01 General Requirements .........................................................................................
1.02 Quality Assurance ................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................. 1.03 Submittals
Part 2 Products
Part 3 Execution
........................................................................................................... 3.01 Fabrication ................................................................................................................. 3.02 Erection
a Revised 1 1101106 Contract No . PKS 08-02 Page 132 of 21 3
Basic Built Up Roofing Specifications
Part I General
1 . 01 Description of Work ..............................................................................................
Part 2 Products
Acceptable Manufacturers ....................................................................................
Sheet Materials .....................................................................................................
Bituminous Materials .............................................................................................
Cant Strips ............................................................................................................ .............................................................................................................. Fasteners
Pitch Pan Sealant .................................................................................................
Part 3 Execution
................................................................................................... Roof Preparation
Installation of Base Sheet .....................................................................................
Application of Ply Sheets ......................................................................................
Application of Flood Coat and Gravel ...................................................................
Flashing Installation ..............................................................................................
Safety Measures ...................................................................................................
@ Revised 1 IIOIMB Contract No . PKS 08-02 Page 133 of 21 3
BASIC COATING AND PAINTING SPECIFICATIONFOR FACILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 Scope
A. The work included in this section consists of furnishing all labor, materials,
apparatus, scaffolding and all appurtenant work in connection with coating and
painting, as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein.
6. In general, the following surfaces are to be coated or painted:
1. Exposed piping and other metal surfaces, interior and exterior.
2. All submerged and intermittently submerged metal surfaces, except
stainless steel.
3. All structural and miscellaneous steel, including tanks.
4. All exterior above ground concrete and masonry.
5. The interior of certain structures as specified in the Painting andlor
Coating Schedule.
6. Equipment furnished with and without factory finished surfaces.
7. Doors, frames, woodwork and architectural trim work.
C. The following surfaces shall not be coated or painted unless shown or specified
herein, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
1. Stainless steel.
2. Equipment nameplates, machined surfaces and grease fittings.
3. Non-ferrous and galvanized ferrous metal, including: (a) floor gratings,
plates and frames, (b) handrails, (c) stair treads, stringers and supports,
(d) ladders and supports, (e) chain link fencing and appurtenances, (f)
conduits.
D. In no case shall any concrete, wood, metal or any other surface requiring
protection be left uncoated or unpainted, even though not specifically defined
herein.
@ Revised 11101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 134 of 21 3
I .02 Reference Specifications and Standards 1
Without limiting the general aspects of other requirements of these specifications, all 4
surface preparation, coating and painting of surfaces shall conform to the applicable
requirements of the National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE), the Steel
Structures Painting Council (SSPC), the American Concrete Institute, the Forest
Products Research Society, and the manufacturer's printed recommendations.
In the event of a conflict between codes, reference standards, drawings, and these
specifications, the most stringent requirements shall govern. All conflicts shall be
brought to the attention of the Owner for clarification and direction prior to ordering or
providing any materials or labor.
1.03 Painting Subcontractor
Where protective coatings are to be performed by a subcontractor, said subcontractor
must possess a valid state license as required for performance of the painting and
coating work called for in this specification and shall have a minimum of five years
practical experience and successful history in the application of specified products to
surfaces and facilities of water and wastewater treatment facilities. Upon request, he
shall substantiate this requirement by furnishing a list of references.
1.04 Shop Drawing Submittals
For each coating system to be used, the Contractor shall submit for Owner's review and
approval the following data:
1. Paint manufacturer's data sheet for each product used, including statements on
the suitability of the material for the intended use. 3
2. Paint manufacturer's instructions and recommendations on surface preparation
and application.
3. Samples of colors and finishes available for each product. Where custom mixed
colors are specified (e.g. to match colors of existing coated surfaces), the
submitted color samples shall be made using color formulations prepared to
match the color samples furnished or specified by the Owner. The color formula
shall be provided with each color sample.
4. Compatibility of shop and field applied coatings (where applicable).
5. Material safety data sheet for each product used.
1.05 Quality Assurance
A. Coatinq and Paintinq A~~lication
No coating or paint shall be applied: when the surrounding air temperature or the
temperature of the surface to be coated or painted is below 40°F (4.4"C); to wet
or damp surfaces or in rain, snow, fog, or mist; when the temperature is less than
5°F (2.8"C) above the dew point; when it is expected the air temperature will drop
below 40°F (4.4"C) or less than 5°F (2.8"C) above the dew point within 8 hours
after application of coating or paint. Dewpoint shall be measured by use of an
instrument such as a Sling Psychrometer in conjunction with U.S. Department of
Commerce Weather Bureau Psychrometric Tables. -
@ Revised 1 IIOIMB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 135 of 213
If above conditions are prevalent, coating or painting shall be delayed or
postponed until conditions are favorable. The day's coating or painting shall be
completed in time to permit the film sufficient drying time prior to damage by
atmospheric conditions.
6. Inspection
Concrete, non-ferrous metal, plastic and wood surfaces shall be visually
inspected to insure proper and complete coverage has been attained.
A destructive testing instrument, such as a Tooke Gage, shall be used if deemed
necessary. Thickness of coatings and paint on ferrous metal surfaces shall be
checked with a non-destructive, magnetic type dry film thickness gauge.
Coating integrity of Systems A and C surfaces shall be tested with an approved
inspection device. Holiday detectors shall not exceed the voltage recommended
by the manufacturer of the coating system. For film thicknesses between 10 and
20 mils (0.25 mm and 0.50 mm) a non-sudsing type wetting agent such as Kodak
Photo-Flo, shall be added to the water prior to wetting the detector sponge. All
pinholes shall be marked, repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's printed
recommendations and retested. No pinholes or other irregularities will be
permitted in the final coating.
In cases of dispute concerning film thickness or "holidays", the Owner's calibrated
instruments and measurements shall predominate. Wide film thickness
discrepancies shall be measured and verified with a micrometer or other
approved measuring instrument.
Contractor shall give the Owner a minimum of 3 working days advance notice of
the start of any field surface preparation work or coating application work, and a
minimum of 7 working days advance notice of the start of any shop surface
preparation work or coating application work.
C. Warranty Inspection
Warranty inspection shall be conducted during the eleventh month of the
Contract warranty period. The Contractor and a representative of the coating
material manufacturer shall attend this inspection. All defective work shall be
repaired in accordance with this specification and to the satisfaction of the Owner.
I .06 Safety and Health Requirements
A. General
Surface preparation and application of coatings shall be performed by the
Contractor in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local occupational
safety, health, and air pollution control regulations. The Contractor shall obtain
and comply with all safety precautions recommended by the paint manufacturer in
printed instructions or special bulletins. The Contractor shall provide and require
use of personnel protective lifesaving equipment for persons working in or about
the project site.
Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 136 of 21 3
B. Head and Face Protection and Respiratorv Devices .L(I"*I2
Equipment shall include protective eye protection, hearing protection and d
respiratory protection, which shall be worn by all persons while in the vicinity of
the work. In addition, workers engaged in or near the work during sandblasting
shall wear eye and face protection devices and air-purifying, half-mask or
mouthpiece respirator with appropriate filter.
C. Sound Levels
Whenever the occupational noise exposure exceeds the maximum allowable
sound levels, the Contractor shall provide and require the use of approved ear
protective devices.
D. Illumination
Adequate illumination shall be provided while work is in progress, including
explosion-proof lights and electrical equipment. Whenever required by the
Owner, the Contractor shall provide additional lighting and necessary supports to
illuminate all areas to be inspected. The Owner shall determine the level of
illumination for inspection purposes.
E. Temporarv Ladders and Scaffoldinq
All temporary ladders and scaffolding shall conform to applicable safety
requirements. They shall be erected where requested by the Owner to facilitate
inspection and be moved by the Contractor to locations requested by the Owner.
1.07 Extra Stock
Upon completion of all coating and painting work, Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a
minimum of two 1 gallon cans of each type and color of finish paint and coating used on
the project and two 1 gallon cans of each primer. Each container shall be unopened and
properly labeled for identification and have a manufacture date within two months of the
date of delivery to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 General
A. Products specified are that which have been evaluated for the specific service
and are listed to establish a standard of quality. Requests for product substitution
are subject to the requirements of section "Contractor Submittals Technical
Specifications".
B. All materials shall be brought to job site in original sealed containers. Contractor
shall provide coating material name, formula or specification number, batch
number, color and date of manufacture to the Owner. Coating materials shall not
be used until the Owner has inspected contents and checked information on
containers or label. Materials exceeding storage life recommended by the
manufacturer shall be rejected. 1 4
a Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 137 of 21 3
C. All coatings and paints shall be stored in enclosed structures to protect them from
weather and excessive heat or cold. Flammable coatings or paints must be
stored to conform with city, county, state, and federal safety codes for flammable
coating or paint materials. Water based coatings or paints shall be protected
from freezing.
D. Contractor shall use products of same manufacturer for all coating systems
unless approved in writing by the Owner.
E. It is the intent of this specification that all coatings used meet local, state, and
federal air pollution control regulations. These regulations change frequently. If a
listed coating does not meet local, state, and federal air pollution control
regulations at the time the work is actually performed, the Contractor shall provide
the manufacturer's compliant, recommended substitute coating at no additional
cost to the Owner.
Service Condition A
Ferrous metals not subject to corrosive moisture or atmosphere and condensation;
normal indoor or outdoor exposure such as metal doors, other architectural items; piping,
valves, and pumps indoors, etc. shall receive the following surface preparation and
coating:
A. Surface Preparation
All surfaces shall be field sandblasted in conformance with SSPC-SP6 and NACE
No. 3 (Commercial Blast Cleaning).
B. Application
Application shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
The minimum and maximum times required between coats shall be per the
manufacturer's product data sheet. Written requests for shop surface preparation
and application of the prime coat shall be reviewed and approved by Owner on a
case-by-case basis. If approved by Owner, shop applied prime coat surface shall
be scarified by brush-blasting prior to application of finish coat.
C. Coatinn Svstem
Except as otherwise noted, the prime coat shall have a MDFT of 4.0 mils. The
finish coat (one or more) shall have a MDFT of 3.0 mils. The total dry film thick-
ness of the complete system shall be 7.0 mils, minimum.
Carboline
IKop-Coat System Primer - Carboline 893
Finish - Carbothane Dl34 HS
Ameron System Primer - Amercoat 385
Finish - Amercoat 450 HS
Tnemec System Primer - Series 69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II
Finish - Series 74 Endurashield
Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 138 of 21 3
Service Condition B
Interior and exterior concrete surfaces exposed to view, not subject to immersion and not d
subject to pedestrian traffic, and concrete block and masonry without integral color or
architectural treatment, shall receive the following surface preparation and coating:
A. Surface Preparation
All surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned by sandblasting or other approved
methods, removing all traces of previous materials. Remove all loose concrete,
mortar splatter and protrusions by chipping, etc. to leave only sound firmly
bonded concrete, concrete block, or masonry. All cracks and voids shall be filled
with an approved concrete and masonry atching compound. Final surface shall
be smooth and free of voids, cavities, ~rt, dust, oils, grease, laitance or other
contaminants.
d!
Application shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. A
minimum of 12 hours is required before additional coats may be applied to the
prime coat and two hours for the finish coats.
C. Coatinq Svstem
Prime coat shall be applied at a rate of 75-100 square feet per gallon. A
minimum of two finish coats shall be applied at a coverage rate not to exceed 150
square feet per gallon per coat.
Primer
Behrl
Water-Based Primer & Sealer No. 436
lnterior Finish
Behrl
Masonry, Stucco & Brick Paint Satin
Exterior Finish
Behrl
Masonry, Stucco & Brick Paint Flat
Color 1 Spanish Tan
("No Substitutions)
Service Condition C
Concrete floors subject to corrosive moisture and pedestrian traffic where specified shall
receive the following surface preparation and coating:
A. Surface Pre~aration
All surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned by sandblasting or other approved
methods; removing all traces of previous materials. Remove all loose concrete
b chipping, etc. to leave only sound firmly bonded concrete. Cracks and voids
s K all be repaired or filled with the specified filler and surfacer. Final surfaces
shall be smooth and free of voids, cavities, dirt, dust, oils, grease laitance or other
contaminants.
0 Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 139 of 21 3
Application shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendation.
C. Coating Svstem
Decorative quartz epoxy flooring shall be Dex-0-Tex Decor-Flor as manufactured
by Crossfield Products Corp., Rancho Dominguez, California; Roselle Park, New
Jersey and Burr Ridge, Illinois. *(No Substitutes). Color to be selected by Owner.
2.15 Service Condition D
lnterior and exterior architectural woodwork shall receive the following surface
preparation and coating:
A. Surface Preparation
Sand new and bare wood to remove any surface contamination and surface cells.
For previously coated surfaces sand loose paint to a tight, adherent surface.
Cracks, nail holes, and other defects shall be filled with putty or plastic wood after
priming. All knots shall be sealed with an approved knot sealer. Prior to coating,
all surfaces shall have a moisture content below level recommended by coating
manufacturer and shall be thoroughly cleaned and free of all foreign matter.
Application shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
C. Coating Svstem
Prime coat shall be applied at a coverage rate not to exceed 280 square feet per
gallon. The finish coat shall be applied at a coverage rate not to exceed 280
square feet per gallon.
Primer
Behrl
Water-Based Primer & Sealer No. 436
Interior Finish
Behrl
Masonry, Stucco & Brick Paint Satin
Exterior Finish
Behrl
~asonr~, Stucco & Brick Paint Flat
Color I Spanish Tan
(*No Substitutions)
@ Revised I IMIMB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 140 of 213
2.17 Service Condition E
Manufactured items furnished with shop-applied coat of primer requiring field touch-up or
with a shop-applied primer which is not compatible with the required coating system shall
receive the following surface preparation and coating system:
A. Surface Preparation
All surfaces shall be cleaned in conformance with Steel Structures Painting
Council Specification SSPC-SP2 (Hand Tool Cleaning), including hand sanding
and feathering of damaged areas. If determined by the Owner that damage is too
extensive for touch-up, item shall be re-cleaned and coated or painted as directed
by Owner.
B. Coating System
Prime and finish coats shall be the system recommended for the specific Service
Condition. Prime coat shall be compatible with the required system. If not (as
determined by the Owner) the prime coat shall either be removed by sandblasting
or coated with a suitable primer which is compatible with the shop primer utilized
and the coating system required. Costs incurred for repair or replacement of
shop-applied primers shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2.18 Service Condition F
Manufactured items furnished with shop-applied primer and finish coats requiring field
touch-up shall receive the following surface preparation and coating system:
A. Surface Preparation
All surfaces shall be cleaned in conformance with Steel Structures Painting
Council Specification SSPC-SP2 (Hand Tool Cleaning), including hand sanding
and feathering of damaged areas. If determined by the Owner that damage is too
extensive for touch-up, item shall be re-cleaned and coated or painted as directed
by Owner.
B. Coatinn System
Prime and finish coats shall be the system recommended for the specific Service
Condition. Costs incurred for repair or replacement of shop-applied coatings or
finishes shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
2.21 Miscellaneous Coatings
A. Aluminum Metal Isolation
All aluminum bearing on, or embedded in, concrete shall be coated with a wash
primer (0.5 mils) followed by one coat (8 mils) of heavy bodied bituminous paint,
Kop-Coat Bitumastic Super Service Black or Tnemec 46-465.
@ Revised 1 IIOIIOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 141 of 213
b PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 General
A. All surface preparation, coating and painting shall conform to applicable
standards of the National Association of Corrosion Engineers, the Steel
Structures Painting Council, the American Concrete Institute, the Forest Products
Research Society, and the Manufacturer's printed instructions. Material applied
prior to approval of surface preparation by the Owner shall be removed and
reapplied to the satisfaction of the Owner at the expense of the Contractor.
B. All work shall be performed by skilled craftsmen qualified to perform the required
work in a manner comparable with the best standards of practice. Continuity of
personnel shall be maintained and transfers of key personnel shall be
coordinated with the Owner.
C. Unless otherwise specified, dust, dirt, oil, grease or any foreign matter that will
affect the adhesion or durability of the finish must be removed by washing with
clean rags dipped in an approved cleaning solvent and wiped dry with clean rags.
Coating and painting systems include surface preparations, prime coatings and
finish coatings. Surface preparation for a specific Service Condition shall be as
specified for that coating or painting system. Unless otherwise specified, prime
coatings shall be field applied. Where prime coatings are shop applied, they shall
be thoroughly cleaned and touched up in the field as specified. If shop coatings
are deficient or damaged too extensively for adequate repair, they shall be
removed and coated and painted as directed by the Owner. Contractor shall
instruct suppliers to provide prime coats compatible with the finish coats
specified. Any off site work which does not conform to this specification is subject
to rejection by the Owner.
E. The Contractor's coating and painting equipment shall be designed for application
of materials specified and shall be maintained in first class working condition.
Compressors shall have suitable traps and filters to remove water and oils from
the air. Contractor's equipment shall be subject to approval by the Owner.
3.02 Surface Preparation, Ferrous Metal
A. General
The latest revision of the following surface preparation specifications of the Steel
Structures Painting Council and the National Association of Corrosion Engineers
shall form a part of this specification:
1. Solvent Cleaninn (SSPC-SPI). Removal of oil, grease, soil and other
contaminants by use of solvents, emulsions, cleaning compounds, steam
cleaning or similar materials and methods which involve a solvent or
cleaning action.
Revised I lMl/O6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 142 of 21 3
2. Hand Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP2). Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale
and other detrimental foreign matter to degree specified by hand chipping. 3 scraping, sanding and wire brushing.
3. Power Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP3). Removal of loose rust, loose mill
scale and other detrimental foreign matter to degree specified by power
wire brushing, power impact tools or power sanders.
4. White Metal Blast Cleanincl (SSPC-SP5). Blast cleaning to a gray-white
uniform metallic color until each element of surface area is free of all
visible residues.
5. Commercial Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP6 and NACE No. 3). Blast cleaning
until at least two-thirds of each element of surface area is free of all visible
residues.
6. Brush-Off Blast Cleanina (SSPC-SP7 and NACE No. 4). Blast cleaning to
remove loose rust, loose mill scale and other detrimental foreign matter to
degree specified.
7. Near White Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP10 and NACE No. 2). Blast
cleaning to nearly white metal cleanliness, until at least 95% of each
element of surface area is free of all visible residues.
B. Slag and weld metal accumulation and spatters not removed by the fabricator,
erector, or installer shall be removed by chipping and grinding. All rough welds
shall be ground smooth and sharp edges shall be ground to approximately 118"
radius.
C. Field blast cleaning for all surfaces shall be dry sandblasting unless otherwise
directed.
D. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable local, state, and federal, air
pollution control regulations for blast cleaning.
E. All oil, grease, welding fluxes and other surface contaminants shall be removed
by solvent cleaning per SSPC-SP1 prior to blast cleaning.
F. Maximum particle size of abrasives used in blast cleaning shall be that which will
produce a surface profile in accordance with these specifications and the
recommendations of the manufacturer of the specified coating system to be
applied.
G. Sand used in blast cleaning operations shall be washed, graded and free of
contaminants that would interfere with adhesion of coating or paint and shall not
be reused.
H. Shop applied temporary coatings or shop applied coatings of unknown
composition shall be completely removed before the specified coatings are
applied.
Revised 1 1101/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 143 of 21 3
I. During blast cleaning operations, caution shall be exercised to insure that existing
coatings or paint are not exposed to abrasion from blast-cleaning.
J. The Contractor shall keep the area of his work in a clean condition and shall not
permit blasting materials to accumulate as to constitute a nuisance or hazard to
the prosecution of the work or the operation of the existing facilities.
K. Surfaces shall be cleaned of all dust and residual particles of the cleaning
operation by dry air blast cleaning, vacuuming or another approved method prior
to application of specified coatings or paint. No coatings or paint shall be applied
over damp or moist surfaces.
L. All welds shall be neutralized with a suitable chemical compatible with the
specified coating materials.
3.05 Surface Preparation, Concrete and Masonry
A. Surface preparation shall not begin until at least 30 days after the concrete or
masonry has been placed.
B. All oil, grease, and form release and curing compounds shall be removed by
detergent cleaning per SSPC-SP1 before abrasive blast cleaning.
C. Concrete and masonry surfaces and deteriorated concrete surfaces to be coated
shall be abrasive blast cleaned to remove existing coatings, laitance, deteriorated
concrete, and to roughen the surface. The abrasive used should be dry and
clean with the maximum particle size that will pass through a 16 mesh screen.
Cracks and voids shall be repaired or filled with the specified filler and surfacer.
Final surface shall be sound, firmly bonded, smooth and free of voids, cavities,
dirt, dust, oils, grease, laitance, or other contaminants.
D. Residual abrasive, dust and loose particles shall be removed from the surface by
vacuuming or blowing off with dry high-pressure air.
E. Unless required for proper adhesion, surfaces shall be dry prior to coating. The
presence of moisture shall be determined with an approved moisture detection
device.
3.06 Surface Preparation, Wood and Composition Materials
All surfaces shall be cleaned of dirt, oil, or other foreign substances with mineral spirits,
scrapers, sandpaper, or wire brushes. Finished surfaces exposed to view shall, if
necessary, be made smooth by planing or sandpapering. Small, dry, seasoned knots
shall be surface scraped, sandpapered, and thoroughly cleaned, and shall be given a
thin coat of WP-578 Western Pine Association knot sealer before application of the
priming coat. Large, open unseasoned knots, and all beads or streaks of pitch shall be
scraped off, or if the pitch is still soft, it shall be removed with mineral spirits or turpentine
and the resinous area shall be thinly coated with knot sealer. After priming, all holes and
imperfections shall be filled with putty or plastic wood (colored to match the finish coat),
allowed to dry, and sandpapered smooth. Existing surfaces shall be cleaned of all loose
or flaking paint and sandpapered to a tight, adherent surface.
Revised 1 I101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 144 of 21 3
3.07 Coating and Painting Application, General
A. Coating and painting application shall conform to the requirements of the Steel
Structures Painting Council Paint Application Specifications SSPC-PA1 , latest
revision, for "Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting", and recommended
practices of the National Association of Corrosion Engineers, the American
Concrete Institute, the Forest Products Research Society and the Manufacturer of
the coating and paint materials.
B. Application of the first coat shall follow immediately after surface preparation and
cleaning and within an eight hour working day. Any cleaned areas not receiving
first coat within an eight hour period shall be recleaned prior to application of first
coat. Cleaned surfaces and all coats of the specified system shall be inspected
prior to application of each succeeding coat. Contractor shall schedule such
inspection with Owner in advance.
C. Prior to assembly, all surfaces made inaccessible after assembly, shall be
prepared as specified herein and shall receive the coating or painting system
specified.
D. Thinning shall be permitted only as recommended by the Manufacturer and
approved by the Owner.
E. Coating materials shall be protected from exposure to cold weather, and shall be
thoroughly stirred, strained, and kept at a uniform consistency during application.
F. Each application of coating or paint shall be applied evenly, free of brush marks,
sags, runs, and variations in color, texture and finish, with no evidence of poor
workmanship. Care shall be exercised to avoid lapping on glass or hardware.
Coatings and paints shall be sharply cut to lines. Finished surfaces shall be free
from defects or blemishes.
G. Protective coverings or drop cloths shall be used to protect floors, fixtures and
equipment. The working parts of all mechanical and electrical equipment shall be
protected from damage during surface preparation and coating operations.
Openings in motors shall be masked to prevent entry of coating or other
materials. Care shall be exercised to prevent coatings or paints from being
spattered onto surfaces which are not to be coated or painted. Spray painting
shall be conducted under carefully controlled conditions. The Contractor shall be
fully responsible for and shall promptly repair any and all damage to adjacent
facilities or adjoining property occurring from blast cleaning or coating operations.
H. When two or more coats of coating or paint are specified, each coat shall be of a
slightly different shade to facilitate inspection of surface coverage of each coat.
I. Specified film thicknesses per coat for the Service Conditions are minimum
required. Contractor shall apply additional coats as necessary to achieve the
specified thickness.
J. All material shall be applied as specified.
@ Revised I lIOlM6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 145 of 21 3
3.08 Shop
A.
All welds and irregular surfaces shall receive a brush coat of the specified product
prior to application of the first complete coat.
Cleaning and coating shall be coordinated so that dust and other contaminants
from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly-coated surfaces.
Drying time between coats and surface curing shall be as recommended by the
coating manufacturer depending upon field conditions of temperature and
humidity. Times shall be submitted with the shop drawings based on 70°F and
relative humidity of 50%.
In the case of enclosed areas, the forced air ventilation system shall operate
continuously to provide air circulation and exhausting of solvent vapors.
Coating
All items of equipment, or parts of equipment which are not submerged in service,
shall be shop primed and then finish coated in the field, after installation, with the
specified or approved color. The methods, materials, application equipment and
all other details of shop painting shall comply with these specifications. If the
shop primer requires top coating within a specified period of time, the equipment
shall be finish coated in the shop and then touch-up painted after installation.
All items of equipment, or parts and surfaces of equipment which are submerged
or inside an enclosed hydraulic structure when in service, with the exception of
pumps and valves, shall have all surface preparation and coating work performed
in the field.
For certain pieces of equipment it may be undesirable or impractical to apply
finish coatings in the field. Such equipment may include engine generator sets,
equipment such as electrical control panels, switchgear or main control boards,
submerged parts of pumps, ferrous metal passages in valves, or other items
where it is not possible to obtain the specified quality in the field. Such equipment
shall be shop primed and finish coated and touched up in the field with the
identical material after installation. The Contractor shall require the manufacturer
of each such piece of equipment to certify as part of its shop drawings that the
surface preparation is in accordance with these specifications. Copies of
applicable coating manufacturer's material data sheets shall be submitted with
equipment shop drawings.
For certain small pieces of equipment the manufacturer may have a standard
coating system which is suitable for the intended service conditions. In such
cases, the final determination of suitability will be made during review of the shop
drawing submittals. Equipment of this type generally includes only indoor
equipment such as instruments, small compressors, and chemical metering
pumps.
Shop painted surfaces shall be protected during shipment and handling. Primed
surfaces shall not be exposed to the weather for more than 6 months before
topcoated, or less time if recommended by the coating manufacturer.
Q Revised I l,OllO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 146 of 213
F. Damage to shop-applied coatings shall be repaired in accordance with these
specifications and the coating manufacturer's printed instructions.
G. The Contractor shall make certain that the shop primers and field topcoats are
compatible and meet the requirements of these specifications.
3.09 Protective Coating and Painting Schedule
The protective coating and painting schedule provided herein shall indicate the coating
system to be used. The schedule shall not be construed as a complete list of all
surfaces to be coated but rather as a guide as to the application of the various coating
systems. All surfaces shall be coated and painted except those specifically excluded
herein or on the drawings.
3.10 Color Scheme
All colors and shades of colors of all coats of paint and protective coating material shall
be as selected by the Owner. The Contractor shall submit two copies of the current chart
of the manufacturer's available colors to the Owner at least forty-five days prior to the
start of coating and painting operations. One copy shall be retained by the Owner and on
copy will be returned to the Contractor.
3.11 Cleanup
Upon completion of the work, all staging, scaffolding, and containers shall be removed
from the site or destroyed in a manner approved the Owner. Coating or paint spots and
oil or stains upon adjacent surfaces shall be removed and the job site cleaned. All
damage to surfaces resulting from the work of these specifications shall be cleaned,
repaired or refinished to the satisfaction of the Owner and at no additional cost to the
Owner.
END OF SECTION.
Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 147 of 21 3
BASIC CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS
w*
PART I - GENERAL
1 .O1 General Requirements
A. Contractor shall furnish all materials for concrete in accordance with the
provisions of this Section and shall form, mix, place, cure, repair, finish, and do all
other work as required to produce finished concrete, all in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. All cast-in-place concrete falls into one of the following categories and shall
comply with all requirements of this basic specification.
1. Structural Concrete (or Class "A" Concrete). Concrete to be used in all
cases except where noted otherwise in the Contract Documents.
2. Sitework Concrete (or Class "B Concrete). Concrete to be used for
curbs, gutters, catch basins, sidewalks, pavements, fence and guard post
embedment, underground duct bank encasement and all other concrete
appurtenant to electrical facilities unless otherwise shown.
1.02 Reference Specifications, Codes, and Standards
A. Specifications
Items specified elsewhere in these Contract Documents:
Concrete Formwork - See Basic Concrete Formwork S~ecification.
Concrete Reinforcement - See Basic Concrete Reinforcement S~ecification.
B. Codes
The Building Code, as referenced herein, shall be the Uniform Building Code
(UBC), of the International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO), latest edition.
C. Commercial Standards
Where not covered in this specification, all work shall comply with the following
standards, latest editions:
ACI 214 Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete
ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings
ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement
ACI 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork
ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
ASTM C 494 Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
@ Revised I I /OllO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 148 of 213
1.03 Contractor Submittals
A. Mix Desiqns
Prior to beginning the work, Contractor shall submit to Engineer, for review,
preliminary concrete mix designs which shall show the proportions and gradations
of all materials proposed for each class and type of concrete to be used on the
job. The mix designs shall be designed by an independent testing laboratory
acceptable to Engineer. All costs related to such mix design shall be borne by
the Contractor.
B. Certified Deliverv Tickets
Where ready-mix concrete is used, Contractor shall provide certified delivery
tickets at the time of delivery of each load of concrete. Each certificate shall show
the total quantities (by weight) of cement, sand, each class of aggregate, and
admixtures, and the amounts of water (by gallons) in the aggregate and added at
the batching plant as well as the amount of water allowed to be added at the site
for the specific design mix. Each certificate shall, in addition, state the mix
number, total yield in cubic yards, and the time of day, to the nearest minute,
corresponding to when the batch was dispatched, when it left the plant, when it
arrived at the job, the time that unloading began, and the time that unloading was
finished.
1.04 Quality Assurance
A. Tests on component materials and for compressive strength of concrete will be
performed as specified herein. Test for determining slump will be in accordance
with the requirements of ASTM C 143.
8. The cost of all laboratory tests on concrete will be borne by the Owner. However,
Contractor shall be charged for the cost of any additional tests and investigation
on work performed which fails to meet specification.
C. Concrete for testing shall be supplied by Contractor at no cost to the Owner, and
Contractor shall provide assistance to the Engineer in obtaining samples, and
disposal and cleanup of excess material.
D. Field Com~ression Tests
1. Compression test specimens will be taken during construction from the
first placement of each class of concrete specified herein and at intervals
thereafter as selected by the Engineer to insure continued compliance
with these specifications. Each set of test specimens will be a minimum
of 4 cylinders.
2. Compression test specimens for concrete shall be made in accordance
with ASTM C 31. Specimens shall be 6 inch diameter by 12 inch high
cylinders.
@ Revised 1 1,01106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 149 of 213
3. Compression tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 39.
One test cylinder will be tested at 7 days and 2 at 28 days.
The remaining cylinder will be held to verify test results, if needed.
E. Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete
1. Evaluation and acceptance of the compressive strength of concrete shall
be according to the requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 4 "Concrete
Quality", and as specified herein.
2. If any concrete fails to meet these requirements, immediate corrective
action shall be taken to increase the compressive strength for all
subsequent batches of the type of concrete affected.
3. All concrete which fails to meet the ACI requirements and these
specifications is subject to removal and replacement at the cost of the
Contractor.
F. Construction Tolerances
Contractor shall set and maintain concrete forms and perform finishing operations
so as to insure that the completed work is within the tolerances specified herein.
Surface defects and irregularities are defined as finishes and are to be
distinguished from tolerances. Tolerance is the specified permissible variation
from lines, grades, or dimensions shown. Where tolerances are not stated in the
specifications, permissible deviations will be in accordance with ACI 347.
G. The following construction tolerances are hereby established and apply to
finished walls and slab unless otherwise shown:
Item - Tolerance
Variation of the constructed linear outline In 10 feet: 114 inch; from the established position in plan In 20 feet or more: 112 inch
Variation from the level or from the grades shown In 10 feet: 118 inch; In 20 feet or more: 114 inch
Variation from the plumb In 10 feet: 118 inch; In 20 feet or more: 114 inch
Variation in the thickness of slabs and walls Minus 114 inch; Plus 112 inch
Variation in the locations and sizes of slab Plus or minus 114 inch and wall openings
Regardless of the tolerances listed herein, it shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to limit deviations in line and grade to tolerances which will permit
proper installation and operation of mechanical equipment and piping.
Q Revised 1 lm.tma Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 150 of 21 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Concrete Materials
A. Materials shall be delivered, stored, and handled so as to prevent damage by
water or breakage. Only one brand of cement shall be used. Cement reclaimed
from cleaning bags or leaking containers shall not be used. All cement shall be
used in the sequence of receipt of shipments.
B. All materials furnished for the work shall comply with the requirements of Sections
201,203, and 204 of ACI 301, as applicable.
C. Storage of materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 205 of ACI 301.
D. Materials for concrete shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Cement shall be standard brand portland cement conforming to ASTM C
150 for Type II or Type V. Portland cement shall contain not more than
0.60 percent alkalies. A single brand of cement shall be used throughout
the work, and prior to its use, the brand shall be acceptable to the
Engineer. The cement shall be suitably protected from exposure to
moisture until used. Cement that has become lumpy shall not be used.
Stacked cement shall be stored in such a manner so as to permit access
for inspection and sampling. Certified mill test reports for each shipment
of cement to be used shall be submitted to the Engineer if requested
regarding compliance with these specifications.
2. Water shall be potable, clean, and free from objectionable quantities of
silty organic matter, alkali, salts and other impurities. The water shall be
considered potable, for the purposes of this section only, if it meets the
requirements of the local governmental agencies. Agricultural water with
high total dissolved solids (over 1000 mgll TDS) shall not be used.
3. Aqqreaates shall be obtained from pits acceptable to the Engineer, shall
be non-reactive, and shall conform to ASTM C 33. Maximum size of
coarse aggregate shall be as specified in Paragraph 2.07B. Lightweight
sand for fine aggregate will not be permitted.
a. Coarse aggregates shall consist of clean, hard, durable gravel,
crushed gravel, crushed rock or a combination thereof. The
coarse aggregates shall be prepared and handled in two or more
size groups for combined aggregates with a maximum size greater
than 314 inch. When the aggregates are proportioned for each
batch of concrete the two size groups shall be combined. ,
b. Fine aggregates shall be natural sand or a combination of natural
and manufactured sand that are hard and durable.
@ Revised I 1 MI 106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 151 of 213
c. Combined aggregates shall be well graded from coarse to fine
sizes, and shall be uniformly graded between screen sizes to
produce a concrete that has optimum workability and consolidation
characteristics. Where a trial batch is required for a mix design,
the final combined aggregate gradations will be established during
the trial batch process.
4. Readv-mix concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94.
5. Air-entrainins anent meeting the requirements of ASTM C 260, shall be
used. Sufficient air-entraining agent shall be used to provide a total air
content of 4 to 6 percent; provided that, when the mean daily temperature
in the vicinity of the worksite falls below 40 degrees F for more than one
day, the total air content provided shall be 5 to 7 percent. The Owner
reserves the right, at any time, to sample and test the air-entraining agent
received on the job by the Contractor. The air-entraining agent shall be
added to the batch in a portion of the mixing water. The solution shall be
batched by means of a mechanical batcher capable of accurate
measurement.
6. Admixtures. Admixtures shall be required as stated herein and at the
Engineer's discretion or, if not required, may be added at the Contractor's
option to control the set, effect water reduction, and increase workability.
In either case, the addition of an admixture shall be at the Contractor's
expense. The use of an admixture shall be subject to acceptance by the
Engineer. Concrete containing an admixture shall be first placed at a
location determined by the Engineer. If the use of an admixture is
producing an inferior end result, Contractor shall discontinue use of the
admixture. Admixtures specified herein shall conform to the requirements
of ASTM C 494. The required quantity of cement shall be used in the mix
regardless of whether or not an admixture is used. Admixtures shall
contain no free chloride ions, be non-toxic after 30 days, and shall be
compatible with and made by the same manufacturer as the air entraining
admixture.
a. Low ranae water reducer shall be used in all structural and
sitework concrete and shall conform to ASTM C 494, Type A. It
shall be either a hydroxylated carboxylic acid type or a
hydroxylated polymer type. The quantity of admixture used and
the method of mixing shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
b. Set controllinn admixture shall be either with or without water-
reducing properties. Where the air temperature at the time of
placement is expected to be consistently over 80 degrees F, a set
retarding admixture such as Sika Chemical Comoration's
Plastiment, Master Builder's Pozzolith 300R, or eaual shall be
used. Where the air temperature at the time of placement is
expected to be consistently under 40 degrees F, a set accelerating
admixture such as Sika Chemical Cor~oration's Plastocrete
161 FL, Master Builder's Pozzolith 50C, or eaual shall be used.
@ Revised 1 1/01106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 152 of 213
c. High ranne water reducer may be used if approved by Engineer. If
allowed it shall be sulfonated polymer conforming to ASTM C 494, J Type F or G.
High range water reducing agent shall only be added to the
concrete at the batch plant. It shall be second generation type,
Daracem 100, as manufactured bv W.R. Grace & Co.; Rhedbuild
1000. as manufactured bv Masterbuilders; or eaual. High range
water reducer shall be added to the concrete after all other
ingredients have been mixed and initial slump has been verified.
Concrete shall be mixed at mixing speed for a minimum of 30
mixer revolutions after the addition of the high range water
reducer.
7. Calcium Chloride shall not be added to or used in concrete.
2.02 Curing Materials
Materials for curing concrete shall conform to the following requirements:
A. Concrete curinn com~ound shall be Masterkure manufactured bv Masterbuilders,
Cleveland, OH, or aDDr0ved equal. The curing compound shall contain a fugitive
dye so that areas of application will be readily distinguishable.
B. Polvethvlene sheet for use as concrete curing blanket shall be white, and shall
have a nominal thickness of 6 mils. The loss of moisture when determined in
accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 156 shall not exceed 0.055 grams
per square centimeter of surface.
C. Polvethvlene-coated waterwoof Daper sheetinq for use as concrete curing '
blanket shall consist of white polyethylene sheeting free of visible defects, uniform
in appearance, having a nominal thickness of 2 mils and permanently bonded to
waterproof paper conforming to the requirements of Federal Specification UU-B-
790A (Int. Amd. 1). The loss of moisture, when determined in accordance with
the requirements of ASTM C 156, shall not exceed 0.055 gram per square
centimeter of surface.
D. Polvethvlene-coated burlap for use as concrete curing blanket shall be 4 mil thick,
white opaque polyethylene film impregnated or extruded into one side of the
burlap. Burlap shall weigh not less than 9 ounces per square yard. The loss of
moisture, when determined in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 156,
shall not exceed 0.055 grams per square centimeter of surface.
F. Evaporation retardant shall be a material such as Confilm as manufactured by
Masterbuilders. Cleveland, OH; or eaual.
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 153 of 21 3
2.04 Expansion Joints
A. Contractor shall provide expansion joints where indicated on Construction
Drawings. Expansion joints shall consist of joint filler material and joint sealant.
Filler material shall be held down 112 inch for sealant unless otherwise shown.
B. Expansion joint filler material shall be preformed sponge neoprene or cork
conforming to ASTM D 1752. Filler material containing asphalt shall not be used.
2.05 Joint Sealant
A. Joint sealant for use in construction, control, and expansion joints shall be select
seal U-227 reservoir grade as supplied by Select Products Co., or approved
equal.
Joint primer shall be as produced andlor recommended by sealant manufacturer.
B. Contractor shall clean all locations where sealant is placed by sandblasting and
be free from oil, foreign materials, and moisture. Lower surfaces of joints shall be
isolated with a bond breaker such as polyethylene, polyethylene tape, or equal as
recommended by sealant manufacturer.
C. Sealant shall be placed in strict accordance with manufacture's recommendations
by a firm specializing in this type of work, or by the Contractor under direct
supervision of the manufacturer. If the Contractor chooses to apply sealant,
manufacturer's technical representative shall be present at the beginning of
sealant placement to observe and advise on methods for mixing, joint
preparation, and application of sealant.
2.06 Concrete Bond Breaker
A. Bond breaker shall be Super Bond Breaker as manufactured bv Burke Companv,
San Mateo. California; Select Cure CRB as manufactured bv Select Products
Co.. Upland, CA; Tilt-EEZ Bond Breaker as manufactured bv Conspec; or
approved equal. It shall contain a fugitive dye so that areas of application will be
readily distinguishable.
B. Contractor shall strictly follow manufacturer's application guidelines. Just prior to
application, joint shall be thoroughly soaked so that concrete contains
approximately the same surface moisture as newly cast concrete. Bond breaker
shall be brush applied with a minimum of two coats.
Q) Revised 1 1101/06 Contract &.FfFKS 08-02 Page 154 of 213
2.07 Concrete Design Requirements
A. General
Concrete shall be composed of cement, admixtures, aggregates and water.
These materials shall be of the qualities specified. The exact proportions in
which these materials are to be used for different parts of the work will be
determined during the trial batch. In general, the mix shall be designed to
produce a concrete capable of being deposited so as to obtain maximum density
and minimum shrinkage and, where deposited in forms, to have good
consolidation properties and maximum smoothness of surface. Mix designs shall
not contain more than 43 percent of sand of the total weight of fine and coarse
aggregate. The aggregate gradations shall be formulated to provide fresh
concrete that will not promote rock pockets around reinforcing steel or embedded
items. The proportions shall be changed whenever necessary or desirable to
meet the required results at no additional cost to the Owner. All changes shall be
approved by Engineer.
B. Com~ressive Strenath
The minimum compressive strength and cement content of concrete shall be not
less than that specified in the following tabulation.
Min. 28-Day Max.
Com~ressive Size
~tkngth Aggregate
Tv~e of Work && On.)
Structural Concrete (Class "A"):
Walls, roof slabs, floor slabs, 2,500 1
columns, and footings and all other
concrete items not specified elsewhere
Sitework concrete (Class "6"): 2,500 1
C. Adiustments to Mix Desirrn
Mixes used shall be changed whenever such change is necessary or desirable to
secure required strength, density, workability, and surface finish and Contractor
shall be entitled to no additional compensation because of such changes.
Approval shall be obtained from Engineer prior to any changes.
2.08 Consistency
The quantity of water entering into a batch of concrete shall be just sufficient, with a
normal mixing period, to produce concrete which can be worked properly into place
without segregation, and which can be compacted by vibratory methods herein specified
to give desired density, impermeability and smoothness of surface. The quantity of water
shall be changed as necessary, with variations in the nature of moisture content of the
aggregates, to maintain uniform production of desired consistency. The consistency of
the concrete in successive batches shall be determined by slump tests in accordance
with ASTM C 143. The slumps shall be as follows:
Part of Work slum^ (in.)
Structural concrete 3 inches (31 inch)
Other work 4 inches (*I inch)
With high range water reducer added 8 inches max.
Revised 1 lM1106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 155of 213
2.09 Ready-Mixed Concrete
A. At Contractor's option, ready-mixed concrete may be used provided it meets all
requirements as to materials, batching, mixing, transporting, and placing as
specified herein and in accordance with ASTM C 94, including the supplementary
requirements specified in Paragraphs 2.09B through 2.09F, herein.
B. Ready-mixed concrete shall be delivered to the site of the work, and discharge
shall be completed within 90 minutes after the addition of the cement to the
aggregates or before the drum has been revolved 250 revolutions, whichever is
first. In hot weather (ambient temperature above 95°F) or under conditions
contributing to quick stiffening of the concrete, or when the temperature of the
concrete is 85 degrees F or above, the time between the introduction of the
cement to the aggregates and discharge shall not exceed 45 minutes.
C. Truck mixers shall be equipped with electrically-actuated counters by which the
number of revolutions of the drum or blades may be readily verified. The counter
shall be of the resettable, recording type, and shall be mounted in the driver's
cab. The counters shall be actuated at the time of starting mixers at mixing
speeds.
D. Each batch of concrete shall be mixed in a truck mixer for not less than 70
revolutions of the drum or blades at the rate of rotation designated by the
manufacturer of equipment. Additional mixing, if any, shall be at the speed
designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as agitating speed. All
materials including mixing water shall be in the mixer drum before actuating the
revolution counter for determining the number of revolution of mixing.
E. Truck mixers and their operation shall be such that the concrete throughout the
mixed batch as discharged is within acceptable limits of uniformity with respect to
consistency, mix, and grading. If slump tests taken at approximately the 114 and
314 points of the load during discharge give slumps differing by more than 1 inch
when the specified slump is 4 inches or less, or if they differ by more than 2
inches when the specified slump is more than 4 inches, the mixer shall not be
used on the work unless the causing condition is corrected and satisfactory
performance is verified by additional slump tests. All mechanical details of the
mixer, such as water measuring and discharge apparatus, condition of the
blades, speed of rotation, general mechanical condition of the unit, and clearance
of the drum, shall be checked before a further attempt to use the unit will be
permitted.
F. . Each batch of ready-mixed concrete delivered at the job site shall be
accompanied by a certified weighmaster delivery ticket furnished to the Engineer
in accordance with Paragraph 1.038, herein.
G. Non-agitating equipment for transporting ready-mixed concrete shall not be used.
Combination truck and trailer equipment for transporting ready-mixed concrete
shall not be used. The quality and quantity of materials used in ready-mixed
concrete and in batch aggregates may be subject to continuous inspection at the
batching plant by the Engineer.
H. Transit mix trucks delivering concrete to the site shall have full water tanks upon
arrival at the site. Any addition of water must be approved by Engineer. Added
water must be incorporated by additional mixing of at least 35 revolutions.
Revised 1 1 I0 1/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 156 of 21 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Proportioning and Mixing
Proportioning of the concrete mix shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 3
"Proportioning" of ACI 301 ; provided, that the maximum slump for any concrete
shall not exceed 4 inches except when the use of high range water reducer is
permitted which increases the maximum slump to 8 inches.
B. Mixinq
Mixing of concrete shall'conform to the requirements of Chapter 7 of said ACI 301
specifications.
Maximum slumps shall be as specified in Paragraph 2.08AI herein.
Concrete or mortar which has partially hardened shall not be retempered.
3.02 Preparation of Surfaces for Concreting
A. General
Earth surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted by sprinkling, prior to placing any
concrete, and these surfaces shall be kept moist by frequent sprinkling up to the
time of placing concrete thereon. These surfaces shall be free from standing
water, mud, and debris at the time of placing concrete.
B. Joints in Concrete
The location of all construction joints not specifically noted or shown shall be
approved by Engineer. Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to
be placed, where the placement of the old concrete has been stopped or
interrupted so that, as determined by the Engineer, the new concrete cannot be
incorporated integrally with that previously placed, are defined as construction
joints. The surfaces of horizontal joints shall be given a compacted, roughened
surface for good bond. Except where the drawings call for joint surfaces to be
coated, the joint surfaces shall be cleaned of all laitance, loose or defective
concrete, and foreign material. Such cleaning shall be accomplished by
sandblasting to remove laitance and to provide a uniform surface texture with
approximately 114 inch of surface sandblasted off. Sandblasting shall be followed
by thorough washing. All pools of water shall be removed from the surface of
construction joints before the new concrete is placed.
Revised 1 1lOll06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 157 of 213
C. Placinq Interruptions
When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for the concrete to
take a set, the working face shall be given a shape by the use of forms or other
means, that will secure proper union with subsequent work; provided that
construction joints shall be made only where acceptable to the Engineer.
D. Embedded Items
Concrete shall not be placed until all formwork, installation of parts to be
embedded, reinforcement steel, and preparation of surfaces involved in the
placing have been completed and accepted by the Engineer at least 4 hours
before placement of concrete. All surfaces of forms and embedded items that
have become encrusted with dried grout from concrete previously placed shall be
cleaned of all such grout before the surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed.
E. All inserts or other embedded items shall conform to the requirements herein.
F. All reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts, and similar items shall be set
and secured in the forms where shown on Contract Drawings and shall be
acceptable to the Engineer before any concrete is placed. Accuracy of
placement is the responsibility of the Contractor.
G. Concrete anchor bolts and expansion anchors shall be inserted to the minimum
depths listed below unless noted otherwise:
Reinforced Size - Concrete
1 14" 3" 318" 4" 112" 5" 314" 6
Expansion anchors shall be red head wedge, self-driving, stud, multi-set, or
equal.
H. All smooth dowels shall have at least one side coated with a bond breaker.
Dowel bond breaker shall be a heavy duty industrial grease hand applied. A wax
paper or PVC sleeve may be used at the Contractor's option if specifically
manufactured to create slip dowels. Paper tubing shall be multi-ply stock and
heavily impregnated with paraffin. Maximum sleeve thickness shall be 1 11 6" and
sleeve shall fit snugly over dowel.
I. Casting New Concrete Asainst Old
Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete (any concrete which is greater
than 60 days of age), surfaces of the old concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned
and roughened by sand-blasting (exposing aggregate) prior to placement.
Revised 11101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 158 of 213
J. Concrete shall not be placed in any old or new structure until all water entering
the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or has been diverted
by pipes, or other means, and carried out of the forms, clear of the work.
Concrete shall not be deposited underwater nor shall the Contractor allow still
water to rise on any concrete until the concrete has attained its initial set. Water
shall not be permitted to flow over the surface of any concrete in such a manner
and at such velocity as to injure the surface finish of the concrete. Contractor
shall provide pumping or other necessary dewatering operations for removing
groundwater, if required, with methods subject to review by Engineer.
K. Corrosion Protection
Pipe, conduit, dowels, and other ferrous items required to be embedded in
concrete construction shall be so positioned and supported prior to placement of
concrete that there will be a minimum of 2 inches clearance between said items
and any part of the concrete reinforcement. Contractor shall not secure such
items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement.
L. Anchor Bolts shall be accurately set, and shall be maintained in position by
templates while being embedded in concrete.
M. Cleaning
Surfaces of all metalwork to be in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly
cleaned of all dirt, grease, loose scale and rust, grout, mortar, and other foreign
substances immediately before concrete is placed. @"=9
4
3.03 Handling, Transporting, and Placing
A. General
Placing of concrete shall conform to the applicable requirements of Chapter 8 of
ACI 301 and the requirements of this section.
B. Non-Conformina Work or Materials
Concrete which upon or before placing is found not to conform to the
requirements specified herein shall be rejected and immediately removed from
the work. Concrete which is not placed in accordance with these specifications,
or which is of inferior quality, shall be removed and replaced by and at the
expense of the Contractor.
C. Unauthorized Placement
Concrete shall not be placed except in the presence of duly authorized
representative of the Engineer. Contractor shall notify Engineer at least 24 hours
in advance of placement of any concrete.
g Revised 1 1 101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 159 of 213
D. Placement in Slabs
Concrete placed in sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the
slab to the top, for the full width of the placement. As the work progresses,
concrete shall be vibrated and carefully worked around the slab reinforcement,
and the surface of the slab shall be screeded in an up-slope direction.
E. Temperature of Concrete
Temperatures of concrete when it is being placed shall be not more than 90
degrees F nor less than 40 degrees F in moderate weather, and not less than 50
degrees F in weather during which the mean daily temperature drops below 40
degrees F. Concrete ingredients shall not be heated to a temperature higher
than that necessary to keep the temperature of the mixed concrete, as placed,
from falling below the specified minimum temperature. If concrete is placed when
the weather is such that the temperature of the concrete would exceed 90
degrees F, Contractor shall employ effective means, such as precooling of
aggregates and mixing water using ice or placing at night, as necessary to
maintain the temperature of the concrete, as it is placed, below 90 degrees F.
Contractor shall be entitled to no additional compensation on account of the
foregoing requirements.
F. Cold Weather Placement
Earth foundations shall be free from frost or ice when concrete is placed upon or
against them. Fly ash concrete shall not be placed when the air temperature falls
below 50 degrees F.
3.04 Pumping of Concrete
A. General
If the pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory end results, Contractor
shall discontinue the pumping operation and proceed with the placing of concrete
using conventional methods.
B. Pumpina Equipment
Pumping equipment must have 2 cylinders and be designed to operate with one
cylinder only in case the other one is not functioning. In lieu of this requirement,
Contractor may have a standby pump on the site during pumping.
C. The minimum diameter of hose (conduits) shall be 4 inches.
D. Contractor shall replace pumping equipment and hoses (conduits) that are not
functioning properly.
E. Contractor shall not use aluminum conduits for conveying the concrete.
Revised 1 110 1106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 160 of 213
4 Minimum compressive strength, cement content, and maximum size of
aggregates shall be as specified in Paragraph 2.07, herein.
G. Gradation of coarse aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33 and shall be as
close to the middle range as possible.
H. Gradation of fine aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33, with 15 to 30 percent
passing the number 50 screen and 5 to 10 percent passing the number 100
screen. The fineness modules of sand used shall not be over 3.00.
I. Water and slump requirements shall conform to Paragraphs 2.01D.2 and 2.078
for water and 2.08A for slump.
J. Cement and admixtures shall conform to Paragraph 2.01 Dl herein.
3.05 Order of Placing Concrete
The order of placing concrete in all parts of the work shall be acceptable to the Engineer.
In order to minimize the effects of shrinkage, the concrete shall be placed in units as
bounded by construction joints shown. The placing of units shall be done by placing
alternate units in a manner such that each unit placed shall have cured at least 7 days
before the contiguous unit or units are placed.
3.06 Tamping and Vibrating .la,
4"
A. As concrete is placed in the forms or in excavations, Contractor shall insure it is
thoroughly settled and compacted, throughout the entire depth of the layer which
is being consolidated, into a dense, homogeneous mass, filling all comers and
angles, thoroughly embedding the reinforcement, eliminating rock pockets, and
bringing only a slight excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete during
placement. Vibrators shall be high speed power vibrators (8,000 to 10,000 rprn)
of an immersion type in sufficient number and with (at least one) standby units as
required.
0. Concrete in walls shall be internally vibrated and at the same time rammed,
stirred, or worked with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovels, or forked tools
until it completely fills the forms or excavations and closes snugly against all
surfaces. Subsequent layers of concrete shall not be placed until the layers
previously placed have been worked thoroughly as specified. Vibrators shall be
inserted vertically into the concrete and pulled out slowly, penetrating 113 of the
layer depth of the layer previously placed. Vibrators shall be provided in sufficient
numbers, with standby units as required, to accomplish the results herein
specified within 15 minutes after concrete of the prescribed consistency is placed
in the forms. The vibrating head shall be kept from contact with the surfaces of
the forms. Care shall be taken not to vibrate concrete excessively or to work it in
any manner that causes segregation of its constituents.
Revised 11lOll06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 161 of 213
3.07 Finishing Concrete Surfaces
*I - A. General
Surfaces shall be free from fins, bulges, ridges, offsets, honeycombing, or
roughness of any kind, and shall present a finished, smooth, continuous hard
surface. Allowable deviations from plumb or level and from the alignment,
profiles, and dimensions shown are defined as tolerances and are specified in
Paragraphs 1.04F and 1.04G, herein. These tolerances are to be distinguished
from irregularities in finish as described herein. Aluminum finishing tools shall not
be used.
B. Formed Surfaces
On surfaces not exposed to view, no treatment is required after form removal
except for curing, repair of defective concrete, and treatment of surface defects.
An architectural finish is required on exposed to view surfaces in accordance with
Section 3.08 unless otherwise specified.
C. Unformed Surfaces
After proper and adequate vibration and tamping, all unformed top surfaces of
slabs, floors, walls, and curbs shall be brought to a uniform surface with suitable
tools. The classes of finish specified for unformed concrete surfaces are
designated and defined as follows:
1. Class "1". After the floated surface (as specified for Class "3") has
hardened sufficiently to prevent excess of fine material from being drawn
to the surface, steel troweling shall be performed with firm pressure such
as will flatten the sandy texture of the floated surface and produce a
dense, uniform surface free from blemishes, ripples, and trowel marks.
The finish shall be smooth and free of all irregularities.
2. Class "2". Steel trowel finish (as specified for Class "1") without local
depressions or high points. In addition, the surface shall be given a light
hairbroom finish with brooming perpendicular to drainage unless
otherwise shown. The resulting surface shall be rough enough to provide
a nonskid finish.
3. Class "3". After sufficient stiffening of the screeded concrete, surfaces
shall be float finished with wood or metal floats or with a finishing machine
using float blades. Contractor shall not excessivly float concrete surfaces
while the concrete is plastic or dust concrete surfaces with dry cement and
sand to absorb excess moisture. Floating shall be the minimum
necessary to produce a surface that is free from screed marks and is
uniform in texture. Surface irregularities shall not exceed 114 inch. Joints
and edges shall be tooled where shown or as determined by the
Engineer.
Revised 1 1/01 I06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 162 of 21 3
4. Class "4". Contractor shall provide sufficient leveling and screeding to
produce an even, uniform surface with surface irregularities not to exceed 3 318 inch. No further special finish is required.
Contractor shall finish unformed surfaces according to the following schedule
unless otherwise shown or specified:
Unformed Surface Finish Schedule
Area - Finish
Grade slabs and foundations to be covered with concrete Class "4" or fill material
Floors to be covered with grouted tile or topping grout Class "3"
Slabs not water bearing Class "2"
Interior slabs and floors to receive architectural finish Class "3"
3.09 Curing and Damp-proofing
A. General
All concrete shall be cured for not less than 14 days after placing in accordance
with the methods specified herein for the different parts of the work as follows:
Surface to be Cured or Dampproofed
Unstripped forms
Construction joints between footings and walls, and between floor slab and columns
Method
1 -
Wall sections with forms removed 3
All concrete surfaces not s ecifically provided for elsewhere In this Paragrap \
8. Method 1
Wooden forms shall be wetted immediately after concrete has been placed and
shall be kept wet with water until removed. If steel forms are used the exposed
concrete surfaces shall be kept continuously wet until the forms are removed. If
forms are removed within 14 days of placing the concrete, curing shall be
continued in accordance with Method 4, Paragraph 3.09E herein.
C. Method 2
The surface shall be covered with burlap mats which shall be kept wet with water
for the duration of the curing period, until the concrete in the walls has been
placed. No curing compound shall be applied to surfaces cured under Method 2.
@ Revised 1 IIOIRB Contra~t No. PKS 08-02 Page 163 of 21 3
D. Method 3
The surface shall be sprayed with a liquid curing compound.
1. Curing compound shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's
printed instructions at a maximum coverage rate of 175 square feet per
gallon and in such a manner as to cover the surface with a uniform film
which will seal thoroughly. Two spray coats shall be applied, with the
second coat sprayed at right angle direction from first coat.
2. Where the curing compound method is used, care shall be exercised to
avoid damage to the seal during the curing period. Should the seal be
damaged or broken before the expiration of the curing period, Contractor
shall repair break immediately by the application of additional curing
compound over the damaged portion.
3. Wherever curing compound may have been applied by mistake to
surfaces against which concrete subsequently is to be placed and to
which it is to adhere, said compound shall be entirely removed by wet
sandblasting just prior to the placing of new concrete.
4. Where curing compound is specified, it shall be applied as soon as the
concrete has hardened enough to prevent marring on unformed surfaces,
and within 2 hours after removal of forms from contact with formed
surfaces. Repairs required to be made to formed surfaces shall be made
within the said 2-hour period; provided, however, that any such repairs
which cannot be made within the said 2-hour period shall be delayed until
after the curing compound has been applied. When repairs are to be
made to an area on which curing compound has been applied, the area
involved shall first be wet-sandblasted to remove the curing compound,
following which repairs shall be made as specified herein.
3.10 Protection
Contractor shall protect all concrete against injury until final acceptance by the Owner.
Fresh concrete shall be protected from damage due to rain, hail, sleet, or snow or
vandalism. Contractor shall provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic and
whenever such precipitation is imminent or occurring. Immediately following the first frost
in the fall, Contractor shall be prepared to protect all concrete against freezing. After the
first frost, and until the mean daily temperature in the vicinity of the worksite falls below
40 degrees F for more than one day, the concrete shall be maintained at a temperature
not lower than 50 degrees F for at least 72 hours after it is placed.
3.11 Curing in Cold Weather
A. Water curing of concrete may be reduced to 6 days during periods when the
mean daily temperature in the vicinity of the worksite is less than 40 degrees F;
provided that, during the prescribed period of water curing, when temperatures
are such that concrete surfaces may freeze, water curing shall be temporarily
discontinued.
0 Revised 1 1 /01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 164 of 213
B. Concrete cured by an application of curing compound will require no additional
protection from freezing if the protection at 50 degrees F for 72 hours is obtained
by means of approved insulation in contact with the forms or concrete surfaces;
otherwise, concrete shall be protected against freezing temperatures for 72 hours
immediately following 72 hours protection at 50 degrees F. Concrete cured by
water curing shall be protected against freezing temperatures for 3 days
immediately following the 72 hours of protection at 50 degrees F.
C. Discontinuance of protection against freezing temperatures shall be such that the
drop in temperature of any portion of the concrete will be gradual and will not
exceed 40 degrees F in 24 hours. In the spring, when the mean daily
temperature rises above 40 degrees F for more than 3 successive days, the
specified 72 hour protection at a temperature not lower than 50 degrees F may be
discontinued for as long as the mean daily temperature remains above 40
degrees F; provided, that the concrete shall be protected against freezing
temperatures for not less than 48 hours after placement.
D. Where artificial heat is employed, Contractor shall take special care to prevent
the concrete from drying. Use of unvented heaters will be permitted only when
unformed surfaces of concrete adjacent to the heaters are protected for the first
24 hours from an excessive carbon dioxide atmosphere by application of curing
compound; provided, that the use of curing compound for such surfaces is
otherwise permitted by these specifications.
3.12 Treatment of Surface Defects Faa
A. As soon as forms are removed, all exposed surfaces shall be carefully examined d
by Engineer and any irregularities shall be immediately rubbed or ground by the
Contractor in a satisfactory manner in order to secure a smooth, uniform, and
continuous surface. Contractor shall not plaster or coat surfaces to be smoothed.
Repairs shall not be made until after inspection by the Engineer. Contractor shall
not in any case perform extensive patching of honeycombed concrete. Concrete
containing minor voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression defects shall
be repaired as specified herein. Concrete containing extensive voids, holes,
honeycombing, or similar depression defects, shall be completely removed and
replaced. All repairs and replacements herein specified shall be promptly
executed by the Contractor at its own expense.
B. Defective surfaces to be repaired as specified in Paragraph 3.12A1 shall be cut
back from trueline a minimum depth of 112 inch over the entire area. Edges shall
not be feathered. Where chipping or cutting tools are not required in order to
deepen the area properly, the surface shall be prepared for bonding by the
removal of all laitance or soft material, and not less than 1/32 inch depth of the
surface film from all hard portions, by means of an efficient sandblast. After
cutting and sandblasting, the surface shall be wetted sufficiently in advance of
applying cement mortar so that while the repair material is being applied, the
surfaces under repair will remain moist, but not so wet as to overcome the suction
upon which a good bond depends. The concrete shall then be patched as
follows:
?
Revised 1 1/01 106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 165 of 213
A bonding material such as acryl 60 shall be applied to the surface of the area to
be repaired just prior to application of the repair mixture. The repair mixture shall
consist of one part of Type 11, low alkali, portland cement to 3 parts concrete
sand. Mix solution shall contain 113 bonder, such as acryl 60, to 213 water and
added in quantities sufficient to allow placement but not cause hairchecking or
slippage. Quantities prepared should be limited to that able to be completed
within 30 minutes. Areas repaired shall be compacted with a wood ramming
device and cured with the waterlacryl 60 solution. Repair mixture shall be applied
in maximum 1 inch lifts.
For exposed walls, the cement shall contain such a proportion of Atlas white
portland cement as is required to make the color of the patch match the color of
the surrounding concrete.
C. Holes left by tie-rod cones shall be reamed with suitable toothed reamers so as to
leave the surfaces of the holes clean and rough. These holes then shall be
repaired as described in Paragraph 3.128.
D. All repairs shall be built up and shaped in such a manner that the completed work
will conform to the requirements of Paragraph 3.08 or 3.09, as applicable, using
approved methods which will not disturb the bond, cause sagging, or cause
horizontal fractures.
3.14 Care and Repair of Concrete
Contractor shall protect all concrete against injury or damage from excessive heat, lack
of moisture, overstress, or any other cause until final acceptance of the Owner.
Particular care shall be taken to prevent the drying of concrete and to avoid roughening
or othetwise damaging the surface. Any concrete found to be damaged, or which may
have been originally defective, or which becomes defective at any time prior to the final
acceptance of the completed work, or which departs from the established line or grade,
or which, for any other reason, fails to conform to the requirements of the Contract
Documents, shall be satisfactorily repaired or removed and replaced with acceptable
concrete at the Contractor's expense.
END OF SECTION.
Revised 1 ll0ll06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 166 of 213
BASIC CONCRETE FORMWORK SPECIFICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .O1 General Requirements
Contractor shall furnish all materials for concrete formwork, bracing, shoring, and
supports and shall design and construct all falsework, all in accordance with the
provisions of the Contract Document.
1.02 Reference Specifications, Codes, and Standards
Codes A. -
The Building Code, as referenced herein, shall be the Uniform Building Code
(UBC) of the International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO), latest edition.
B. Commercial Standards
ACI 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork, latest edition.
1.04 Quality Assurance
Tolerances - w
The variation from established grade, line, plumbness, or thickness shall be as set forth
in Section 1.04F of the Basic Concrete Specification, and there shall be no offsets or
visible waviness in the finished surface. All other tolerances shall be within the
"Suggested Tolerances" specified in Section 203 of ACI 347.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 General
Except as otherwise expressly accepted by the Engineer, all lumber brought on the job
site for use a forms, shoring, or bracing shall be new materials. All forms shall be
smooth surface forms and shall be of the following materials:
Walls - Steel or plywood panel
Columns - Steel, plywood, or fiber glass
Roof and Floor slabs - Plywood
All other work - Steel panels, plywood or tongue and groove lumber
g Revised I 1101106 Contract Nr 'YS 08-02 Page 167 of 21 3
2.02 Form and Falsework Materials
'ik,
A. Materials for concrete forms, formwork, and falsework shall conform to the
following requirements:
1. Lumber shall be Douglas Fir or Southern Pine, construction grade or
better, in conformance with U.S. Product Standard PS20.
2. Plywood for concrete forrnwork shall be new, waterproof, synthetic resin
bonded, exterior type Douglas Fir or Southern Pine plywood manufactured
especially for concrete formwork and shall conform to the requirements of
PS 1 for Concrete Forms, Class I, and shall be edge sealed.
3. Form materials shall be metal, wood, plywood, or other approved material
that will not adversely affect the concrete and will facilitate placement of
concrete to the shape, form, line, and grade shown. Metal forms shall be
an approved type that will accomplish such results. Wood forms for
surfaces to be painted shall be Medium Density Overlaid plywood, MDO
Ext. Grade.
B. Unless otherwise shown, exposed edges and corners in concrete members shall
be provided with 314-inch chamfers. Re-entrant comers in concrete members
shall not have fillets unless otherwise shown.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 General
A. Forms to confine the concrete and shape it to the required lines shall be used
wherever necessary. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the adequate
design of all forms, and any forms which are unsafe or inadequate in any respect
shall promptly be removed from the work and replaced at the Contractor's
expense. A sufficient number of forms of each kind shall be provided to permit
the required rate of progress to be maintained. The design and inspection of
concrete forms, falsework, and shoring shall comply with applicable local, state
and federal regulations. Plumb and string lines shall be installed before concrete
placement and shall be maintained during placement. Such lines shall be used
by the Contractor's personnel and by the Engineer and shall be in sufficient
number and properly installed. During concrete placement, the Contractor shall
continually monitor plumb and string line form positions and immediately correct
deficiencies.
B. Concrete forms shall conform to the shape, lines, and dimensions of members as
called for on the Contract Drawings, and shall be substantial, free from surface
defects, and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage. Forms shall be properly braced
or tied together to maintain their position and shape under a load of freshly-
placed concrete. If adequate foundation for shores cannot be secured, trussed
supports shall be provided.
Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 168of 213
3.02 Form Design
a All forms shall be true in every respect to the required shape and size, shall conform to
the established alignment and grade, and shall be of sufkient strength and rigidity to
maintain their position and shape under the loads and operations incident to placing and
vibrating the concrete. Suitable and effective means shall be provided on all forms for
holding adjacent edges and ends of panels and sections tightly together and in accurate
alignment so as to prevent the formation of ridges, fins, offsets, or similar surface defects
in the finished concrete. Plywood, 518-inch and greater in thickness, may be fastened
directly to studding if the studs are spaced close enough to prevent visible deflection
marks in the concrete. Forms shall be tight so as to prevent the loss of water, cement
and fines during placing and vibrating of the concrete. Specifically, the bottom of wall
forms that rest on concrete footings or slabs shall be provided with a gasket to prevent
loss of fines and paste during placement and vibration of concrete. Such gasket may be
a 1 to 1-112 inch diameter polyethylene rod held in position to the underside of the wall
form. Adequate clean-out holes shall be provided at the bottom of each lift of forms. The
size, number, and location of such clean-outs shall be as acceptable to the Engineer.
3.03 Construction
A. Vertical Surfaces
All vertical surfaces of concrete members shall be formed, except where
placement of the concrete against the ground is shown. Not less than I-inch of
concrete shall be added to the thickness of the concrete member as shown
where concrete is permitted to be placed against trimmed ground in lieu of forms.
Such permission will be granted only for members of comparatively limited height
and where the character of the ground is such that it can be trimmed to the
required lines and will stand securely without caving or sloughing until the
concrete has been placed.
B. Construction Joints
Concrete construction joints shall not be placed at locations other than those
shown or specified, except as may be acceptable to the Engineer. When a
second lift is placed on hardened concrete, special precautions shall be taken in
the way of the number, location, and tightening of ties at the top of the old lift and
bottom of the new to prevent any unsatisfactory effect whatsoever on the
concrete. Pipe stubs and anchor bolts shall be set in the forms where required.
3.04 Reuse of Forms
Forms may be reused only if in good condition and only if acceptable to the Engineer.
Light sanding between uses will be required wherever necessary to obtain uniform
surface texture on all exposed concrete surfaces. Exposed concrete surfaces are
defined as surfaces which are permanently exposed to view. In the case of forms for the
inside wall surfaces of hydraulichater retaining structures, unused tie rod holes in forms
shall be covered with metal caps or shall be filled by other methods acceptable to the
Engineer.
Q Revised I I MI I06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 169 of 213
3.05 Removal of Forms
Careful procedures for the removal of forms shall be strictly followed, and this work shall
be done with care so as to avoid injury to the concrete. Contractor shall not apply heavy
loading on green concrete. In the case of roof slabs and above-ground floor slabs, forms
shall remain in place until test cylinders for the roof concrete attain a minimum
compressive strength of 75 percent of the 28-day strength specified in the Basic
Concrete Specifications; provided, that no forms shall be disturbed or removed under an
individual panel or unit before the concrete in the adjacent panel or unit has attained 75
percent of the specified 28day strength and has been in place for a minimum of 14 days.
The time required to establish said strength shall be as determined by the Engineer who
will make several test cylinders for this purpose from concrete used in the first group of
roof panels placed. If the time so determined is more than the 14-day minimum, then
that time shall be used as the minimum length of time. Forms for all vertical walls and
columns shall remain in place at least 72 hours after the concrete has been placed.
Forms for all parts of the work not specifically mentioned herein shall remain in place for
periods of time as determined by the Engineer.
3.06 Maintenance of Forms
Forms shall be maintained at all times in good condition, particularly as to size, shape,
strength, rigidity, tightness, and smoothness of surface. Forms, when in place, shall
conform to the established alignment and grades. Before concrete is placed, forms shall
be thoroughly cleaned. Form surfaces shall be treated with a nonstaining mineral oil or
other lubricant acceptable to the Engineer. Any excess lubricant shall be satisfactorily
removed before placing the concrete. Where field oiling of forms is required, Contractor
shall perform the oiling at least two weeks in advance of their use. Oil shall be kept off
the surfaces of steel reinforcement and other metal items to be embedded in concrete. If
oil is inadvertently placed on said metal surfaces, Contractor shall remove oil by
sandblasting.
END OF SECTION.
a Revised I llOlIO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page I 70 of 21 3
BASIC CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT SPECIFICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .O1 General Requirements
Contractor shall furnish, fabricate, and place all concrete reinforcement steel, welded
wire fabric, couplers, and concrete inserts for use in reinforced concrete and masonry
construction and shall perform all appurtenant work, including all the wires, clips,
supports, chairs, spacers, and other accessories, all in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
1.02 Reference Specifications, Codes, and Standards
Codes A. -
The Building Code, as referenced herein, shall be the Uniform Building Code
(UBC) of the International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO), latest edition.
B. Commercial Standards
Where not covered in this specification, all work shall comply with the following
standards, latest editions:
ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement.
ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
WRI Manual of Standard Practice for Welded Wire Fabric.
AWS D1.4 Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.
1.03 Contractor Submittals
A. Contractor shall furnish mill certification and certification of compliance with
specifications.
B. Details of concrete reinforcement steel and concrete inserts shall be submitted by
the Contractor at the earliest possible date after receipt by the Contractor of
Notice to Proceed.
Revised 1 IIOIIOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 171 of 213
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
*_
2.01 Reinforcement Steel
A. All reinforcement steel for all cast-in-place reinforced concrete construction shall
conform to the following requirements:
1. Bar reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 615 for
Grade 60 Billet Steel Reinforcement with supplementary requirement S-I,
or as otherwise shown.
B. Accessories
1. Accessories shall include all necessary chairs, slab bolsters, concrete
blocks, tie wires, dips, supports, spacers, and other devices to position
reinforcement during concrete placement. Slab bolsters shall have gray
plastic-coated legs.
2. Concrete blocks (dobies), used to support and position reinforcement
steel, shall have the same or higher compressive strength as specified for
the concrete in which it is located. Where the concrete blocks are used
on concrete surfaces exposed to view, the color and texture of the
concrete blocks shall match that required for the finished surface. Wire
ties shall be embedded in concrete block bar supports.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 General
All reinforcement steel, welded wire fabric, couplers, and other appurtenances shall be
fabricated, and placed in accordance with the requirements of the Building Code and the
supplementary requirements specified herein.
3.02 Placing
A. Placing
Reinforcement steel shall be accurately positioned as shown, and shall be
supported and wired together to prevent displacement, using annealed iron wire
ties or suitable clips at intersections. All reinforcement steel shall be supported
by concrete, plastic or metal supports, spaces or metal hangers which are strong
and rigid enough to prevent any displacement of the reinforcement steel. Where
concrete is to be placed on the ground, supporting concrete blocks (or dobies)
shall be used, in sufficient numbers to support the bars without settlement, but in
no case shall such support be continuous. All concrete blocks used to support
reinforcement steel shall be tied to the steel with wire ties which are embedded in
the blocks. For concrete over formwork, Contractor shall furnish concrete, metal,
plastic, or other acceptable bar chairs and spacers.
0 Revised 11101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 172 of 213
B. The portions of all accessories in contact with the formwork shall be made of
which extends at least 112 inch from the concrete surface. Plastic shall be gray in
? concrete, plastic, or steel coated with a 118 inch minimum thickness of plastic
color.
C. Tie wires shall be bent away from the forms in order to provide the specified
concrete coverage.
D. Bars additional to those shown which may be found necessary or desirable by the
Contractor for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position shall- be provided
by the Contractor at its own expense.
E. Placinn Tolerances
Unless otherwise specified, reinforcement placing tolerances shall be within the
limits specified in Section 7.5 of ACI 318 except where in conflict with the
requirements of the Building Code.
F. Bars may be moved as necessary to avoid interference with other reinforcement
steel, conduits, or embedded items. If bars are moved more than one bar
diameter, or enough to exceed the above tolerances, the resulting arrangement
of bars shall be as acceptable to the Engineer.
G. Welded wire fabric reinforcement placed over horizontal forms shall be supported
on slab bolsters having gray, plastic-coated standard type legs as specified in
Paragraph B herein. Slab bolsters shall be spaced not less than 30 inches on
centers, shall extend continuously across the entire width of the reinforcement
mat, and shall support the reinforcement mat in the plane shown.
H. Welded wire fabric placed over the ground shall be supported on wired concrete
blocks (dobies) spaced not more than 3 feet on centers in any direction.
Contractor shall not utilize the construction practice of placing welded wire fabric
on the ground and hooking into place in the freshly placed concrete.
3.03 Spacing of Bars
A. The clear distance between parallel bars (except in columns and between
multiple layers of bars in beams) shall be not less than the nominal diameter of
the bars nor less than 1-113 times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate, nor
less than 1 inch.
B. The clear distance between bars shall also apply to the distance between a
contact splice and adjacent splices or bars.
3.04 Splicing
A. General
Reinforcement bar splices shall only be used at locations shown. When it is
necessary to splice reinforcement at points other than where shown, the
character of the splice shall be as acceptable to the Engineer. 3
Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 173of 213
B. Splices of Reinforcement
The length of lap for reinforcement bars, unless otherwise shown shall be in
accordance with ACI 31 8, Section 12.1 5.1 for a class B splice.
C. Laps of welded wire fabric shall be in accordance with the ACI 318. Adjoining
sheets shall be securely tied together with No. 14 tie wire, one tie for each 2
running feet. Wires shall be staggered and tied in such a manner that they
cannot slip.
D. Bending or Straightening
Reinforcement shall not be straightened or rebent in a manner which will injure
the material. Bars with kinks or bends not shown shall not be used. All bars shall
be bent cold, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. No bars partially
embedded in concrete shall be field-bent except as shown or specifically
permitted by the Engineer.
3.05 Cleaning and Protection
A. Reinforcement steel shall at all times be protected from conditions condusive to
corrosion until concrete is placed around it.
B. The surfaces of all reinforcement steel and other metalwork to be in contact with
concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, grease, loose scale and rust,
grout, mortar and other foreign substances immediately before the concrete is
placed. Where there is delay in depositing concrete, reinforcement shall be
reinspected and, if necessary recleaned.
END OF SECTION.
@ Revised 1 1 I0 1106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 174of 213
BASIC CONCRETE MASONRY SPECIFICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
I I General Requirements
A. Contractor shall furnish all labor, material, and equipment and perform all
operations necessary to execute all concrete masonry construction as required in
the Contract Documents.
B. Contractor shall make all preparations and do all work necessary to receive and
adjoin other work.
C. Contractor shall give the work his personal supervision and shall keep a
competent foreman on the job at all times.
D. Contractor shall inspect and verify position of all dowels required for masonry on
other construction including foundations.
E. Contractor shall arrange necessary storage space for construction materials at
the job site.
F. Contractor shall call for all inspections required in the course of his work.
1.02 Reference Codes, Specifications, and Standards
A. Codes
Whenever reference is made herein to Building Code, it shall mean the Uniform
Buildina Code (UBC), latest edition, as published by the International Conference
of Building Officials.
Whenever reference is made herein to Standard Specifications, it shall mean the
Standard S~ecifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition, as
published by Building News Incorporated of Los Angeles, California.
C. Commercial Standards
Whenever reference is made herein to ASTM, it shall mean the Annual Book of
ASTM Standards, latest edition, as published by the American Society for Testing
and Materials.
Revised 1 1/01/06 Contrac -40. PKS 08-02 Page 175 of 21 3
1.03 Quality Assurance
A. All concrete masonry shall comply with the Building Code and reference material
published by the Masonry Institute of America.
6. Contractor shall submit samples of the block units for approval of type and color
by Owner prior to commencing with work.
C. Certification
Concrete block manufacturer shall certify that the masonry units furnished meet
or exceed the requirements of this specification.
D. Sample Panel
Contractor shall build a sample panel, approximately 4 feet by 6 feet, for review
and approval by Engineer before any masonry construction is performed. Said
sample panel may be part of the pro'ect and incorporated into the wall system.
Full size concrete masonry units whic b have been selected and approved by the
Engineer to show color range, maximum texture range, bond, mortar, tooling of
joints, and quality of workmanship shall be used in the sample panel. Sample
panel shall remain on the project for comparison purposes with the actual
masonry work.
If the sample panel is not part of the wall system, it shall be demolished and
removed from the site after completion and acceptance for the project concrete
masonry work, unless Contractor is directed otherwise by Owner.
E. Testing of Grout
1. Test Specimens and Samples
a. Contractor shall take field samples on the first day of masonry
construction, at any change in materials during construction, and
whenever, in the judgment of the Engineer, tests are necessary to
determine the quality of the materials.
b. Contractor shall prepare three grout specimens per sample. Each
grout specimen shall be a square prism, nominally 3 inches or
larger on the sides and twice as high as the width.
2. Procedures
a. Contractor shall construct samples in the presence of the Engineer
or his representative. The same personnel who lays the block in
the structure shall construct the grout specimens.
b. Contractor shall prepare each specimen in a mold consisting of
masonry units proposed for construction with the same moisture
condition as those being laid. The units shall form a space with
dimensions of 3-518 inches by 3-518 inches by 7-518 inches. The
space shall be lined with a permeable paper (such as a paper
towel) or porous separator to prevent bonding to the masonry
units, but still allowing the excess water to be absorbed.
Contractor shall place a representative sample of the grout into the
molds, puddle, and keep damp and und~sturbed for 48 hours.
After 48 hours, Owner's Representative will transport the
specimens to a test laboratory for storage.
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 176 of 21 3
1.04 Product Storage
Contractor shall store and protect all materials as follows:
A. Masonry Units
Masonry units shall be carefully stacked prior to use and shall be properly
protected from weather by cover or inside storage. All units shall be handled with
reasonable care to prevent marring or damaging of faces, edges, and corners of
units. All marred or damaged units shall be discarded.
B. Lime and Cement
Lime and cement shall be delivered in original packages and stored on platforms
above ground, protected against moisture.
Aggregates shall be stored on platforms so as to exclude dirt.
D. Reinforcing Steel
Reinforcing steel shall be stored above ground to prevent bending or rusting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials
All products shall conform to the following requirements:
A. Concrete Masonrv Units
1. Masonry units shall be Grade N-I units conforming to ASTM C90, latest,
and manufactured in accordance with requirements of the Concrete
Masonry Association Specifications.
2. Masonry units shall have maximum shrinkage of .08 of 1% from the
saturated to the oven dry condition.
3. Masonry units shall be lightweight aggregate (or sand-gravel aggregate)
units manufactured by a member of the Concrete Masonry Association.
Masonry units may be high temperature steam cured. Owner shall select
color of masonry units.
@ Revised 11101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 177 of 213
B. Cement
1. Cement for mortar shall be Type I (or Type Ill or Type Ill) portland cement
conforming to ASTM C150, latest.
2. Air-Entrained Portland Cement for mortar shall be Type I-A (or Il-A, or
Ill-A) conforming to ASTM C175, latest. (Note: When using air-entrained
cements, mortar shall not contain more than 1/10 part lime putty).
3. Plastic cement shall have less than 12% total volume in approved
plasticizing agents and shall conform to all of the requirements for
portland cement in ASTM C150, latest, except with respect to limitations
on insoluble residue, air-entrained, and additions subsequent to
calcination.
C. Aggregate
1. Aggregate shall be clean, sharp, and well graded, and free from injurious
quantities of dust, lumps, shale, alkali, surface coatings, and organic
matter.
2. Sand shall conform to ASTM C144, latest.
3. Pea gravel shall be graded with 100% passing the 318 inch sieve and not
more than 5% passing the No. 8 sieve.
D. Lime Putty
1. Lime putty shall be made from approved hydrated lime or quicklime and
shall weigh not less than 83 pounds per cubic foot.
2. Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C207, latest.
3. Quicklime shall conform to ASTM C5, latest. Quicklime shall be slaked
and then screened through a 16-mesh sieve. After slaking, screening,
and before using, it shall be stored and protected for minimum 10 days.
E. Admixtures
Admixtures shall not be used in mortar or grout unless specifically approved by
Engineer.
F. Reinforcing Steel
1. Reinforcing steel shall be Grade 60 deformed bars conforming to ASTM
A615, latest, except that 114 inch ties may be plain bars.
2. Reinforcing steel shall be clean and free from loose rust, scale, and dirt,
and coatings that reduce bond.
@ Revised 1 llOlM6 ~. . Contract No. PKS 0992 Page 178 of 213
2.02 Mortar & Grout
Mortar A. -
Mortar shall be freshly prepared and uniformly mixed in ratio 1 part portland
cement, 114 part lime putty, and 3-112 parts sand. Mortar shall conform to ASTM
C270, latest.
Grout B. -
1. Grout shall have minimum compressive strength of 2,000 PSI.
2. Grout shall be of fluid consistency and mixed in ratio 1 part cement, 3
parts sand for grout spaces less than 4 inches in any dimension. Grout
shall be of fluid consistency and mixed in ratio 1 part cement, 2 parts
sand, and 2 parts pea gravel for grout spaces greater than 4 inches.
3. Fluid consistency shall mean that consistency of fluid shall be enough for
pouring and yet not so fluid that the constituent parts of the grout separate
when grout is poured (slump equals 9 inches + 1 inch).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Workmanship
A. Masonry work shall be started only when horizontal and vertical alignment of
foundation is within 1 inch of plumb or line.
B. Contractor shall prevent grout and mortar stains. Contractor shall keep wall
continually clean. If grout runs over, Contractor shall clean wall immediately.
C. All masonry shall be laid true, level and plumb in accordance with the
Construction Drawings.
D. Contractor shall cut all masonry units accurately to fit all openings, conduit, ducts,
and plumbing. All holes shall be neatly patched.
E. Construction support shall not be attached to the wall except where specifically
permitted by the Engineer.
F. The top surface of the concrete foundation shall be clean and free of laitance and
the aggregate exposed by sandblasting prior to starting masonry construction.
G. Where no bond pattern is shown, walls shall be laid up in straight, uniform
courses with regular half or running bond.
H. All work, bond patterns, or special details shown on the Construction Drawings
shall be accurately and uniformly executed.
Revised 1 IMIIOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 179 of 213
3.02 Protection of the Work
b_l A. Contractor shall protect all sills, ledges, and offsets from mortar droppings or
other damage during construction.
B. Contractor shall prevent visible mortar and grout stains on the exterior of the
work. Contractor shall remove stains immediately if they occur.
3.03 Masonry Units
A. All masonry units shall be sound, free of cracks, or other defects that would
interfere with the proper placing of the unit or impair the strength of construction.
B. All masonry units shall be stored on the job so that they are kept off the ground
and protected from the elements. Wetting of units is not permitted.
C. Proper masonry units shall be used to provide for all windows, doors, bond
beams, lintels, pilasters, and knockouts, with a minimum unit cutting.
D. Where masonry unit cutting is necessary, Contractor shall utilize a masonry saw
making all cuts neat and true.
3.04 Joints
A.' Starting joints on foundations shall be laid with full mortar coverage on the bed
joints except that the area where grout occurs shall be free from mortar so that
the grout will be in contact with the foundation.
B. Mortar joints shall be straight, clean, and uniform in thickness and shall be tooled
as specified.
C. Contractor shall tool exposed wall joints with a round bar (or V-shaped bar) 2 feet
long to produce a dense, slightly concave surface well bonded to the block at the
edges.
D. Tooling shall be done when the mortar is partially set but sufficiently plastic to
bond. All tooling shall be done with a tool which compacts the mortar, pressing
the excess mortar out of the joint rather than dragging it out.
E. Where walls are to receive plaster, Contractor shall strike joints flush.
F. Where joints are to be concealed under paint, Contractor shall fill joints flush and
then sack to produce a dense surface without sheen.
G. Unless otherwise specified, horizontal and vertical mortar joints shall be 318 inch
thick with full mortar coverage on the face shells and on the webs surrounding
cells to be filled.
@ Revised 1 1/01/08 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 180 of 213
H. Vertical head joints shall be buttered well for a thickness equal to the face shell of
the block and these joints shall be shoved tightly so that the mortar bonds well to
both blocks. Joints shall be solidly filled from the face of the block to the depth of
the face shell.
I. If it is necessary to move a block so as to open a joint, Contractor shall remove
block from wall and set in fresh mortar.
J. Intersecting masonry walls and partitions shall be bonded by the use of steel ties
at 24 inch centers maximum.
K. Where stack bond is specified, approved metal ties shall be provided horizontally
at 24 inch centers maximum.
3.05 Reinforcing
A. When a foundation dowel does not line up with a vertical core, it shall not be
sloped at more than one horizontal to six vertical. Dowels shall be grouted into a
core in vertical alignment even though it is in an adjacent cell to the vertical wall
reinforcing.
B. Reinforcing bars shall be straight except for bends around corners or where
bends or hooks are detailed on the drawings.
C. Reinforcing steel where spliced shall be lapped a minimum of 40 bar diameters.
D. When full length vertical bars are used, they shall be held in position at top and 4
bottom at intervals not exceeding 48 inches along the reinforcement.
E. Horizontal reinforcing shall be laid on the webs of bond beam units and shall be
solidly grouted in place. Reinforcing in channel units shall be spaced off the
bottom of the unit.
F. Vertical reinforcing shall have a minimum clearance of 114" from the masonry.
G. Wire reinforcement shall be completely imbedded in mortar or grout. Mortar joints
with wire reinforcement shall be at least twice the thickness of the wire.
H. Wire reinforcement shall be lapped at least 8 inches at splices and shall contain
at least 1 cross wire at each piece of reinforcement in the lap distance.
3.06 Grouting
A. Reinforcing steel shall be in place and inspected by Engineer before grouting
starts.
B. Unless specified otherwise on drawings, all walls shall be solid grouted. Unless
specifically allowed on drawings, height of grout pours shall not exceed 4 feet. All
debris and projecting mortar shall be cleaned out before pouring grout. Pours
shall be stopped 1-112 inches below the top of a course to form a key at pour
joints. 3
Revised 1 IIOllOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 181 of 213
C. Contractor shall consolidate grout by mechanical vibration during placement
before loss of plasticity in a manner to fill the grout space. Grout pours greater
than 12 inches shall be reconsolidated by mechanical vibration after 3 to 5
minutes to minimize voids due to water loss. Grout pours 12 inches or less in
height shall be mechanically vibrated or puddled.
D. Vertical cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment to maintain a continuous
unobstructed cell area not less than 2 inches by 3 inches.
E. When higher pours are specified, grout lifts shall not exceed 8 feet. A cleanout
hole shall be provided at the bottom of each cell to be poured.
F. Contractor shall grout beams over openings in a continuous operation.
G. Contractor shall cover the tops of unfilled cell columns under a horizontal
masonry beam with metal lath, or special units shall be used to confine the grout
fill to the beam section.
H. Contractor shall install all bolts, anchors, and similar wall inserts prior to grouting
and solidly grout them in place.
3.07 Cleaning and Protection
A. Masonry walls are to be left bare or unpainted unless otherwise specified;
Contractor shall prevent mortar splotches.
B. Construction supports shall not be attached to the wall except where specifically
permitted by Engineer.
C. All forms shall be made tight (special attention is necessary for bottom form of
block bond beams) and concrete and grout spilled on the wall shall be washed off
immediately.
D. Walls shall have their surfaces dampened for three days with a light fog spray
during the mortar curing period. They shall not .be saturated with water for curing
or any other purposes.
E. At the conclusion of work, Contractor shall clean down all masonry walls, remove
his scaffolding and equipment used in the work, clean up all debris, refuse, and
surplus material, and remove them from the premises.
Revised 1 IRIIOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 182 of 21 3
BASIC EARTHWORK SPECIFICATIONS
1. Scope
Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and material and perform all operations
necessary for earthwork construction including clearing, excavating, filling, backfilling,
compacting, and grading specified or reasonably required. All debris or material
unsuitable for construction shall be removed from site.
Adequate drainage shall be provided at all times and accumulation of water in excavated
areas shall be prevented. All work shall be protected by pumping, ditching, and other
measures required for the removal of exclusion of water. Any work damaged by the
effects of rain runoff or other weather conditions during any phase of construction shall
be reconstructed to conform to the specified requirements. Contractor shall not pass
equipment over or alongside facilities that are not protected by ample fill material,
properly compacted.
Unless otherwise specified or herein modified, all earthwork shall conform to Section 300
of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, published by Building
News, Inc., Los Angeles, California, latest edition, hereinafter "Standard Specifications".
References in the Standard Specifications to Measurement and Payment shall not apply.
2. Protection of Existing Work
Before beginning any cutting or demolition work for removals, Contractor shall carefully
survey the existing work and examine the drawings and Specifications to determine the 3 extent of the work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to insure against
damage to existing work to remain in place or to be reused and any damage to such
work shall be repaired or replaced as approved by Owner at no additional cost to Owner.
Contractor shall carefully coordinate the work of this section with all other work and
construct and maintain shoring, bracing, and supports as required. Contractor shall
insure that structural elements are not overloaded and be responsible for increasing
structural supports or adding new supports as may be required as a result of any cutting,
removal, or demolition work performed under any part of this Contract.
3. Grade Control
Control stakes as may be required shall be placed and maintained by Contractor. Bench
marks, monuments, and other reference points, if unnecessarily disturbed or destroyed
by Contractor, will be restored by Owner at Contractor's expense.
4. Clearing and Grubbing
Except as otherwise specified, indicated areas should be cleaned and grubbed
conforming to Section 300-1 of the Standard Specifications. All removed materials shall
be disposed off-site in a location approved by Owner. Bituminous pavement to be
removed shall be saw cut to clean, straight lines.
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 183 of 21 3
5. Field Compaction Tests
Where reference is made to relative compaction, it shall be deemed to mean ASTM
D1557, latest, using ten-pound hammer at 18-inch drop.
Cost of all compaction tests having relative compaction less than specified shall be borne
by Contractor. Cost of all compaction tests having relative compaction greater than
specified will be borne by Owner. Owner will select soil testing engineer.
6. Materials to be Excavated
Materials to be excavated shall be non-classified and shall include all materials
encountered in excavating and grading operations hereunder. Materials shall be
excavated to the depth and extent specified.
7. Excavation
Contractor shall excavate to the elevations and dimensions indicated, plus ample space
for construction operations and inspection of facilities. All facilities to be constructed
shall bear on material compacted to the relative compaction specified which shall not be
less than 90% relative compaction. If so ordered in writing by Owner, Contractor shall
perform additional excavation beyond limits originally specified. Concrete shall not be
placed in any excavation which has not been approved by Owner. Care shall be taken
not to disturb the excavation prepared for concrete and excess material shall not be
removed to make grade until just before concrete is to be placed. This work shall
conform to Sections 300-2 and 300-3 of the Standard Specifications unless otherwise
specified.
8. Fill and Backfill
Fill and backfill shall not be placed until all work to be concealed has been inspected and
approved by Owner. No fill or backfill material shall be deposited against concrete
structures until the concrete has developed its design strength unless authorized by
Owner.
Fill and backfill around structures shall be placed in uniform horizontal layers not
exceeding 12 inches in loose thickness before compaction and shall be brought up
uniformly on all sides of the structure. Regardless of the specified depth of the layers of
material to be compacted, Contractor shall place the material at depths required to obtain
the specified relative compaction. Each layer of material shall be moistened as required
and thoroughly tamped, rolled, or otherwise compacted to the relative compaction
specified.
Fill and backfill shall be made with clean, unclassified material excavated from site as
approved by Owner. Unless permitted otherwise, said material shall consist of loose
earth or sand free from stones, clods, or other deleterious materials larger than 8 inches
in greatest dimension.
9. Finish Grading
Upon completion of construction, Contractor shall bring to finish grade all portions of site
affected by contract work. Grading shall be to the finish grade elevations specified.
Contractor shall dispose of excess material as directed by Owner.
END OF SECTION.
@ Revised 11101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 184 of 213
BASIC ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 .O1 Description
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to provide a complete and
operable electrical system, all accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
1.02 Reference Codes and Standards
All electrical equipment and materials, including the design, construction, and installation
thereof, shall comply with the following codes and standards (latest editions), as applicable.
Where hnro codes or standards are at variance, the most stringent requirements shall
govern:
A. National Electric Code (NEC).
B. Basic Electrical Regulations, Title 24, State Building Standards, California
Administrative Code.
C. Low Voltage Electrical Safety Orders, Title 8, Division of industrial Safety, State of
California. 4
D. City and County Electrical Codes.
E. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
F. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
G. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
H. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL).
1. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) Safety and Health Standards
(29CFR1910 and 29CFR1926), State Building Standards, and applicable local
codes and regulations.
All equipment and material furnished by the Contractor shall be listed by and shall bear the
label of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) or of an independent testing laboratory
acceptable to the local agency with jurisdiction over the electrical work.
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 185 of 21 3
1.2 Submittals
A. Shop Drawings
1. In accordance with Contractor Submittals Technical Specifications,
Contractor shall submit complete information, drawings, and technical data
for all equipment and components, including, but not limited to, the
following:
2. Catalog data including catalog cut sheets, bulletins, brochures, etc.
Applicable sizes, model numbers, and options shall be clearly marked and
delineated.
3. Connection diagrams, terminal diagrams, and internal wiring diagrams.
4. Equipment and material temperature limitations.
5. Drawings for all grounding work not specifically shown.
6. Nameplates for all electrical panels, including nameplate material, lettering
height, and proposed inscriptions.
B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals
Contractor shall submit detailed Operation and Maintenance Manuals for each item
of equipment in accordance with the Contractor Submittals Technical
Specifications.
C. Record Drawings
Contractor shall maintain and keep current a complete record set of construction
drawings showing every change from the Contract Drawings and Specifications
and the exact locations, sizes, and types of equipment and material installed.
Record drawings shall show all conduit runs (sizes and number), circuits, and
conductors (sizes and numbers). Record drawings shall show depths and routing
of all concealed and below grade electrical installations. Record drawings shall
be available to the Owner during construction and shall be delivered to the Owner
upon project completion.
1.3 Delivery, Storage, and Handling
A. Delivery
Deliver electriaal materials and equipment in manufacturer's original cartons and
containers with seals intact. Deliver conductors on sealed reels. Deliver large
multi-component equipment in sections to facilitate field handling and installation.
a Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 186 of 21 3
B. Storaae
Unless designed for outdoor exposure, store electrical equipment and material of
the ground and under cover. Equipment and material shall be protected from
weather, corrosion, contamination, and deterioration. Dents, marred finishes, and
other damage shall be repaired to its original condition or replaced as directed by
the Owner.
C. Handling
All equipment and material shall be handled in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Large or heavy items shall be lifted at the
points designed by the manufacturer. Equipment and material shall be handled
and installed as necessary to prevent damage.
1.05 Public Utilities
A. Contractor shall obtain electrical service requirements from public utility furnishing
electrical power to the project. Contractor shall coordinate installation of power
service with public utility. Contractor shall obtain, at his expense, all permits,
licenses, and inspections required for electrical construction work by public
utilities having jurisdiction.
B. Contractor shall furnish and install all service conduit, fittings, transformer pad(s), 9 manholes, vaults, grounding, and conductors not furnished by the serving utility. 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 General
All equipment and materials shall be new, shall be listed by UL, and shall bear the UL
label, where UL requirements apply. All equipment and material shall be of industrial
grade and be capable of long term, reliable, and trouble-free service. Similar equipment
and material items shall be products of the same manufacturer.
2.02 Grounding
A. Grounding and grounding components shall comply with the applicable
requirement of the NEC, Article 250.
B. Grounding cable shall be stranded copper and shall be sized in accordance with
Code requirements when sizes are not shown on the Drawings. Contractor shall
submit shop drawings for all grounding work not shown on the Drawings.
C. Grounding rods shall conform to ANSIIUL 467 and shall be copper-clad steel,
314-inch (minimum) in diameter and 10 feet (minimum) in length. Rods shall be
driven in the ground at least 9' -6" deep. Provide the number of rods required to
obtain proper ground resistance, as applicable to all manholes, padmount
switches, transformers, service entrances, etc. 3
Revised HMllO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 187 of 21 3
D. Ground rod mechanical connector bodies shall be manufactured from high
strength, high conductivity cast copper alloy material. Bolts, nuts, washers and
lockwashers shall be made of silicon bronze and supplied as a part of the
connector body and shall be of the two bolt type.
Split bolt connector types are not allowed.
The connectors shall meet or exceed the requirements of UL 467 and be clearly
marked with manufacturer and conductor size.
E. Ground rod compression connectors shall be manufactured from pure wrought
copper. The conductivity of this material shall be no less than 99% by IACS
standards.
The connectors shall meet or exceed the performance requirements of IEEE 837,
latest revision. The connectors shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer and
conductor size.
The installation of the connectors shall be made with a compression, tool and die
system, as recommended by the manufacturer of the connectors. Each
connector shall be factory filled with an oxide-inhibiting compound.
2.03 Pull Boxes
A. Pull-Boxes shall be of precast concrete. Pull-Box minimum inside dimensions
shall be as shown on the Drawings. Pull-Boxes shall be placed on a 6" thick
crushed rock base.
B. Pull-Box covers shall be marked "High Voltage Electric", unless noted otherwise.
C. Pull-Boxes shall be provided with knockouts for connections to all underground
conduit. Conduit entrances shall be grouted flush with non-shrink grout.
Conduits shall be terminated with flush-end bells.
D. Pull-Boxes shall be manufactured by Brooks, Quikset, or equal.
2.04 Conduit
A. General
Each length of conduit shall bear the UL label and be a minimum size of W,
unless noted otherwise. Elbows shall be standard radius sweeps meeting the
requirements of the NEC.
B. Rigid Steel Conduit
1. Rigid steel conduit shall be Schedule 40 steel, pipe size, finished inside
and out by hot-dipped galvanizing, and shall conform with ANSI C80.1
and UL. All rigid steel conduit in direct contact with the ground or concrete
shall be protected by double wrapping with 20 mil PVC tape.
Revised HEOllO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 188 of 21 3
2. Couplings shall be galvanized steel.
3. Insulating Bushings: threaded malleable iron with thermoplastic liner.
4. Insulated Grounding Bushings: threaded malleable iron body with
insulated thermoplastic liner throat and "lay-in" ground lug with
compression screw.
5. Insulated Metallic Bushings: threaded malleable iron body with plastic
insulated throat.
6. Running threads are not acceptable.
C. PVC Coated Riaid Steel Conduit
1. Conduit shall be Schedule 40 steel, pipe size, finished inside and out by
hot-dipped galvanizing, and shall conform with ANSl C80.1 and UL. A
PVC coating of 40 mils (minimum) thickness shall be bonded to the outer
galvanized surface of the conduit and a urethane coating shall be applied
to the interior surface of the conduit. The bond between the PVC coating
and the conduit surface shall be greater than the tensile strength of the
plastic. A PVC jacketed coupling shall be furnished with each length of
conduit. PVC coated rigid steel conduit and fittings shall be manufactured
by Robroy, Occidental, or equal. m- 4
2. Conduit fittings shall be PVC coated and furnished by the same
manufacturer as the conduit to provide a complete and compatible
protective system. PVC coated fittings and couplings shall have specially
formed sleeves to tightly seal to conduit PVC coating. The sleeves shall
extend beyond the fitting or coupling a distance equal to the conduit
outside diameter or two inches, whichever is greater.
D. Riaid Non-Metallic Conduit
1. Conduit shall be UL listed, sunlight resistant, Schedule 40 polyvinyl-
chloride (PVC) conduit, rated for 90' C conductors, and manufactured to
NEMA TC-2 standards.
2. Couplings and connectors shall be of the same manufacturer as the
conduit and shall be joined as recommended by the manufacturer. All
PVC conduits shall be terminated with approved connectors or end bells.
E. Electrical Metallic Tubina (EMT)
1. . Conduit shall be formed of cold rolled strip steel, electroplated, and shall
meet ANSl and UL requirements.
2. Couplings shall be electroplated steel, UL listed rain and concrete tight.
3. Connectors shall be gland compression type with insulated plastic throat.
Revised I IIOIRB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 189 of 213
F. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metallic Conduit
1.' Conduit shall be liquid tight and shall have an interlocking flexible
galvanized steel core with permanently bonded continuous exterior gray
PVC jacket. Exterior jacket shall be moisture and oil-proof, and UV
protected. A copper bonding conductor shall be included between the
segments. Interior surfaces shall be smooth and offer minimum drag to
pulling conductors. Liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit shall be as
manufactured by Anaconda, Electroflex, or equal.
2. Connectors shall be the screw clamp or screw-in (Jake) variety with cast
malleable iron bodies and threaded male hubs with insulated throats or
insulated bushings. Liquid-tight fittings shall be of cadmium plated cast
malleable iron, with insulated throat, with provisions for grounding.
2.07 Conductors and Cable
A. General
Cables and wires shall be new, stranded conductors, solid copper, not smaller
than #12 AWG unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Insulation shall bear
manufacturer's trademark, insulation designation, voltage rating, and conductor
size at regular intervals. Each type of cable or wire shall be the product of a
single manufacturer.
B. Conductors
Conductors for power service, power feeders, power circuits, and lighting feeders,
lighting circuits, and control circuits shall be stranded copper, rated 600 volt, with
75' C THWN insulation, UL approved, for installation underground, in concrete, in
masonry, or in wet locations. Minimum conductor size shall be # 12 AWG.
C. Color Coding
System conductors shall be factory color coded by integral pigmentation with a
separate color for each phase and neutral, or by an approved colored marking
tape at all terminations and in all junction boxes, pull-boxes, and manholes. Each
voltage system shall have a color coded system that shall be maintained
throughout the project. Approved colored marking tape is as follows:
Svstem Service Color
120V, 1 Phase, 2 wire Line Black
Neutral White
208V, 3 Phase, 4 wire Phase A Black
Phase B Red
Phase C Blue
Neutral White
@ Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 190 of 213
480V, 3 Phase, 4 wire
All
Phase A
Phase B
Phase C
Neutral
Ground
Brown
Orange
Yellow
White
Green & Bare Copper
2.08 Switches and Relays
A. Toaale Switches
Local single pole switches shall be flush tumbler type AC rated, quiet type, heavy
duty, 20 amp minimum, rated 1201277 volt, back or side wired with binding
screws. Switches shall conform to NEMA WD-1 specifications. Two pole three
way and other switches shall be similar. Switches shall be as manufactured by
Hubbell, Bryant, or equal.
2.09 Receptacles
A. General Purpose
General purpose receptacles shall be duplex, 3-wire grounding type, rated 125
1250 volt, AC, 20 amp minimum, NEMA 5-20R, back or side wired with binding
screws, as manufactured by Hubbell, Bryant, G.E, or equal.
1.
B. Ground Fault lnterrurster (GFI) 9
W'
GFI receptacles shall be NEMA 5-20R configured and shall mount in a standard
device box. Units shall trip at 5 milliamperes of ground current and shall comply
with NEMA WD-1-1.10 and UL 943. GFI receptacles shall be capable of
individual protection as well as downstream protection.
2.10 Device Boxes, Junction Boxes, and Fittings
A. Device Boxes (General Purpose - Indoors or Outdoors)
Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, device boxes shall malleable iron
constructed with zinc or cadmium plating and enamel finish, minimum single gang
size, deep box type, with treaded hubs and solid gasketed cover. Device boxes
shall be properly sized for required circuitry or splicing. Surface mounted boxes
shall be furnished with mounting lugs. Where located outdoors, device boxes
shall be waterproof. Device boxes shall be Crouse-Hinds FD, Appleton FD, or
equal.
B. Junction Boxes (General Pur~ose - lndoors or Outdoors)
Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, junction boxes shall be malleable iron
constructed, rain tight, dust tight, minimum size 4"x4"x3", drilled and tapped or
field installed with slip holes (alternate hub plates are acceptable). Junction
boxes shall be properly sized for the number and sizes of conductors and conduit
entering the box and required splicing. Provide feet where necessary for surface
mounting. Junction boxes shall be Crouse-Hinds WAB, Appleton RS, or equal.
Revised 11101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 191 of 21 3
C. Device Boxes (Wet or Corrosive Locations)
Where specified on the Drawings, device boxes shall be constructed of 316
stainless steel, minimum single gang size, deep box type, with gasket and 316
stainless steel solid cover. Device boxes shall be properly sized for required
circuitry or splicing. Surface mounted boxes shall be furnished with mounting
lugs or feet. Device boxes shall be NEMA 4X as manufactured by BEL Products,
Inc., Cushing Manufacturing Co., or equal.
D. Junction Boxes (Wet or Corrosive Locations)
Where specified on the Drawings, junction boxes shall be constructed of 316
stainless steel, with gasket and 316 stainless steel solid cover. Junction box
minimum size shall be 4"x4"x311. Junction boxes shall be properly sized for
required circuitry or splicing. Provide feet where necessary for surface mounting.
Junction boxes shall be NEMA 4X as manufactured by BEL Products, Inc.,
Cushing Manufacturing Co., or equal.
E. . Fittinns
Conduit fittings shall be provided where shown on the Drawings or required to
facilitate installation of the electrical conduit and equipment.
1. Metallic fittings shall be constructed of malleable iron with zinc or
cadmium plating and enamel finish, with gasket and cast cover. Fittings
shall be Condulet Type as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or
equal.
2. Non-metallic fittings shall be compatible with the non-metallic conduit
used and shall be of the same manufacturer.
3. Fittings shall be of the shapes, sizes, and types required to facilitate
installation or removal or conductors and cables from the conduit.
4. Connectors, couplings, locknuts, bushings, and caps used with Rigid
Steel conduit shall be threaded and thoroughly galvanized. Bushings
shall be insulated.
5. Metallic conduit unions shall be "Erickson" couplings, or approved equal.
Running threads are not acceptable.
6. Connectors for liquid-tight flexible metallic conduit shall be liquid tight with
insulating bushings and provision for ground continuity.
2.1 I Disconnect Switches
A. Switch Interior
Dead-front construction with hinged arc suppressor and-switch blades which are
fully visible in the "OFF" position and with door open.
Revised I llOIlOf3 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 192 of 21 3
B. Switch Mechanism
Switches shall be quick-make and quick-break with arc quenching and ambient
temperature compensated overload devices. Switch operating handle and
mechanism shall be provided with a dual cover interlock to prevent unauthorized
opening of the switch door in the "ON" position or closing the switch mechanism
while the door is open. Switch operating handle shall be capable of being
padlocked in the "OFF" position. Switches shall be manufactured by General
Electric, Westinghouse, Square Dl or equal.
C. Ratinas
Switches shall be horsepower rated for the operating voltage and with fused or
non-fused arrangements as shown on the Drawings.
D. Enclosures
Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, for interior locations enclosures shall be
NEMA 12 panels with hinged covers and padlockable hasps. Switches in exterior
locations shall be provided with gasketed NEMA 3R enclosures with hinged
covers and padlockable hasps.
Low-Voltage Cable Splices
Low-voltage cable splices and terminations shall be rated at not less than 600 Volts.
Splices in conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be made with an insulated,
solderless, pressure type connector, conforming to the applicable requirements of UL
486A. Splices in conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall be made with noninsulated,
solderless, pressure type connector, conforming to the applicable requirements of UL
486A and UL 4868. Splices shall then be covered with an insulation and jacket material
equivalent to the conductor insulation and jacket. Splices below grade or in wet locations
shall be sealed type conforming to ANSI C119.1 or shall be waterproofed by a sealant-
filled, thick wall, heat shrinkable, thermosetting tubing or by pouring a thermosetting resin
into a mold that surrounds the joined conductors.
Miscellaneous Equipment and Material
A. Concrete Anchors
Type 304 (or better) stainless steel expansion anchors (wedge or sleeve) shall be
used to for mounting all electrical conduit, boxes, and equipment. NO type of
explosive anchor will be permitted.
B. Conduit Straps
Where specified on the Drawings, conduit straps shall be malleable iron
constructed, one-hold type strap with cast clam-backs and spacers as required.
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 193 of 213
C. Channel (Unistrut) Su~~orts
Unless otherwise specified, support channel (Unistrut) shall be single strut type,
1-112" x 1-1/2", 12 gauge hot dipped galvanized steel with 17/32" diameter bolt
holes on 1-1 12" centers.
Nameplates shall be provided for all electrical stations and equipment furnished
by the Contractor. Nameplates shall be engraved laminated plastic, with 114"
high white lettering on black background. Nameplates shall indicate equipment
and its function. Nameplates shall be securely fastened with stainless steel drive
screws or escutcheon pins.
E. Panelboard Labelinq
Panelboard circuits shall be labeled clearly indicating which piece of equipment,
outlet, lighting, receptacle, etc. is powered by the respective circuit. Labeling
shall be arranged in numerical order.
F. Conductor and Terminal Markers
Conductor and terminal markers shall be self-adhering, pre-printed cloth or vinyl.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 General
A. Prefabricated Material and Equipment
Installation of all prefabricated items and equipment shall conform to the
requirements of the manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions.
When code requirements apply to installation of materials and equipment, the
more stringent requirements, code, or manufacturer's specifications and
installation instructions shall govern the work.
B. Power Su~~lies to Mechanical Equi~ment
1. An electric power supply, including conduit, any necessary junction or
outlet boxes, and conductors and connections shall be furnished and
installed by Contractor for each item of mechanical equipment.
2. Circuit breakers or fused disconnect protection shall be provided for each
separate item of mechanical equipment shown on the Drawings, or
specified in the Basic or Technical Specifications.
3. Power supplies to individual items of equipment shall be terminated in a
suitable outlet or junction box adjacent to the respective item of
equipment, or a junction box provided by the manufacturer of the
equipment. Sufficient lengths of conductor at each location shall be
provided to permit connection to equipment without damaging the
conductors.
@ Revised 11101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 1 94 of 21 3
3.02 Conduit Installation
A. General
1. Contractor shall install conduit and electrical equipment in locations that
will cause minimal interference with the maintenance and removal of
mechanical equipment. Conduits and connections are shown
schematically on the Drawings. Contractor shall run conduit in a neat
manner parallel or perpendicular to walls and slabs, and wherever
possible, installed together in parallel runs supported with Unistrut type
support system. All conduits shall be installed straight and true with
reference to the adjacent work.
2. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, conduits shall be concealed in
walls or in cast-in-place concrete slabs. Concealed conduits shall be run
in as direct a route as possible and with bends of large radii. Floor
penetrations shall be made only at specific approved locations; other
penetrations are prohibited. Conduits shall be rigidly secured in position
by means of approved clamps.
3. Locations of conduit runs shall be planned in advance of the installation
and coordinated with the ductwork, plumbing, ceiling, and wall
construction in the same areas, and shall not unnecessarily cross other
conduits or pipe, nor prevent removal of nor block access to mechanical
or electrical equipment. @"%a
4
4. Unless noted othewise on the Drawings, buried conduit shall be installed
with a minimum of 24" cover. All conduit trenches shall be compacted to
a minimum of 90% relative compaction. Compaction in the pipe zone
shall be accomplished by water jetting imported sand, one sack sand
slurry cement, or equal, placed to 6" above top of conduit. Buried conduit
shall be installed using approved spacers and cradles, properly
supportedlanchored and at sufficient intervals ' to prevent movement
during backfill operations (maximum spacing of five feet). Where change
in direction is required, long radius elbows shall be installed. Prior to
installation of conductors in underground conduits, a testing mandrel not
less than six (6) inches long and with a diameter 114 inch less than the
conduit diameter shall be drawn through after which a stiff bristle brush of
the proper size for the conduits shall be drawn through until the conduits
are free of all sand and gravel.
5. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, conduits cast in, under, or
through concrete walls, slabs, or masonry walls shall be Rigid Steel.
6. Unless noted othewise on the Drawings, buried conduit shall be Rigid
Non-Metallic or Rigid Steel. Transition from PVC to Rigid Steel shall be
made at the horizontal leg of the buried conduit bend.
7. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, exposed or above grade conduit
shall be Rigid Steel. L.*IE
Q ~evised 1 1~1106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 195 of 21 3
8. Spare conduits shall extend a minimum of 3" above concrete slab or wall,
and be provided with threaded cap and polyethylene pull rope with 100-
pound (minimum) tensile strength.
9. All conduits shall be tightly sealed during construction by use of conduit
plugs or "pennies" set under bushings. All conduit in which moisture or
any foreign matter has collected before pulling conductors shall be
cleaned and dried to the satisfaction of the Owner.
10. Conduits shall be securely fastened to cabinets, boxes, and gutters using
locknuts (one inside and one outside enclosure for rigid conduit, one
inside enclosure for EMT) and an insulating bushing or specified insulated
connectors. Grounding bushings or bonding jumpers shall be installed on
all conduits terminating at concentric knockouts.
B. Rigid Steel Conduit
Rigid Steel conduit installations below grade, and cast in, under, or through walls
or slabs shall be double wrapped with 20-mil PVC tape. Running threads and
threadless couplings will not be acceptable. Where necessary for connecting
conduit, UL listed couplings or unions shall be used. All ends and joints shall be
reamed smooth after cutting.
C. Electrical Metallic Tubinq (EMT)
EMT conduit shall only be installed where specifically shown on the Drawings.
EMT conduit, where specified, shall be furnished with weatherproof fittings.
D. Riaid Non-Metallic Conduit
Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, Schedule 40 PVC conduit may be used
underground. PVC conduits shall not be run exposed.
E. Supports
Exposed conduit shall be supported with channel supports spaced per NEC
requirements (8'-0" maximum spacing) and within 18 of couplings, bends, boxes,
etc., unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
F. Termination and Joints
1. Raceways shall be joined using specified couplings or transition couplings
where dissimilar raceway systems are joined.
2. Conduit terminations exposed at weatherproof enclosures and cast outlet
boxes shall be made watertight using approved connectors and hubs.
3. Expansion couplings shall be installed where any conduit crosses a
building separation or expansion joint, including joints in footings and
gradebeams.
Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 196 of 21 3
4. Approved cable-sealing bushings shall be installed on all conduits 4
originating from roof and terminating in switchgear, cabinets, or gutters
inside the building.
5. Conduit bodies (Condulets) are not acceptable as enclosures for splices.
6. At all conduit terminations and boxes, conductors shall be protected by a
fitting equipped with a plastic bushing having a smoothly rounded
insulating surface.
3.03 Conductor and Cable Installation
A. General
1. Conductors shall not be installed in conduit runs until all work is
completed for each individual conduit run. Care shall be taken in pulling
conductors such that insulation is not damaged. UL approved pulling
compounds shall be used.
2. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings, all conductors or cables shall be
installed in conduit or electrical enclosures.
3. All cables shall be installed and tested in accordance with manufacturer's
requirements and warranty.
B. S~licinn and Terminatinq
1. All aspects of splicing and terminating shall be in accordance with cable
manufacturers published procedures.
2. All splices in outlet boxes with connectors as specified herein shall be
made up with separate tails of correct color. At least six (6) inches of tails
packed in box after splice is made up shall be provided.
3. All conductor and cable in panels, control centers and equipment
enclosures shall be bundled and clamped.
C. Identification
1. All branch-circuits shall be securely tagged, noting the purpose of each.
Conductors shall be marked with vinyl wrap-around markers. Where more
than two conductors run through a single outlet, each circuit shall be
marked with the corresponding circuit number at the panelboard.
2. Conductors size #6 AWG and larger shall be color coded using specified
phase color markers and identification tags.
3. All terminal strips shall have each individual terminal identified with
specified vinyl markers. 3
@ Revised 1 IMIMB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 197 of 213
4. Inside of all junction box cover plates shall be identified via felt-tip pen or
decal label, denoting the panel and circuit numbers and voltage contained
in the box.
5. All receptacles and switches shall be decal labeled on the plate, denoting
the panel and circuit number.
D. Connections to Circuit Breakers, Switches, and Terminal Strips; Stranded Copper
Conductors
1. #I2 through 8 AWG: Conductor shall be terminated in locking tongue
style, pressure type, compression lugs, unless clamp type connection for
stranded conductor is provided with device.
2. #6 AWG and larger: Conductor shall be terminated in one-hole flat-tongue
style, compression type lugs, or by connectors supplied by the
manufacturer.
E. Joints in Conductors in Dw Locations, Copper Conductors
1. #8 AWG and smaller: Conductors shall be twisted and secured with cap
or twist-on, expandable spring type solderless connectors.
2. #6 AWG and larger: Conductor shall be joined with split bolt connectors or
compression sleeves. Joints shall be insulated with rubber tape and
protected with half-lapped layers of vinyl plastic electrical tape. Insulation
may also be provided by UL listed pre-manufactured components such as
heat-shrink or cold-shrink devices.
F. Joints in Conductors in Moist Locations, Copper Conductors
1. #8 AWG and smaller: Conductor shall be securely joined as specified
above, then encapsulated in epoxy (Scotchcast or approved equal).
2. #6 AWG and larger shall be joined as specified above, and suitably water
treated.
G. Groundinq
Enclosures of equipment, raceways and fixtures shall be permanently and
effectively grounded. A code-sized, copper, insulated green equipment ground
shall be provided for all branch circuit and feeder runs. Equipment ground shall
originate at panelboard ground bus and shall be bonded to all switch and
receptacle boxes and electrical equipment enclosures. Ground terminals on
receptacles shall be connected to the equipment grounding conductor by an
insulated copper conductor.
@ Revised I 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 198of 213
3.04 Installation of Boxes and Wiring Devices
A General
1. All outlets shall be surface mounted with walls, ceilings, and floors, except
where specified to be finish flush.
2. No unused openings shall be left in any box. Close-up plugs shall be
installed as required to seal openings.
3. Exposed outlet boxes and boxes in damp and wet locations shall be
provided with gasketed cast metal cover plates.
B. Box Layout
1. Outlet boxes shall be installed at the locations and elevations shown on
the drawings or specified herein. Adjustments to locations shall be made
as required by structural conditions and to suit coordination requirements
of other trades.
3.05 Transformer Installation
A. Primary shall be connected to minimum value taps during construction period and
prior to initial building start-up.
B. Voltage readings shall be made and tap connections adjusted to nominal voltage
during final construction review and prior to building occupancy. I 4
C. Transformers shall be installed on vibration pads designed to suppress the
transformer vibrations. Pads shall be selected and arranged in accordance with
the weights of the transformers.
D. Conduit connections that will prevent transmission of the transformer vibrations to
the conduit system shall be installed.
E. Transformers installed against a wall shall have readily accessible primary and
secondary terminals.
3.06 Protection
Conduits, junction boxes, outlet boxes, and other openings shall be kept closed to
prevent entry of foreign matter. Fixtures, equipment, and apparatus shall be covered and
protected against dirt, paint, water, chemical or mechanical damage, before and during
the construction period. Damaged fixtures, apparatus, or equipment shall be restored to
original condition prior to final acceptance, including restoration of damaged shop coats
of paint. Brightly finished surfaces and similar items shall be protected until in service. No
rust or damage will be permitted.
@ Revised 1 1101 106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 199 of 21 3
.u'. 3.07 Workmanship
A. Preparation, handling, and installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions and technical data particular to the product specified andlor
approved, except as otherwise specified.
B. Work shall be furnished and placed in coordination and cooperation with other
trades.
C. Work shall conform to the National Electrical Contractor's Association Standard of
Installation for general installation practice.
END OF SECTION.
Revised 1 1/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 200 of 21 3
BASIC STRUCTURAL STEEL
AND MISCELLANEOUS METAL WORK SPECIFICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 General Requirements
Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and material and perform all operations
necessary for fabrication, construction, and installation of structural and miscellaneous
metal specified.
Where miscellaneous metal and equipment items are required to fit spaces previously
constructed, measurements for the fabrication of such items shall be made at the site so
that items fit as required. Standard commercial products which meet general
requirements, and vary only in nonessential detail, will be acceptable, subject to Owner's
approval.
All work shall be executed and finished in accordance with approved shop drawings and
conform with the best practice required to produce the highest grade construction.
Contractor shall be solely responsible for errors of fabrication and correct fitting of
structural members shown on the shop drawings.
1.02 Quality Assurance +"-9
Unless otherwise specified, all work specified in the Contract Documents shall comply 4
with requirements of the following specifications and codes:
A. Steel Work
Fabrication and erection of structural steel shall be in accordance with AlSC
"Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for
Buildings," and "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges",
latest editions.
B. Aluminum Work
Fabrication and erection of aluminum shall be in accordance with the applicable
requirements of Chapter 28 of the Uniform Building Code, latest edition, and
herein referenced standards of the Aluminum Association.
All welding of structural steel assemblies shall be performed under continuous
inspection of a "Special Inspector" selected by the Owner. Should such
fabrication be performed in the shop of a licensed fabricator approved by the
governing Building Official, only the field welding of structural steel assemblies
will be required to be performed under continuous inspection of the "Special
Inspector". Contractor shall notify inspector at least 24 hours in advance of
needed inspections. Contractor shall provide copies of Inspection Reports for
Owner. 3
Revised HlOllO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 201 of 213
I .03 Submittals
A. Shop Drawings
Contractor shall submit shop drawings for approval before fabrication of any of
the work. Shop drawings shall show complete fabrication details with material
lists, including all welds, fabrication and finish details, and shop painting. In
approved shop drawings, the Owner does not assume responsibility for accuracy
of the work relative to other components as constructed. Also refer to applicable
requirements hereafter specified in paragraph "Substitutions". All dimensions
shall be field verified by the Contractor prior to fabrication.
B. Test Reports
Contractor shall furnish notarized certified physical and chemical mill test reports
for material used for major structural members. All tests shall be performed in
accordance with applicable ASTM Standards.
C. Shop Paintinq Data
In coordinated manner with requirements for Painting and Protective Coatings,
Contractor shall submit product list with product data sheets of intended shop
coats which, for compatibility, shall be the same products and manufacturer as
those field-applied systems specified in the Basic Painting Specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Materials - General
Materials shall be new, sound, and shall comply with the following:
A. Steel
Rolled shapes, plates, and bars shall conform to AlSC "Manual of Steel
Construction" and ASTM Specification A-36, latest editions.
1. Stainless Steel
Unless otherwise designated or approved, Contractor shall use Type 316
stainless steel alloy conforming to ASTM A-167 and ASTM A-276, latest
editions, for plates and bars.
2. Steel Pipe
Material shall conform to ASTM A-53, Grade 6 seamless galvanized as
required, Schedule 40.
Revised 1 IMIIOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 202 of 21 3
B. Cast Iron
Material shall conform to ASTM A-48, Class 30, except as specifically designated
otherwise.
C. Ductile lron
Material shall conform to ASTM A-536 using grade 60-40-1 8 or better, except as
specifically designated otherwise.
D. Aluminum
1. All plate, pipe, and structural shapes shall be new and shall conform to
ASTM B209 (Plate), 8308 (Shapes), 8429 (Pipe and Tubing), 821 1 (Bar
Stock), and applicable Federal Specifications for 6061-T6 alloy, unless
otherwise designated.
2. Aluminum pipe rail shall be of 6061-T6 alloy and be Schedule 40 or
greater.
3. Alloys and tempers for various members where not otherwise designated,
shall be as required for proper forming and fabrication to meet or exceed
structural requirements, and shall be of alloys specially produced to best
achieve specified color anodized finishes. Contractor shall provide
supporting printed recommendations from parent aluminum producer. For
sheet fabricated members Contractor shall use only homogenous
aluminum products and no clad products.
4. Contingent upon alloys being welded, Contractor shall use only inert gas
shielded arc or resistance welding process with filler alloys as specified in
the UBC. Contractor shall not use any process requiring a welding flux.
E. Common Bolts
Except as otherwise designated or specified, bolts shall be standard commercial
quality steel units conforming to ASTM A-307; galvanize where used with
galvanized work.
F. High Strenath Bolts & Studs
Except as otherwise designated or specified, bolts shall conform to ASTM A325;
studs shall conform to ASTM A449; nuts shall conform to ASTM A194, 2H heavy
hex; washers shall conform to ASTM F436. They shall be galvanized where
specified or where used with galvanized steel.
G. Stainless Steel Bolts
Except as otherwise designated or specified, bolts, cap screws, and studs shall
be Type 316L conforming to ASTM F-593; nuts shall conform to ASTM F-594. rn
Revised I llOlIO6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 203 of 213
H. Deferred Bolting Devices (Noted D.B.D. or Ex~ansion Anchor on Contract
Drawings)
Deferred bolting devices shall be used in lieu of anchor bolts only where
specifically noted or detailed; they shall be installed in accordance with current
I.C.B.O. Research Report Approval and shall consist of the following:
1. D.B.D. shall be Molly Parabolt Concrete Anchors, Phillips Wedge
Anchors, Hilti Anchors, or approved equal.
2. D.B.D. shall not be used for anchorage of any vibrating machinery or
equipment.
I. Galvanizing
1. Iron and Steel
Galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A123, with minimum weight per
square foot of 1.25 ounces.
2. Ferrous Metal Hardware Items
Galvanizing shall conform to A153, with average coating weight of 1.25
ounces per square foot.
3. Touch-UD Material for Galvanized Coatinns
Galvanized coatings marred or damaged during erection or fabrication
shall be repaired by use of DRYGALV as manufactured by the American
Solder and Flux Company, Galvalloy, Galvion, or equal, applied in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
J. Weldina Electrodes
1. Steel Electrodes
Contractor shall use E70XXX rod for shielded metal arc welding
conforming to AWS A5.1 or A5.5 and F7X-EXXX for submerged arc
welding conforming to AWS A5.17. For steel alloys other than ASTM A-
36 and A-53, Contractor shall use electrodes recommended in writing by
AWS and by the parent steel manufacturer.
2. Aluminum Electrodes
Contingent upon alloys being welded, Contractor shall use only inert gas
shielded arc or resistant welding process with filler alloys conforming to
U.B.C. Standard No. 28, Table 28-1-C. Contractor shall not use any
process requiring a welding flux.
Revised 11lO1b6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 204 of 21 3
3. Stainless Steel Electrodes
Contractor shall weld stainless steel with electrodes and by techniques
specified in pertinent AWS A5 Series Specification, and as recommended
in Welded Austenitic Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Techniques and
Properties as published by the International Nickel Company, Inc., New
York, N.Y.
K. Sho~ Prime Paint
To assure compatibility with field-applied paint or coating systems, for ferrous
metals other than stainless steel, galvanized steel, and cast iron, Contractor shall
use same shop prime paint product and manufacturer as painting or protective
coating system intended for field application specified in the Basic Painting
Specifications. Contractor shall not shop prime portions of work immediately
adjacent to intended field welds or portions intended for embedment in concrete.
L. . Storage of Materials
Structural material, either plain or fabricated, shall be stored above ground upon
platforms, skids, or other supports. Material shall be kept free from dirt, grease,
and other foreign matter and shall be protected from corrosion.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Fabrication
A. Workmanship shall conform to AlSC specifications, latest edition. Work shall d
conform to the Contract Documents and approved shop drawings. Work shall be
performed by Fabricator approved by governing Code Authorities. Aluminum
work shall conform to the applicable requirements of "Specifications for Aluminum
Structures, Aluminum Construction Manual" of the Aluminum Association, latest
edition.
1. Shop connections shall be welded or bolted unless otherwise indicated.
2. Insofar as possible, Contractor shall fit and assemble all work in shop,
ready for erection.
B. Members
1. All members shall be free from twists, kinks, buckles, or open joints.
2. All members, holes, and their spacing shall be so accurately made that,
when assembled, the parts shall come together and bolt without distortion.
3. Parts assembled with bolts shall be in dose contact, except where
separators are required. Where unlike metals are in contact, Contractor
shall insulate as necessary to prevent corrosion.
4. Bearing surfaces shall be planned to true beds. Abutting surfaces shall
be closely fitted. Steel requiring accurate alignment shall be provided with
slotted holes andlor washers for aligning the steel members.
Revised 1 1IO1MB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 205 of 21 3
C. Welding
1. Welding in shop and field shall be done by operators who have previously
been qualified by tests, as prescribed in the American Welding Society,
"Standards Qualifications Procedure". All welds shall exhibit
characteristics required by AWS Dl .O.
2. All welds shall be made with E70-XX classification mild or low-alloy steel
covered arc-welding electrodes conforming to AWS A5.1 and A5.5
Specifications for filler metal, except as otherwise designated on
Structural Drawings and except as otherwise recommended by AWS and
AlSC for welding high strength steel alloys other than ASTM A36 and A53
Steels.
3. All steel, before being fabricated, shall be thoroughly wire brushed,
cleaned of all scale and rust, and thoroughly straightened by approved
methods that will not injure the materials being used. Welding shall be
continuous along the entire line of contact except where tack or
intermittent welding is permitted by Engineer. Where exposed, welds
shall be cleaned of flux and slag and ground smooth.
4. Welding of aluminum shall conform to the applicable requirements of
Uniform Building Code, Chapter 28 and to the detail requirements of
"Welding Aluminum" by the American Welding Society and the Aluminum
Association.
3.02 Erection
A. Erection shall include the installation and erection of all steel referred to in this
Basic Specification. Contractor shall verify correctness before starting erection.
Erection shall be performed in accordance with the latest edition of AlSC Code of
Standard Practice.
B. As erection progresses, Contractor shall securely bolt up all members to take
care of all dead-load, wind, and erection stresses.
C. Contractor shall not perform final bolting or welding until each portion of the
structure has been properly aligned and plumbed.
D. Contractor shall insure bolts are drawn up tight and threads set so that nuts
cannot become loose.
E. Damaqed Members
During erection, members which are bent, twisted, or damaged shall be
straightened or replaced by Contractor as directed. If heating is required in
straightening, heating shall be done in the presence of the inspector and a
heating method shall be used which will ensure uniform temperature throughout
the entire member. Members, which, in the opinion of the Owner, are damaged
to an extent impairing their appearance, strength, or serviceability, shall be
removed and replaced with new members by Contractor.
a Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 206 of 21 3
F. Anchor Bolts and Anchors
Anchor bolts and anchors shall be properly located and built into connection work
in accordance with the Contract Documents. Bolts and anchors shall be preset
by the use of templates or such other methods as may be required to locate the
anchors and anchor bolts accurately. Embedded anchor bolts that are
submerged in process water or sludge, or are in enclosed tanks or spaces
exposed to process gas or moisture, shall be Type 316 stainless steel with nuts
of the same material. To such stainless steel bolts Contractor shall apply a non-
oxidizing lubricant grease before bolting using a molybdenum disulphide grease
compound or a NO-OX-1 0 type compound. Specialty anchoring systems shall be
as specified or shown on Construction Drawings.
G. Aluminum Pipe Rails and Railings
Pipe rail shall be painted steel or anodized aluminum as specified in Contract
Documents. Steel and aluminum pipe rails and railings, complete with
stanchions, toe plates, welded and bolted fittings, and attachments shall be
fabricated true to size configurations and detail shown on Construction Drawings.
Grind and polish welds flush and smooth. Curves, where indicated or necessary,
shall be bent on a radius of not less than six (6) inches.
1. All pipe materials shall be Schedule 40 aluminum or as noted on the
plans.
If proprietary substitutions are proposed for railings and attachments,
submittals shall be accompanied by acceptable test data by an
independent testing laboratory showing that: the fitting and attachment
will withstand the bending moment induced by a 200 Ib. force applied at
the top of the stanchion in any direction; and the railings will safely resist
forces as required by CallOSHA and the Uniform Building Code. Test
data shall be for attachments in similar materials as the field condition.
3. Contractor shall isolate aluminum from dissimilar metals and concrete for
protection from galvanic deterioration. Aluminum shall be mill finished
and free of damage and detracting appearance flaws. Contractor shall
provide uniform AA-KA41 Architectural Class I clear anodic finish.
H. Substitutions
Unless otherwise directed, the exact sections, shapes, thicknesses, sizes,
weights, and the details of construction shown for the structural steelwork shall be
furnished as specified in the Contract Documents; however, Contractor, because
of his stock or shop practices, may suggest substitutes if the net section area is
not thereby reduced, if the section properties are at least equivalent, and if the
overall dimensions are not exceeded. All substitutions or other deviations from
Contract Drawings andlor Specifications shall be specifically noted or "clouded"
on the shop drawing submittals.
Revised 1 1Ml/O6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 207 of 21 3
I. Flame Cutting
Contractor shall not flame cut with a gas cutting torch in the field to correct
fabrication errors on any major member in the structural framing. Contractor may
flame-cut on minor members, when the member is not under stress, and then
only following Owner's approval.
J. Dissimilar Metals
Contractor shall isolate aluminum from contact with dissimilar metals and
materials, other than stainless steel, as follows:
1. Metals
Contractor shall apply on contact surfaces a heavy brush coat of
approved zinc chromate primer made with a synthetic resin vehicle,
followed by two brush coats of approved aluminum metal and masonry
paint or a heavy coat of approved alkali-resistant bituminous paint.
Alternatively, Contractor may separate surfaces with a non-absorptive
tape or gasket.
2. Masonw, Concrete, or Plaster
Contractor shall apply a heavy brush coat of approved, alkali-resistant
bituminous paint, or separate surfaces with non-absorptive tape or gasket.
3. Moisture-Absorbent Materials and Preservativelv Treated Wood
Contractor shall paint such absorbent materials with two coats of
approved aluminum house paint and protect aluminum contact surfaces
with bituminous paint.
END OF SECTION.
Revised 11/01/06 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 208 of 213
BASIC BUILT UP ROOFING SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 07500 BUILT UP ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
I I Description of Work
A. Scope:
1. The extent of the Built-Up Roof system work is indicated by the provisions of this
Section and as specified in the following sections:
A. Section 07600 Sheet Metal Components
B. System Description:
1. The new roof shall consist of a four ply built-up roof, one layer Type G2 fiberglass
base sheet, mechanically attached to wood substrate, three Type IV fiberglass ply
sheets mopped to the base sheet with gravel surfacing.
2. Related products and systems are specified in Section 07500, Part 2 - Products,
Materials.
C. Special Conditions
6 1. Provide GAF 10 year no dollar limit warranty. Adhere to all requirements of GAF
to obtain warranty.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers
A. The following roofing and flashing specifications are based on GAF Materials
Corporation, two year installer warranty, Ten year NO DOLLAR LIMIT roofing and
flashing systems.
1. Primary Built-Up Roof products:
A. GAF Materials Corporation or approved equal (Johns Manville, Malarkey,
Tamko)
2.02 Sheet Materials
A. Base Sheet: Gafglas #75 base sheet, Type G2, ASTM D-4601,
Type II as manufactured by GAF Materials Corporation, or approved equal.
B. Ply Sheets: GafGlas Ply IV, ASTM D-2178, Type Ill as
manufactured by GAF Materials Corporation or approved equal.
C. Modified Bitimen: Ruberoid granulated modified bitumen as manufactured
By GAF Materials Corporation or approved equal.
@ Revised 1 1101106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 209 of 21 3
- - 2.03 Bituminous Materials
A. Asphalt Primer ASTM D-41-85.
B. Plastic Roof Cement ASTM D-4586-86.
C. Asphalt ASTM D-312-84 Type Ill
2.04 Cant Strips
A. Cant Strips, fiberboard perlite, (inorganic), shall be pre-formed to 45 degree angle.
2.05 Fasteners
A. 1" large head nails, Simplex or approved equal with minimum 1" head, ply to nailer
assembly only.
2.06 Pitch Pan Sealant
A. Gibson-Holman #PC502 neoprene sealant. Apply recommended primer as required by
manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 Roof Preparation
A. The work includes but is not limited to complete removal of the existing roofing system,
base flashings, underlayment, flanged metal, etc. down to the bare deck. A complete
removal is specified in this manual all materials shall be removed. The Contractor, prior
to commencement of roofing work shall complete the removal.
B. Prior to commencement of the new roofing material installation, the Contractor shall
ensure the Owner that the substrate is ready to accept the new roofing materials in
accordance with the specifications, and the Contractor can comply with the Contract
Documents. If any deficiencies are noted at the time of removal the Contractor shall
notify the Owner, prior to installation of new roofing materials. Proceeding without the
consent of the Owner shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Material installed prior
to the Owner approval on substrates which are damaged, or otherwise unacceptable,
may be deemed as non-compliance with the Contract Documents and be removed and
replaced after proper deck and substrate corrections have be completed at the expense
of the Contractor.
C. The Contractor shall make a site inspection prior to installation of new roofing materials,
to ensure a clean, safe application operation. Any damages to the exterior of the building
or finished surfaces which are not documented by the Contractor prior to the
commencement of installation of the new roofing materials shall become the
responsibility of the Contractor, and shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense.
D. The Contractor shall examine the roof drain assemblies to determine the proper height of
the flange on the horizontal plane of the roof. If the tear-off of the existing roof requires
the drains to be lowered to accept drainage water, the Contractor shall notify the Owner
of his findings.
Revised 1 1Ml/O6 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 210 of 213
3.02 Installation of Base Sheet
A. Starting at the low point of the roof, lay one ply base sheet lapping each sheet 2" on side
laps, 6" at end laps. Nail base sheet in accordance with U.B.C. (Uniform Building Code).
3.03 Application of Ply Sheets
A. Embed three plies of roof ply sheet as specified in shingle fashion. Starter sheets are
required to lap the previous sheet 12" into uniform moppings of solid asphalt, using 25 to
30 lbI100 sq.ft. per ply.
6. Starter plies should be cut to dimensions so as to preclude coincident side laps to the
base ply. Plies may be left up to six months without coating.
3.04 Application of Flood Coat and Gravel:
A. Flood coat entire roof surface with nominal 60 Ibs. Per 100 square foot hot asphalt. While
still hot embed clean, dry 318" gravel at the rate of 400# per 100 square feet, assure
adequate embedment during gravel application.
3.05 Flashing Installation
A. General Flashing Specification:
1. All flashings must be completed daily, unless other building trades interfere with
installation.
""r, 2. All flashings not specifically detailed herein will be applied pursuant to GAF
Materials Corporation.
6. Contractor shall install flashing at vertical wall and curb surfaces that abut the roof
system in the following manner:
1. Apply modified bituminous vertical flashing systems as required by GAF Materials
Corporation.
2. Attach cant using hot asphalt or flashing cement or use mechanical fasteners, at
the 90 degree juncture of the vertical and horizontal planes.
3. Run specified roofing plies a minimum of 2" above the cant on the face of the
vertical surface.
4. Embed specified number of plies at curb base flashings and wall base flashings,
in hot asphalt using 25 to 45 Iblpsf. A uniform layer of flashing cement may be
substituted for hot asphalt. Lap ply 3" minimum with additional cap sheet with
minimum 12" from preceding ply. Run first ply from top of nailer to a minimum of
2" beyond the toe of the cant. Extend succeeding plies a minimum of 1" above
and further on deck than the last ply laid.
5. Completely bond all flashings to the underlying surface without any looseness,
bubbles, voids at roof to base flashing junctures. Remove and replace any loose
or wrinkled flashings. No exposed nails or fasteners shall be allowed to be ex-
posed to the elements in the finished flashing detail.
Revised 1 IIOIIOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 211 of 213
3.06 Safety Measures
A. Each work area should have a fire extinguisher available to the crew readily available.
B. Always secure and check all fittings and hoses on any propane, kerosene operated
heating equipment for leaks. Leak test with soapy water suspected leaking hoses or
fittings or burners.
C. Check all propane or kerosene heating devices and related materials for hot, smoldering
conditions prior to leaving the jobsite for the day.
D. Never leave connected equipment unattended where unauthorized persons may tamper
with or activate such equipment.
E. Adhere to all federal, state and local safety codes and requirements.
F. The Owner shall provide adequate and approved systems for attachment of safety lines
as required by CAL-OSHA.
G.
END OF SECTION.
Revised 1 1101 106 Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 212 of 213
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOM RENOVATION
APPENDIX
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SURVEY
The Contractor is advised that hazardous materials are present at the structure included in this
Contract. The Contractor is advised that removal and remediation of these materials is
included in the Lump Sum Bid price for La Costa Canyon Park Restroom Renovation.
A Limited Asbestos Survey & Lead Testing Report dated September 13, 2007 by Winzler &
Kelly Consulting Engineers was performed to evaluate the presence of asbestos containing
materials and lead based paint conditions at the La Costa Canyon Park Restroom site in order
to provide recommendations for engineering design. The data can be used to assist in bid
preparation, but said data shall not be construed as a warranty of the hazardous materials
conditions existing at the site. Contractor shall, therefore, satisfy himself with regard to all
hazardous materials conditions that may affect Contract Work.
Personal investigation by Contractor is mandatory. Contractor may perform hazardous materials
testing on site prior to bid opening. Contact the Owner to arrange for access to site. Neither the
information contained in the hazardous materials report nor that derived from maps, drawings, or
from Owner, his agents or employees shall act to relieve Contractor from any responsibility in
fulfilling any and all of the terms and requirements specified herein.
Q) Revised 1 IMIIOB Contract No. PKS 08-02 Page 213 of 213
LIMITED ASBESTOS SURVEY &
LEAD TESTING REPORT
Project Site:
La Costa Canyon Park
Pueblo Street near Rana Court
Carlsbad, California 92008
Prepared For:
Dale A. Schuck
City of Carlsbad, California
405 Oak Avenue
Carlsbad, California 92008
Prepared By:
WINZLER & KELLY CONSULTING ENGINEERS
4180 Ruffin Road, Suite 115
San Diego, California 92123
(858) 244-0440
Winzler & Kelly Project Number: 1038207008.770 10
September 13,2007
WINZLER&KELI,Y
CONSULTtNG ENGINEERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS -
LIMITED ASBESTOS SURVEY
AND LEAD TESTING REPORT
SECTION 1 - EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
SECTION 2 - SURVEY WORT
APPENDIX A - CERTIFICATIONS
APPENDIX B - ASBESTOS SAMPLE LOCATIONLEAD TESTING
3
ORIENTATION MAP
APPENDIX C - ASBESTOS ANALYTICAL DATA (LABORATORY
REPORT)
APPENDIX D - XW LEAD DATA TABLE
SECTION 1
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
WINZLER&ELLY
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
At the request of the City of Carlsbad, Winzler & Kelly Consulti~lg Engineers (Winzler & Kelly)
performed a Limited Asbestos Survey and Lead Testing Services of the La Costa Canyon Park located on
Pueblo Street nearfhe intersection of Rana Court in the City of Carlsbad, County of San Diego, California
(site). The survey and testing was conducted at the restroom building located at the site for the purposes
of planned renovation andlor demolition activities.
The survey was conducted to identify and sample suspect asbestos-containing materials (ACMs) and
asbestos-containing construction materials (ACCMs) and to sample representative building components
for tl~e presence of lead-containing surface coatings3 lead-based paints, and lead-bearing substances
(LCSCs, LBPs, and LBSs).
Pl~ysical limitations, such as locked rooms and fenced areas, were not encountered during the survey and
testing activities. Tliere is a possibility that additional hazardous materials may be encountered during
building renovation or demolition activities. Suspect hazardous materials encountered during building
renovation or demolition activities that have not been assessed either may be assumed to be hazardous
and handled accordingly, or may be sampled and analyzed to assess whether they are hazardous.
The results of the survey and testing indicate that ACMdACCMs are not present but LBS~/LCSC~
present at the subject site. The following table lists the hazardous materials within the subject site,
including the location and the estimated total quantity of the hazardous materials. f-h
Survey Report - Executive Summary
La Costa Canyon Park Restrooms
LA COSTA CANYON PARK RESTROOMS
September 13,2007
Page 1
MATERIALICOMPONENT
DESCRIPTION
Lead-Bearing Substance
(ComponenUColor/Substmte):
Floor DrainlBlack/Metal .
Pipe Cbvering/Gray/Nletal
Lead-Containing Surface Coating
(CompoocntlColor/Substraie):
Beam Bracket/White/Metal
Light Cover/Red/Metal
Notes:
SF = square fcet
LF = linear feet
EA = each
N/A = not applicable Nestos-contain in^ = I% or greater of asbeslas by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM), as defined by USEPA
,4sbestos-containitit? (<l%la O.I%or grcatu bul less than I% of asbestos by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM), as delined by CaVOSI-IA
a asbestos-containing construetion materials (ACCMs)
Lead-Based Paid = 1.00 milligrams per square ccntinicter (mglcn12) of lead or greater is present, ns defined by 17 California Code OF
Regulations (CCR) 35001 -361 00
bad-Containing Surface Coatins 0.10 lo 0.99 mglcm2 of lead present (8 California Code of Regulations [CCR] 1532 1). Refer to he XRF
@d-Bearine-Substancer; 1.00 mgt'an2 of lead or greater is present
LOCATION
Interior
Roof
Interior
Interior
CONDlT#ON
Intact
lntact
Intact
Intact
ESTIMATED TOTAL
QUANTITY
(SFILFIEA)
2 EA
I EA
NIA . .
$!!- VUINZLER&KELLY
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
Lead-Containing Surface CoatindLead-Bearing. Substance (LCSCILBSl
The representative lead testing revealed tliat building co~npolie~lts coated with LCSC and considered LBS
are present at the subject site.
At present there is no state or federal regulation requiring mandatory lead removal or abatetnent prior to
disturbance or demolition of structures with identified lead materials. However, there are applicable
Cal/OSHA worker protection and training requirements; Cal/EPA waste disposal requirements, CaIlDl-IS
requirements for public and residential buildings, and SB 460 lead hazard regulations that apply to lead-
related construction activities, abaternetlt activities and their associated wastes. The following is a brief
discussion and summary of applicable regulatory requirements:
+ CaVOSHA: Title 8, California Code of Regulation (CCR), Section 1532.1 (8 CCR 1532.1)
governs occupational exposure to lead. This regulation requires that prior to initiation of certain
activities, referred to as "trigger tasks", workers must be trained, ~nedically evaluated, and
properly fitted with respiratory protection, and protective clothing until statistically reliable
personal eight-hour time weighted average (TWA) resuIts indicate lead exposure levels below
the personal Exposure Limit (PEL) for each unique task which disturbs lead-based and lead-
containing coatings. This process is known as a Negative Exposure Assessment or Nm. If the
result of the exposure assessment is above the Action Level (AL) additional monitoring is
required and if the result is above the PEL additional exposure monitoring, worker protection
(including respirator protection and PPE), training and medical requirements apply. However
even where the NEA criteria is met, certain hazard communication training and work practice
controls still apply where lead is disturbed.
"Trigger tasks" are tasks that are assumed to exceed the PEL pending an exposure assessment and
they encompass the majority of cotistruction activities that disturb surface coatings. Examples of
"trigger" tasks range from manual paint scraping as a lower expected exposure up to hot work
and abrasive blasting as the highest expected exposures, and include any non-listed task that tlie
employer determines may potentially expose employees to lead levels above the AL.
NOTE - "OSHA does not consider any method that relies solely on the analysis of bull<
materials or surface content of lead (or other toxic material) to be acceptable for safely
predicting employee exposure to airborne contaminates. Without air monitoring reults or
without the benefit of historical or objective data (including air sampling which clearly
demonstrates that the employee can not be exposed above tlle action level during any
process, operation, or activity) the analysis of bulk or surface samples can not be used to
determine employee exposure." OSHA Standard Interpretation 5/8/2000.
Furthermore, OSHA states that these rules apply to "any detectable concentration of lead"
without a specified detection level. Due to the Consumer Product Safety Co~lltnission currently
allowing paint to contail1 up to 600 parts per ~nilliotl (ppm) of lead, the variation of lead content
due to aging and weathering, and the variation of detectio~l limits associated with both paint chip
and XRF analysis, it is recommended that all painted or coated surfaces be treated as potentially
containing lead. Clearly, positive analytical results by either method can be used to indicate that
detectable lead is present but negative resi~lts cannot be interpreted as conclusively demonstrating
the absence of lead.
Survey Report - Executive Summary
La Costa Canyon Park Restrootns
September 13,2007
Page 2
# W~NZLER&K_ELLY
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
Analytical data of bulk paint/coating ntaterials or surface content (by XRF) of lead can be helpful
in evaluatioti of lead-related environtnetltal risks in general but cannot be used to calculate worker
exposures and are not a substitute for employee exposure monitoring.
As a result of the above, any elnployee that works around potential lead-based or lead-containing
coatings must have HAZCOM training and personal exposure air monitoring is additionally
required for employees that disturb suclt coatings. Significant additional certification,
notification, and work practices ate required for materials found to be "lead-based".
4 Any welding, cutting or heating of metal surfaces containing surface coatings should be
conducted in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.354 and 8 CCR 1537. These regulations require
surfaces covered with toxic preservatives, and in enclosed areas, be stripped of all toxic coatings
for a distance of at least 4 inches, in all directions, from the area of heat application prior to the
initiation of such heat application.
+ CalEPA through the Division of Toxic Substance Control (DTSC) regulates disposal of lead
hazardous waste (Title 22 Division 4.5, Environmental Health Standards for the Management of
Hazardous Waste). DTSC has issued guidance indicating that architectural debris with intact lead
paint is normally expected to be handled as general construction waste. However, waste stream
segregation and analysis is stilt required for all paint or coating debris regardless of if the paint or
coating is intact on a building component or not. The resulting wastes may be hazardous under
California and federal RCRA standards for lead and therefore require proper handling, packaging,
labeling, and transportation under a proper manifest to a permitted hazardous waste storage, d7 treatment and disposal facility.
Cal DHS: The Department of Health Services (DHS) has specific requirements (Title 17 Sections
35001 thru 36100 et. al.) for hazard assessment and work in public or residential structures.
These regulations require special certifications, work practices, and notification for such
activities.
+ Senate Bill 460 (SB 460): An act to amend Section 1941.1 of the Civil Code, and to amend
Sections 17961, 17980, and 124130 of, and to add Sections 17920.10, 105251, 105252, 105253,
105254, 105255, 105256, and 105257 to, the Health and Safety Code, relating to lead abatement.
This bill allows for fines and criminal penalties to be levied on any person who is fou11d to have
performed lead abatement witl~out co~ltainment or created a measurable lead hazard based upon
current DHS standards. The testing for this determination can be initiated by any local or state
building inspector, health department inspector, or other designated state or local official. A
determination of a lead hazard is not solely based upon the lead content of the paint or coating
and can be the result of the disturbance of such materials with low concentrations of lead.
Written notification to Cal/OSI-IA must be accomplished should LBP activities irivolve more than 100
square or linear feet of removal in accordance with the requirements of 8 CCR 1532.1. Proper written
notificatio~l to CalIDEfS nzny be required, depending upon the nature of the activity.
Proper waste cllaracterization and disposal of lead-containing materials and lead-contaminated debris
should be conducted in accordance with Title 22 of the California Code of Regulations and the California
Health and Safety Code, Section 25 157.8- lr9:
Survey Report - Executive sum'rnary
La Costa Catiyon Park Restrooms
September 13,2007
Page 3
L. CONSULTING ENGINEERS
Notification to e~nployees and contractors working within the building should be made in accordance with
the California Health and Safety Code, Section 259 15 ef.scq. and Propositioil65.
It is the contractor's responsibly to confirm the hazardous material quantities present prior to initiating
renovation or demolition activities at the subject building. Sllould materials si~nilar to those identified in
this report, or oher fonns of suspect hazardous materials be present or identified, maintenance
personnel/contractors should be instructed to iln~nediately cease work activities wiiich may initiate an
exposure episode, and notifjl the appropriate management personnel.
Report prepared for City of Carlsbad by: 5"+~72-
Stephen . Reese
Project Manager Hazardous Material Division Manager
Certified Asbestos Consultant #05-3853 Certified Asbestos Consulta~it #97-2324
DHS Lead Inspector-Assessor/Project Monitor #I 3938 DHS Lead h~spector/Assessor #5809
Registered Environmental Assessor I #08323
Survey Report - Executive Summary
La Costa Canyon Park Restrooins
September 13,2007
Page 4
SECTION 2
SURVEY REPORT
# 'VS/INZLER&KEZLLY
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
INTRODUCTION
At the request of the City of Carlsbad, Winzler & Kelly Consulting Engineers (Winzler & Kelly) performed a
Limited Asbestos Survey and Lead Testing Services of the La Costa Canyon Park located on Pueblo Street
near the intersection ofRana Court in the City of Carlsbad, County of Sali Diego, California (site). The sulvey
and testing was conducted at tlie restroom building located at the site for the purposes of planned renovation
and/or demolitio~l activities.
The survey was conducted to identify and sample suspect asbestos-containing materials (ACMs)and asbestos-
containing construction materials (ACCMs) and to sample representative building components for the presence
of lead-containing surface coatings, lead-based paints, and lead-bearing substances (LCSCs, LBPs, and LBSs).
The survey and testing was conducted OJI August 6,2007, by Mr. Stephen Reese and Mr. Chris Letnaster. Mr.
LeMaster and Mr. Reese performed report preparation and Mr. Jerry Slierman performed report review. Mr.
Sherman and Mr. Reese are California Occupational Safety and Healtl~ Administration (CaY0SHA)-Certified
Asbestos Consultants and California Department of Health Services (Cal/DHS)-Certified Lead-Related
Inspector/Assessors. Mr. LeMaster is a CaIlOSHA-Certified Site Surveillance Technician. Mr. Reese is also
a CalLDHS-Certified Lead-Related Project Monitor. All members of the survey team are employees of Winzler
& Kelly, and have received Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER) training in
accordance with Title 8 California Code of Regulations (CCR) 51 94. Copies of certifications can be found in
Appendix A of this document.
The survey and testing was conducted at the La Costa Canyon Park located on Pueblo Street near RanaCourt
in the City of Carlsbad, California. The Limited Asbestos Survey and Lead Testing was conducted at tlie Park
Restroom Building for purposes of renovation andlor demolition. The building consisted of a concrete and
wood-frame building with built-up roofing materials.
Physical limitations, such as locked rooms and fenced areas, were not encountered during the survey and
testing activities. There is a possibility that additional hazardous materials may be encountered duringbuilding
renovation or demolition activities. Suspect liazardous materials encountered during building renovation or
dernolitiorl activities that have not been assessed either lnay be assumed to be hazardous and handled
accordingly, or may be sampled and analyzed to assess whether they are hazardous.
METHODOLOGY
Asbestos - Survey Methodology
Suspect ACMs and ACCMs visual identification was performed by entering representative areas and assessing
accessible structural, architectural, and mechanical components for the presence ofsuspect ACMs or ACCMs.
Each suspect ACM or ACCM identified was sampled in accordance with sampling guidelines established by
the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and 8 CCR 1529. The following summarizes tlie
sampling procedures utilized:
Survey Report - Section 2
La Costa Canyon Park Restrooms
September 13,2007
Page I
~ZL;ER&KEX,LY
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
1. The location and total quantity of each ACM, ACCM, and presumed ACM (PACM) was tabulated.
2. These materials were then categorized into homogeneous materials. A hoinogeneous material is defined as
being uniform in texture, color, and date of application.
3. A sampling scheme was developed based upon the location and quantity of the various homoge~ieous
materials.
4. Bulk samples were collected by trained personnel using an appropriate sampling tool and a leak-tight
container.
5. Decontamii~ation of bulk sampling tools to prevent the spread of secondary coiltamination to subsequent
bulk samples.
6. Each bulk sample was individually numbered and recorded on a Bulk Sample Log.
7. A Chain-of-Custody Record was maintained and submitted wit11 the samples to the laboratory.
A representative drawing showing asbestos sample locations can be found in Appendix B of this document.
Asbestos - Analvtical Metl~odolow
All bulk samples were analyzed by AmeriSci of Los Angeles, California. AmeriSci is accredited by the
National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIS'l') and is a successful participant in the Proficiency Analytical Testing (PAT) Program.
Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM)
All bulk samples were analyzed by Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) utilizing dispersion staining techniques
in accordance with the USEPA Method: "Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Building.
Materials U.S. EPAl600lR-931116" dated July 1993, and adopted by theNVLAP, NVLAP Test Method Code
18lA01, as affiliated will) the NIST. Each sample was subjected to two microscopy examinations.
The first examination was performed at 20X mag~iification using a stereo microscope equipped wit11 an
external illuminator. Each sample was examined for layering, homogeneity, and the presence of fibrous and
non-fibrous materials. An estimate of the percentage for each sample component, relative to the entire sample
volume, was made. When discrete strata are identified as a separate material, fibers are first identified and
quantified by layer and then the results are combined to yield an estimate of total percent asbestos present.
The second examination was performed at a range from of I OOX to 400X magnification using a Polarized
Light Microscope equipped with two polarizing filters to observe specific optical characteristics. Tl~e use of
polarized light allows the determination of refractive indices along specific crystallographic axes. Morphology
and color were also observed. A retardation plate was placed at a 45 degree angle between the cross polars to
determine the sign of elotlgation using orthoscopic illumination. Orientation of the two filters such that their
vibration planes were perpendicular allowed observation of tlle birefringence and extinction cliaracteristics of
anisotropic particles. ""Y
ks@
Survey Report - Section 2
La Costa Canyon Park Restrooms
September 13,2007
Page 2
$Z& ~ZLER&~L,LY
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
Lead-Cotltaininn Surface Coatings. Lead-Based Paints. and Lead-Bearing Substances (LCSCs. LBPs. and
LBSs) - Testitla and Analvtical Metl~odology
Potential LCSCs, LBPs, and LBSs were identified via visual identification. The representative, suspect surface
coatings were then measured on-site througll the use of a NITON XL x-ray fluorescence (XRF) spectrum
analyzer, in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer's performance characteristics sheet (PCS)
for this instrument.
For purposes of this survey, and in accordance with Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations, Section
1 532.1 (8 CCR 1532.1) and Title 1 7 of the California Code of Regulations, Section 35001 et. seq., the XRF
measurement data results were interpreted as follows:
1, Positive results (LBPs/LBSs present) were determined when analytical results revealed a lead
concentration of 1.00 milligrams per square centimeter (mg/cm2) or greater, equivalent to 5,000 parts per
million (ppm) or greater.
2. Positive results (LCSCs present) were determined when analytical results revealed a lead concentration of
0.10 mdcm2 or greater, up ti 1.00 mg/cm2.
3. Negative results (LCSCs not present) were determined when analytical results revealed a lead
concentration of less than 0.1 0 mg/cm2, wl~ich is below the analytical sensitivity of tlleXRF measurement
methodology.
RESULTS
Limited Asbestos Survey
A total of 7 bulk samples for the determination of asbestos content were collected from the subject site on
August 6,2007. Based on the results of the limited asbestos survey of the subject site and laboratory analytical
results, the following materials are NOT considered to be ACMs (1% or greater of asbestos) as defined by
USEPA, or ACCMs (0.1% or greater but less than 1% of asbestos) as defined by Cal/OSHA:
La Costa Canyon Park Restrooms
1. Roof Penetration Mastic
2. Roof Core
3. Sky light Seal Foil W/Adllesive
The individual bulksampling results and the materials suspected to be asbestos and determined not tocontain
detectable concentrations of asbestos can be found in the AmeriSci laboratory reports, which are located within
Appendix C of this documet~t.
Lead Testinn Services
A total of 60 XRF measurements (including calibration readings) for the determination of lead content were
collected from the subject site on August 6, 2007. The analytical results for this testing indicate that the
cotnponents and respective surface coatings tested did NLTllave lead concentratio~ls defining them as LBPs,
in accordance with Title 17 of the California Code of Regulations, Section 35001 et. Seq.
Survey Report - Section 2
La Costa Canyon Park Restrooms
September 13,2007
Page 3
~VINZL;ERG~KELLY
CONSULTINO ENGINEERS
The following components were considered (locations, conditions, and estimated total quantity of
materials are found in the Executive Summary):
La Costa Canyon Park Restrooms
I. ~lack/Metall~l~or Drains
2, GrayIMetallPipe Covering
Tlie XRF measurement results for this survey indicated that the following building component and respective
surface coatings had lead concentrations defining them as LCSCs, in excess of the level for compliance with
trigger activities, as defined in 8 CCR 1532.1:
La Costa Canyon Park Restrooms
1. WhitdMetaVBeam Bracket
2. RedMetalILight Cover
A lead testing orientation map can be found in Appendix B of this document. Individual XRF measurement
results cat1 be found in Appendix D of this document.
Limited Asbestos Survey -
The results of the limited asbestos survey indicate that ACMs and ACCMs are NOT present at t1ieLa Costa
Canyon Park Restrooms.
Lead Testing Services
The representative lead testing revealed that building components coated with LCSC and considered LBS are
present at the subject site.
- At present there is no state or federal regulation requiring mandatory lead removal or abatement prior to
disturbance or delnolition of structures wit11 identified lead materials. However, there are applicable CallOSHA
worker protection and training requirements; CalIEPA waste disposal requiretnents, CalIDHS requirements for
public and residential buildings, atld SB 460 lead hazard regttlations that apply to lead-related construction
activities, abatement activities and their associated wastes. The followillg is a brief discussion and summary of
applicable regulatory requirements:
4 CalIOSHA: Title 8, California Code of Regulation (CCR), Section 1 532.1 (8 CCR 1532.1)governs
occupational exposure to lead. This regulation requires that prior to initiation of certain activities,
referred to as "trigger tasks", workers must be trained, medically evaluated, and properly fitted wit11
respiratory protection, and protective clothing until statistically reliable personal eight-hour time
weighted average (TWA) results indicate lead exposure levels below the Personal Exposure Limit
(PEL) for each unique task which disturbs lead-based and lead-containing coatings. This process is
known as aNegative Exposure Assessment or NEA. If the result of the exposure assesslnellt is above
the Action Level (AL) additional monitoring is required and ifthe result is above the PEL additional
exposure monitoring, worker protection (including respirator protection and PPE), training and
medical requirements apply. However even where the NEA criteria is met, certain hazard
colntnunication training and work practice controls still apply where lead is disturbed.
Survey Report - Section 2
La Costa Canyon Park Restrooms
September 13,2007
Page 4
~ZLER&IUELLY
CONSULTING ENOINEERS
"Trigger tasks" are tasks that are assumed to exceed the PEL pending an exposure assessment and they
encompass the majority of constructiotl activities that disturb surface coatings. Exainples of "trigger"
tasks range from manual paint scraping as a lower expected exposure up to hot work and abrasive
blasting & the highest expected exposures, and include any non-listed task that the employer
determines may potentially expose employees to lead levels above the AL.
NOTE - "OSHA does nof consider any method that relies solely on the analysis of bulk
materials or surface contcnt of lead (or otlier toxic material) to be acceptable for safely
predicting employee exposure to airborne contaminates. Without air monitoring results or
without the benefit of l~istorical or objective data (including air sampling which clearly
demonstrates that tile employee can not be exposed above the action level during any process,
operation, or activity) the analysis of bulk or surface samples can not be used to determine
employee exposnre." OSHA Standard Interpretation 5/8/2000.
Furtl~ermore, OSHA states that these rules apply to "any detectable concentration of lead" without a
specified detection level. Due to the Consumer Product Safety Commission currently allowing paint
to contain up to 600 parts per million (ppm) of lead, the variation of lead content due .to aging and
weathering, and the variation of detection limits associated with botll paint chip and XRF analysis, it is
recommended that all painted or coated surfaces be treated as potentially containing lead. Clearly,
positive analytical results by either method can be used to indicate that detectable lead is present but
negative results cannot be interpreted as conclusively demonstrating the absence of lead.
Analytical data of bulk paintlcoating materials or surface content (by XRF) of lead can be lrelpful in
evaluation of lead-related environmental risks in general but cannot be used to calculate worker
exposures and are not a substitute for employee exposure monitoring.
As a result of the above, any employee that works around potential lead-based or lead-containing
coatings must have HAZCOM training and personal exposure air monitoring is additionally required
for employees that disturb such coatings. Significant additional certification, notification, and work
practices are required for materials found to be "lead-based".
+ Ally welding, cutting or heating of metal surfaces containing surface coatings skould beconducted in
accordarlce with 29 CFR 1926.354 and 8 CCR 1537. Tliese regulations require surfaces covered with
toxic preservatives, and in enclosed areas, be stripped of all toxic coatings for a distancebfat least 4
inches, in all directions, from the area of heat application prior to the initiation of sucll heat
application.
+ CalJEPA through the Division of Toxic Substance Control (DTSC) regulates disposal of lead
hazardous waste (Title 22 Division 4.5, Environmental I-Iealtli Standards for the Management of
Flazardous Waste). DTSC has issued guidance indicating that architectural debris with intact lead
paint is norlnally expected to be llandled as general construction waste. However, waste stream
segregation and analysis is still required for all paint or coating debris regardless of if tile paint or
coating is intact on a building component or not. The resulting wastes may be Ilazardous under
California and federal RCRA standards for lead and therefore require proper handling, packaging,
labeling, and transportation under a proper manifest to a permitted hazardous wastestorage, treatment
Survey Report - Section 2
La Costa Canyon Park Restrooms
September 13,2007
Page 5
# WTNZLER&KELLY
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
and disposal facility.
+ Cal DHS: The Department of Health Services (DHS) has specific requirements (Title 17 Sections
3 5001 thy 36 100 et. al.) for hazard assessment and work ill public or residential structures. T'l~ese
regulations require special certifications, work practices, and notification for such activities.
+ Senate Bill 460 (SB 460): An act to att~end Section 1941.1 of the Civil Code, and to amend Sectio~ls
17961, 17980, and 1241 30 of, and to add Sections 17920.10, 10525 1, 105252, 105253, 105254,
105255, 105256, and 105257 to, the Health and Safety Code, relating to lead abatement. This bill
JIows for fines and criminal penalties to be levied oil any person who is found to have performed lead
abatement without containrneilt or created a measurable lead hazard based upon current DHS
standards. The testing for this determination can be initiated by any local or state building inspector,
health department inspector, or other designated state or local official. A determination of a lead
hazard is not solely based upon the lead content of the paint or coating and can be the result of the
disturbance of such materials with low concentrations of lead.
Written notification to CalJOSHA must be accomplished should LBP activities involve more than 100 square
or linear feet of removal in accordance with the requirements of 8 CCR 1532.1. Proper written notificatior~ to
Cal/DHS may be required, depending upon the nature of the activity.
Proper waste characterization and disposal of lead-containing materials and lead-contaminated debris should be d
conducted in accordance with Title 22 of the California Code of Regulations and the California I-Iealth and
Safety Code, Section 25 157.8.
Notification to e~nployees and contractors worki~lg within the building should be made in accordance with the
California Health and Safety Code, Section 25915 et.seq. and Proposition 65.
It is the contractor's responsibly to confirm the hazardous material quantities present prior to initiating
renovation or de~nolition activities at the subject building. Should materials similar to those identified in this
report, or other forms of suspect hazardous materials be present or identified, maintenance
personnel/contractors sl~ould be instructed to immediately cease workactivities which may initiate an exposure
episode, and notify the appropriate management personnel.
Survey Report - Section 2
La Costa Canyon Park Restrooms
September 13,2007
Page 6
APPENDIX A
CERTIFICATIONS
State of California . . j
Division of Occupational Safety and Health
Certified Asbestos Consultant I
. .' •. Jenfy Robert 'Shehftan. ,'
• .Certificaiion No. ;
• '/' • : 02/06/08Expires on ....... ...: . y- ... '. ... .. .. •
%^%«P'!B
COPY
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
DEPARTMENT Of INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY
CONSULTANT and
2211 ParkTowne Circle, Suite 1
Sacramento, CA 95825
Tel: (916) 574-2993 Fax; (916) 483-0572
Arnold Schwarzenegger, Governor
508173853C
Stephen S Reese
4 123 Twilight Ridge
San Diego
282
July 19, 2007
CA 92130
Dear Certified Asbestos Consultant or Technician:
Enclosed is your certification card. To maintain yoor certification, abide
by the ruies on the of the cation card.
Your certification is valid for a period of one year. If- you wish to renew your
certification, you must apply for renewal at least 60 days before the expiration
date shown on your card. [8 CCR 341.15(h)(1)].
Please hold arid do not send copies of your required AHERA refresher renewal
certificates to our office until you apply for renewal of your certification.
Certificates must be kept current if you are actively working as a CAC or CSST.
The grace period is only for those who are not actively working as a CAC or
CSST.
Please inform our office at the above address, fax number or actu@dir.ca.qov of
any changes in your contact/mailing information within 1 5 days of the change.
Sincerely,'
"*r-«swaa&.-*-
Certified Asbastos Consutans
Jeff Ferrel!
Senior Industrial Hygienist
Attachment: Certification Card
cc:File
&g&± ^g^± Wv^^ Jlf
i Stale of California Department of Health Services
00 f 1 3-?1""
Mr. Stephen S. Reese
Winzler & Kelly Consulting Engineers
4180RufFmRoad,#115
San Diego5 California 92123
Lead-Related
Construction
Certificate
Certificate
LffiS
inspector/Assessor 11/25/200?
Preject Monitor. 11125/2007
C
^M^ ^^HF ffl!
STATE OF CALIFORNIA Arnold Schwarzenegger, Governor
DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
OF AMD
and
2211 Park Town8 Circle, Suite 1
Sacramento, CA 95825 . ' • ...
Te!i (916) 574-2993 Fax: (918) 483-0572 '
7042742Q4T
Chris A Lemaster ;
• 315 Cleveland Ave
Huntington Beach
.302 304 July 30, 2007'
CA
Deaf Certified Asbestos Consultant or Technician:
Congratulations, you have passed your certification examination!
Enclosed is your certification card. To maintain your certifications
abide by the rules printed on the back of the certification card.
Your certification is valid lor a period of one year. If you wish to renew your
certification, you must apply for renewal at least 60 days before the expiration
date shown on your card. {8 OCR 341.15(h)(1)].
Please hold and do not send copies of your required AHERA refresher renewal
certificates to the Division until you apply for renewal of your certification.
Please inform the our office ai the above address or fax number of any changes
in your mailing address or work address within 15 days of the change.
Siiftcerefy!
Jeff Ferret!
' 'Senior Industrial Hygienist
JF/ms
Attachment .
.cc: File
State of California . -. •.
Division of Occupational Safety and Health , |
Certified Site Surveillance Technician'
: . , .Chris A Leraaster
„•%•
frams 07-4204Certification No..
. Expires on
PwfcsseraCofe.
BEST
^9$^ ^RJ<y &
APPENDIX B
ASBESTOS SAMPLE LOCATION/LEAD TESTING ORIENTATION MAP
4180 RUFFIN ROAD SUITE 115 --&-my SANDIEGO.CALlFORNIA92123
CONSULTI NG ENGI NEERS PH (858) 244-0440
FAX (858) 244-0441
BY: LeMASTER/REESE REPORT DATE: 09/13/07 CLIENT:CITY OF CARLSBAD
SUBJECT: ASBFSTOS SAMPLE LOCATION/LEAD TESTING ORIENTATION MAP JOB No. 1038207008.7701 0
LOCATION: 1 a COSTA CANYON PARK
SHEET No. 1 of 1 - MRWIWS ARE APPR(~~ME SIDE B
LEGEND:
A = APPROXIWE LOCATION OF ASBESTOS ROOF SAMPLE XXX
= APPROXlMATE LOCATION OF SAMPLE ANALYZED FOR ASBESTOS
XXX
SIDE A= LEAD TESTING ORIENTATION
Q E W 0 0 m
V) 0
SlDE D
i
NOT 70 SCALE
LA COSTA CANYON PARK
RESTROOMS
APPENDIX C
ASBESTOS ANALYTICAL DATA (LABORATORY REPORT)
. -- - - - - "I AmeriSci Los Angeles d
24416 SOUTH MAIN S'FREET SUITE 308
CARSON, CA 90745
TEL: (310) 834-4868 FAX: (310) 834-4772
August 9,2007
Winzler & Kelly Consulting Engineers I San Dl
Attn: Steve Reese
4180 Ruffin Road
Suite 115
San Diego, CA 92123
RE: Winzler & Kelly Consulting Engineers I San Di
Job Number 907081193
P.O. # City Of Carlsbad
City Of Carlsbad; La Costa Cnyn Park (Report Amended 8/9/2007)
Dear Steve Reese:
Enclosed are the results for polarized light microscopy analysis (PLM) of the following Winzter & Kelly Consulting Engineers /
San Di samples received at ArnerlSci on Tuesday, August 07,2007, for a 24 hour turnaround:
The 7 samples contained in Ziplock Bags were shipped to AmeriSci via Federal Express. These samples were prepared and
analyzed according to the EPA Interim Method (EPA 6001M4-82-020 per 40 CFR 763, subpt F, App. A). The samples were
evaluated for homogeneity by low power stereomicroscopy. Asbestos fibers were identified by PLM and dispersion staining
through the determination of the required optical properties including: morphology, color, pleochrdsm, refractive indices,
birefringence, extlncllon and sign of elongation, The required analytical information, analysis results, analyst signature and
laboratory identification is contained in the Analyst's Report.
This repod relates ONLY to the sample analysls expressed as percent asbestos. The CV for this analysis is expected to range
from 0.3 to 1.2, depending on the quantlly of analyte present, AmeriSci assumes no responsibility for customer supplied data
such as -sample type", "locstion". or 'area sampled". This report must not be used to claim product endorsement by ArneriSci,
NVLAP or any agency of the U. S. Government. The National Institute of Standards and Technology Accreditation
requirements mandate that this report must not be reproduced, except in full without the written approval of the laboratory. This
report may contain specific data not cavered by NVLAP or ELAP accreditations mpectively, if so identified in relevant
footnotes.
ArneriSci appreciates this opportunity to serve your organization. Please contact us for any further assistance or with any
questions.
u~lient Se~ices Manager
Boston Los hgeler Now York RIchmond
AmeriSci Los Angeles
24416 S. Main Slreet, Ste 308
Carson, California 90746
TEL: (31 0) 834-4888 - FAX: (310) 834-4772
; PLM Bulk Asbestos Report
Winzler & Kelly Consulting Date Received 08/07/07 AmeriScl Job No. 907081 193
Engineers / San Di Date Examined 08/08/07 P.O. # City Of Carlsbad
Attn: Steve Reese Page 1 of 2
41 80 Ruffin Road RE City Of Carlsbad; La Costa Cnyn Park (Report
Suite 1 15 Amended 8/9/2007)
San Dieao, CA 92123
Client No. I HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Total % Asbestos
-01 907081 193-01 NO NAD
A Location: Restroom Roof West I Roof Mens Core / Grey I Black (by CVES)
by Javier Cortes
Description: Black, Heterogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material on 08108107
Asbestos Types:
Other Material: Cellulose 20 %, Fibrous glass 30 %, Non-fibrous 50 %
-02 90708 1 193-02 NO NAD
A Location: RIR Roof I Storage South I Roof Mens Core I Grey I Black (by CVES)
by Javier Cortes
Description: Black, Heterogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material on 08108107
Asbestos Types:
Other Material: Cellulose 20 %, Fibrous glass 30 %, Non-fibrous 50 %
-03 907081 193-03 NO
A Location: RIR Roof East I Roof Mens Core / Grey 1 Black
Description: Black, Heterogeneous, Fibrous, Bulk Material
Asbestos Types:
Other Material: Cellulose 20 %, Fibrous glass 30 %, Non-fibrous 50 %
NAD
(by CVES)
by Javler Cortes
on 08/08/07
-04 907081 193-04 NO NAD
B Location: Roof @ Penetration i Penetration Mastic I Grey I Black (by CVES)
by Javier Cortes
Description: Black, Homogeneous. Non-Fibrous, Bulk Material on O8m8/07
Asbestos Types:
Other Material: Cellulose 10 %, Non-fibrous 90 %
-05 90708 1 193-05 NO NAD
8 Location: Roof @ Penetration I Penetration Mastic I Grey I Black (by CVES)
by Javier Cortes
Description: Black, Homogeneous, Non-Fibrous. Bulk Material on 08/08/07
w Asbestos Qpes:
Other Material: Cellulose 10 %, Non-fibrous 90 %
See Reporling notes on last page
ArneriSci Job #: 907081193
Client Name: Winzler & Kelly Consulting Engineers 1 San Di
PLM Bulk Asbestos Report
City Of Carlsbad; La Costa Cnyn Park (Report
Amended 8/9/2007)
Page 2 of 2 9 d
Client No. / HGA Lab No. Asbestos Present Totaf % Asbestos
-06 907081 193-06 NO NAD
6 Location: Roof @ Penetratioti 1 Penetration Mastic I Grey I Black (by CVES)
by Javier Cortes
Descriptlon: Black, Homogeneous, Non-Fibrous, Bulk Material on 08K)8/07
Asbestos Types:
Other Material: Cellulose 10 %, Non-fibrous 90 %
-07 907081 103-07 NO NAD
C Location: Women RIR @ Skylight - Int. I Metal Foil WfAdhesive I Silver (by CVES)
by Javier Cortes
Description: Silver, Homogeneous, Non-Fibrous, Bulk Material on 08108107
Asbestos Types:
Other Material: Non-fibrous 100 %
8- 07 Date Analyzed: 8/8/2007 -
Q Limits: CVES = 1%. 400 Pt Ct = 0.25 o, 1000 Pt Ct = 0.1%: NA3 4
not analyze@ fUWS = not analyzed I positive stop; PL& (piiarized light nimciPy) Bulk Asbestos Analysis by EPA
600M4-82-02 per 40 CFR 763 (NVLAP Lab #200346-0, CA €LAP lab #2322); Note: PLM is not consistently reliable in detecting
asbestos in float coverings and similar NO0 materials. TEM is currently the only method that can be used to determine if this
ew Yark State (also see EPA Advisory for floor tile. FR 59.
is report must not be reproduced except in full with the
Title
Title Inclusive Dates
Asbestos Bulk Sample Log @1081193 NZLER 6- KELLY
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
4180 Rutn Road, Suite 1 IS Phone: (858) 244-0440
San Diego, C;4 92123 A I + Fa: (858) 24450441
Date: 8/6/67
Project Number: /
/
Sample Sample Location Homo Material Description Quantity
No. Area . (SFM)
I.D.
l -a v4mv- 9'w I I
0--
Ti s"
-05
-0 6 \
\ / Y
5/~1/% /6 LF
3.
Signature
>
Title Inclusive Dates
page of /
I
Analytical Method: Turnaround Time: am. ~a~m 3 day
Sample Receiver: Winzler & Kelly Consulting Engineers - 4180 Ruffin Rd., #115, San Diego, CA 92123
APPENDIX D
XRF LEAD DATA TABLE
WINAER AND KELLY
CONSULTING ENGtNEERS XRF LEAD DATA TABLE September 13,2007
WIUZLER AND KEUY
CONSULTINO ENGINEERS XRF LEAD DATA TABLE September 13,2007 3
-ray fhmwcence spdchrn analyzer - mfUigremb pm square atn!imeter